fufor's unregelmässige news

Insurance car tracker will be spy for police
By Ben Webster, Transport Correspondent
October 05, 2006

POLICE will be able to tell whether drivers who crash were speeding by checking the black boxes being fitted to thousands of cars by Britain’s biggest insurance company.

Norwich Union is installing satellite tracking devices to customers’ cars so that it can charge them an insurance fee for each mile they travel.



Rather than paying a fixed annual premium, drivers will pay different rates according to when and how far they travel.

Those who drive between midnight and 5am and from 7am to 10am will pay a higher rate because the company has calculated that crashes are more likely to happen during these periods.

The system uses satellite positioning to check a car’s location throughout its journey. The information will show how fast a vehicle was travelling before a crash and whether it was accelerating or decelerating. Police will also be able to check a motorist’s behaviour during an entire journey to see whether there is any evidence of speeding or aggressive driving.

The company, which expects to fit the boxes to 100,000 cars over the next year, said that the information would be given only to police investigating a crash and would not be used to issue speeding penalties.

Motorists will be able to request information about their driving to defend themselves against false accusations of speeding of dangerous driving.

Police have already requested information from Norwich Union about two crashes involving drivers taking part in trials of the pay-as-you-drive technology. In one case, police are understood to be checking claims that the driver, who was killed, was travelling too fast. Both cases are still under investigation.

A Norwich Union spokesman said: “We have to provide the data if the police request it but only if it is part of an investigation. It is only right for people who have been breaking the law and driving dangerously to be prosecuted. But we do not use the system ourselves to check speed and it is the insurer’s job to pay out on claims regardless of liability.”

The AA Motoring Trust said that some drivers would be suspicious. Andrew Howard, head of road safety, said: “Norwich Union must make it clear to drivers that information about their speed could be handed to police if they have a crash. Some won’t like the idea but it could improve safety because people are more likely to drive carefully if they know the system is looking over their shoulder.”

Rob Gifford, director of the Parliamentary Advisory Council for Transport Safety, said that the system would make it easier to prosecute dangerous drivers. Only one in nine road deaths results in a prosecution for causing death by dangerous driving. He said: “This should provide important corroborative evidence for police. It will be especially useful now that anti-lock brakes mean there are few if any skid marks from which to determine speed.”

Drivers who use the system will receive a bill itemising each journey. Travelling between 7am and 10am will cost 12p a mile on urban roads and 1.5p a mile on motorways. Between 10am and midnight and 5am and 7am the rates will be 7p and 1p. Norwich Union set the rates after studying 5,000 drivers in a two-year trial. It found that drivers in the morning weekday rush hour were 50 per cent more likely to be in a crash than those driving at weekends or in the evening.
http://tinyurl.com/fscnh

The US Federal Reserve Bank: Dirty Secrets of the Temple
Published October 4th, 2006 in Notable News, US Bankruptcy, Fiat Currency, and the Fed, The Selling of America

“…Let’s be clear at the outset. The US Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Japan and the European Central Bank (for the 12 European countries that adopted the single euro currency in 1999) are institutions with enormous power far beyond what most people everywhere can imagine…”

The US Federal Reserve Bank: Dirty Secrets of the Temple

by Stephen Lendman
GlobalResearch.ca

Years ago I read William Greider’s excellent book published in 1987 on how the US Federal Reserve System works. It was detailed and explicit and makes wonderful and informative reading, except for the solution he suggests to a huge problem. His was far too timid. This article proposes a much different one. Greider called his book Secrets of the Temple with a sub-title: How the Federal Reserve Runs the Country. A better sub-title might have been how the Fed (and other key central bankers) runs the world. This article attempts to summarize what it does, how it does it, for whose benefit and at whose expense. For those who don’t know, prepare for some stunning information and commentary.

Let’s be clear at the outset. The US Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Japan and the European Central Bank (for the 12 European countries that adopted the single euro currency in 1999) are institutions with enormous power far beyond what most people everywhere can imagine. These most dominant of all central banks, as well as most others, have a powerful influence on the financial conditions in virtually all countries including their own, of course, in an increasingly borderless financial world where a significant economic event in one nation can affect most others for better or worse.

One other powerful bank is also part of today’s financial world. It needs mentioning because of its importance, even though it requires a separate article to explain how it works more fully. It’s the secretive, inviolable and accountable to no one Bank of International Settlements (BIS) founded in 1930 and based in Basle, Switzerland. This bank most people never heard of is the central banker to its member central banks - a sort of banking “boss of bosses” equivalent to what apparently exists in the shadowy world of Mafia dons. Like most other central banks, including the Federal Reserve (explained below), it’s privately owned by its members.

It’s believed by some academicians and others who’ve studied the BIS that the ruling elite of financial capitalism established this bank of banks to be the apex of power to exercise authority over a world financial system owned and controlled by them. It’s thought their plan was to use this bank to dominate the political system of every country and control the world economy in a feudalistic fashion. In a word, the thinking goes that these super-elite want to rule the world by controlling its money, and they set up this supranational all-powerful bank of banks to do it. As important as that is, that discussion remains for another time as the intent of this article is to focus solely on the US Federal Reserve.

The dominant central banks and BIS, together with most others, wield their influence in cartel-like alliance with each other to assure they all benefit more than they otherwise would without such a cozy arrangement. With their immense power it’s no play on words to say these financial institutions do indeed rule the world. Because they’re able to create money, they fund the needs of their governments, their militaries and all business activity that couldn’t function without a ready supply of that most needed of all commodities. It’s money, not love, that makes the world go round, and central bankers have the power to create or remove from circulation as much or little of it as they choose and for whatever purpose they have in mind. That kind of power can move mountains or destroy them.

No nation’s central bank is more powerful today than the US Federal Reserve, but it wasn’t always that way, and it now has competition for the top spot it hasn’t known since WW II. The Fed, as it’s called, has existed since it was first established by an act of Congress in 1913. But the Bank of England has been around since Britannia ruled the waves beginning in 1694 when King William III needed help funding the kind of escapade that takes lots of ready cash - war. Back then it was with France, and the king needed a friendly banker to print it up for him to help him fight it. He also needed financial help to facilitate trade and manage the country’s debt that always mounts up when wars are fought. The Bank of England wasn’t the first central bank, but it was the modern world’s first privately owned one in a powerful country. It was called the Bank of England to keep the public from knowing that it, like our Federal Reserve, was and still is privately owned and not part of the government. It was also the model used in the formation of our own central bank and most others.

The Brits may have had a 219 year head start on the Fed, but central bankers are only as powerful as the countries they represent and their economies. Today the former dominant Brits must settle for a far lesser role as being just one of many junior partners to a US hegemon that emerged post WW II as the world’s dominant economic power. It still is today, even though some credible experts believe this country may have seen and past its peak and is now in decline. Some go further and claim our decline has been accelerated by the disastrous policies of the Bush administration that irrationally believes waging war on the world without end is the way to rule it, promote endless economic growth and dominance, and thus preserve the nation’s preeminent position as the reigning economic champion.

It’s easy to challenge that view and think that champ has climbed into the ring a few times too many, has endless plans for more return engagements, and is likely to meet the same fate many a former human one did who didn’t know when to quit and ended up with chronic brain damage known as dementia. The lesson from history is always the same. The price for reckless behavior is high, painful and inevitable. It’s true for countries as well as individuals, but too often neither one sees it until it’s too late. The biggest difference between the US today and other nations in the past that paid dearly for not yielding when their day had passed is that we have an all-powerful arsenal others never did. Should we decide to use it, there likely wouldn’t be much left behind for a successor. Not a pleasant thought, but a very real one.

It All Began in 1910 On Jekll Island
It sounds like the title of a horror movie, but the real life events that happened at this privately owned island off the coast of Georgia in 1910 would have challenged even the Hollywood bad dream factory to come up with.

It was here that seven very rich and powerful men met in secret for nine days and created the Federal Reserve System that came into being three years later on December 23, 1913 by an act of Congress. Since that time, the nation and world would never be the same, but only the rich and powerful were the beneficiaries. That was the whole idea, and it worked as planned.

The Federal Reserve Act that began it all must surely rank as one of the most disastrous and outrageous pieces of legislation to the public welfare ever to come out of any legislative body. It may have also have been and still is illegal according to Article 1, Section 8 of the Constitution which happens to be the inviolable law of the land. The article states that Congress shall have the power to coin (create) money and regulate the value thereof. In 1935, the US Supreme Court ruled the Congress cannot constitutionally delegate its power to another group or body. The Congress thus acted in violation of the Constitution it’s sworn to uphold and in so doing created the Federal Reserve System that, as will be explained below, is a private for-profit corporation operating at the expense of the public welfare. By its action, our lawmakers committed fraud against the people of the country and so far have gotten away with it without the public even knowing about the harm done.

The shameful result is that what should have arrived stillborn is now the most dominant institution on earth, and all because of what began on a privately owned island with a scary name. But had the Congress acted responsibly, the act of Fed creation might never have happened. The legislation establishing it was so harmful to the public interest, it likely never would have passed if it hadn’t been shepherded through a carefully prepared Congressional Conference Committee meeting scheduled for between 1:30 - 4:30 AM (when most members of Congress were asleep) on December 22, 1913. The Act was then voted on the next day and passed although many members of the body had left for the Christmas holidays and most others who stayed behind hadn’t had time to read it or know its contents. Sound familiar? Still it passed (like a thief in the night) and was signed into law by an unwitting or complicit Woodrow Wilson who later admitted he made a terrible mistake saying “I unwittingly ruined my country.” But it was too late for postmortems, and the American people have paid dearly ever since. It’s about time the public understood that and began to demand an end to over 90 years of damage done.

It almost happened 43 years ago when one president decided to act on behalf of the people who elected him. That man was John Kennedy, who before his death planned to end the Federal Reserve System to eliminate the national debt a central bank creates by printing money and loaning it to the government. That debt has now risen to over $8,400,000,000,000 ($8.4 trillion) which every taxpayer must pay for and has done so in the amount of nearly $174,000,000,000 ($174 billion) in just the first three months of 2006. This debt service is now an annualized amount exceeding two-thirds of a trillion dollars. It’s made the bankers rich (which was the whole idea) and the public poorer because we’re taxed to pay the tab. It’s no exaggeration to call this the greatest financial scam in world history and one that gets greater every day.

The debt was less onerous 40 years ago, but Kennedy understood its danger to the country and the burden it placed on the public. Thus, on June 4, 1963, he issued presidential order EO 11110 giving the president authority to issue currency. He then ordered the US Treasury to print over $4 billion worth of “United States Notes” to replace Federal Reserve Notes. He intended to replace them all when enough of the new currency was in circulation so he could end the Federal Reserve System and the control it gave the international bankers over the US government and the public. Just months after the Kennedy plan went into effect, he was assassinated in Dallas in what was surely a coup d’etat disguised to look otherwise and may well have been carried out at least in part to save the Fed System and concentration of power it created that was so profitable for the powerful bankers in the country. Those benefitting from it had good reason to be involved in the plot to save the special privilege they weren’t willing to give up without a fight. It’s a plausible explanation that may explain who may have been behind the assassination and for what reason. Whatever the truth is, the banking cartel was only in distress a short time. Once Lyndon Johnson took office, he rescinded Kennedy’s presidential order and restored the cartel’s former power. It’s kept it ever since and is now, of course, more powerful than ever. Even presidents are unable to stop it and those who would try have a lesson from history to give them pause.

The predecessors of the possible Kennedy coup plotters were the men who met on Jekyll Island in 1910. They represented some of the richest and most powerful men in the world - the Morgans, Rockefellers, Rothschilds of Europe (who dominated all European banking by the mid-1800s and became and still may be the wealthiest and most powerful family of all) and others of great influence and power. Included was a US senator, a high ranking Treasury official, the president of the largest bank in the country at the time, a leading Wall Street figure and the man who would later become the first chairman of the Federal Reserve System. It was quite an assemblage, and they came to accomplish one thing. They wanted to change the ideology and course of American business that up to then was based on marketplace competition and replace it with monopoly. They also knew what Baron M.A. Rothschild understood when he once said: “Give me control over a nation’s currency and I care not who makes its laws.” They knew the wisdom of what’s stated in Proverbs 22:7 as well: “The rich rule over the poor, and the borrower is servant to the lender.”

This was the dawning of the age of powerful cartels when the seven financial titans meeting secretly in the island’s clubhouse decided no longer to compete with each other and wanted the power to arrange it. They were already colluding informally but knew it would all work better under a legally sanctioned cartel. They wanted a banking cartel and got one that flourishes today below the public radar with the tool they wanted most - the ability to control the nation’s money supply that gave them almost unlimited power. The cartel now works cooperatively with their governments and all other powerful transnational corporations in a dominant global alliance that allows them to control the world’s markets, resources, cheap labor and our lives.

The Federal Reserve System Is Not A Government Agency - It’s A Privately Owned Cartel of Powerful Banks Protected By Law
It’s commonly but falsely believed the Federal Reserve System is a function of government and subject to its control. False. It’s often referred to as a quasi-governmental, decentralized central bank, but that’s just cover to disguise what, in fact, it really is: a privately held and operated cartel made to look like the government is in charge. The fact that it’s headquartered in Washington in the formidable and impressive-looking Eccles building (named after a former Fed chairman) is just part of the clever subterfuge. Here’s how it works:

The Fed is composed of a Board of Governors in Washington and 12 regional banks in major cities throughout the country (including in my own city of Chicago where anyone once but no longer could walk up to a teller’s window and buy US Treasury securities). The system also includes many and various member banks including all national banks that are required to be part of the system. Other banks were also allowed to join and many did. The Federal Reserve began operating in November, 1914, almost one year after the Congressional act creating the system the previous year as explained above. It was mandated by law to have the greatest power of any institution in the country - the power to create and control the nation’s money supply.

Most people know little or nothing about money and banking, likely never think about it, and have no idea how what the Fed and bankers do affect their lives. Before writing this article, I had little more than the modest knowledge I learned in a required course on the subject and basic accounting as part of my MBA curriculum 46 years ago. Those courses left out the most important parts of the story and never hinted at anything sinister about how the banking system works in fact. But no one should ever imagine banks were established or intended to be run for our benefit. They surely are not, and anyone suggesting they are should read on. They’re about as beneficial to the public welfare as was the MX Peacekeeper ICBM (the clever language is impressive) intended to carry nuclear warheads back in the mid-80s that had the power to destroy all life on the planet and one day may do it in its old or updated form.

The Federal Reserve Act of 1913 (the law of the land) stipulates that the Federal Reserve Banks of each region are owned by the member banks in it. These Fed banks are privately owned corporations that make a great effort to hide the fact that they, in fact, own what the public largely thinks is part of the public treasury and government. It’s easy to think that as Fed chairmen and seven of the twelve Governors are appointed by the President and approved by the Senate. As such, the FRB is a sort of quasi-government entity, but the fact is the System is a privately owned for profit enterprise just like any other business. It has stockholders like other public corporations that are paid 6% risk free interest every year on their equity holdings. The public doesn’t know this, and it likely wouldn’t be good PR if it found out. People might be even more upset if they learned some of the owners of our Federal Reserve are powerful foreign investors in the UK, France, Germany, The Netherlands and Italy. They’re partners with giant US banks like JP Morgan Chase and Citibank as well as powerful Wall Street firms like Goldman Sachs in a new world order banking cartel that influences and affects business activity everywhere and our lives.

The issue of private ownership of the Federal Reserve Banks has been challenged several times in the federal courts to no avail. Each time the courts upheld the current system under which each Federal Reserve Bank is a separate corporation owned by commercial banks in its region. One such case was Lewis v. United States that was decided by the 9th Circuit Court of Appeals that ruled the Reserve Banks are independent, privately owned and locally controlled corporations.

Our Founding Fathers Had Different Ideas Than the Powerful Men who Met on Jekll Island
Throughout our history, there was disagreement over who should control the power of the nation’s money supply and the right to issue it. The Founding Fathers understood that the British Parliament was forced to levy unfair taxes on its American colonies and its own citizens because the Bank of England had run up so much debt the government needed revenue to reduce it. Benjamin Franklin, in fact, believed that was the real cause of the American Revolution. Most of the Founders also understood the danger that could result from bankers’ accumulating too much wealth and power. James Madison, the main drafter of our Constitution, called them “Money Changers,” referring to the Bible that said Jesus twice drove the Money Changers from the Temple in Jerusalem 2,000 years ago. Madison said:


“History records that the Money Changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money and its issuance.”


Thomas Jefferson was just as strong in his condemnation when he said:


“I sincerely believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. Already they have raised up a money aristocracy that has set the government at defiance. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people to whom it properly belongs.”


Jefferson and Madison understood the dangers of commercial monopolies of all types and tried to assure they never would exist in the new nation. They, in fact, wanted two additional amendments added to the “Bill of Rights” in the Constitution but never got them. They believed to protect the liberty of the people the nation should have “freedom from monopolies in commerce” (what are now giant corporations including the big international banks and Wall Street investment firms) and “freedom from a permanent military,” or standing armies. Try to imagine what the country would be like today if Jefferson and Madison had gotten their way - a country without giant predatory corporations exploiting everyone for profit and without a rampaging military waging war on the world, threatening to destroy it, and doing it so those corporate giants could earn even greater profits.

They never did, of course, and the people have paid dearly ever since including the great harm caused because the government relinquished its right to control the nation’s money supply. It gave it away secretly with the public none the wiser, never knowing how greatly it’s been harmed. It’s been even worse since the 1980s because the power of the Fed grew under a friendly Republican president, and the corporate media led cheerleading for it hid the effect. For them, no public demeaning of it, its giant member banks or Wall Street allies is allowed.

Things were especially out of hand during the tenure of Alan Greenspan - a Fed chairman no one should have found much reason to cheer either before he headed the Fed when he was a presidential advisor or during the time he did. It was only after his economic consulting firm failed that he went into government service likely because he needed a new line of work. There he managed to become a larger than life seer of central banking who was elevated to near sainthood by the business pundits who thought under his tenure the skies were only blue and the few clouds in sight always had silver linings. Now Alan is retired to the greener pastures of lucrative book contracts and speaking engagements, which shows when you do your job well for the rich and powerful (at the expense of the rest of us) who gave it to you, you’ll be well rewarded in the end. It’s likely the new Fed chairman has taken note and will dutifully try to follow in the tradition that preceded him.

But try imagining a different sort of Fed chairman, one who knew, believed in and practiced the words and wisdom of another American president of some note - Abraham Lincoln. In 1886 Lincoln said the following: “The money powers prey upon the nation in times of peace and conspire against it in times of adversity. It is more despotic than a monarch, more insolent than autocracy and more selfish than a bureaucracy. It denounces, as public enemies, all who question its methods or throw light upon its crimes. I have two great enemies, the Southern Army in front of me and the bankers in the rear. Of the two, the one at the rear is my greatest foe.”

Lincoln also appears to have said (although some dispute it): “I see in the near future a crisis approaching that unnerves me and causes me to tremble for the safety of my country…..corporations have been enthroned and an era of corruption in high places will follow, and the money power of the country will endeavor to prolong its reign by working upon the prejudices of the people until all wealth is aggregated in a few hands and the Republic is destroyed.” Imagine what Lincoln might say today.

Given Lincoln’s sentiment about the bankers and money power of the country, it would seem to beg the obvious question: did it play a role in, or was it the reason for, his untimely death at the hands of John Wilkes Booth? The international bankers clearly disliked Lincoln after he managed to get the Congress to pass the Legal Tender Act in 1862 that empowered the US Treasury to issue paper money called “greenbacks.” Lincoln needed this legislation after he declined to pay the bankers the usurious 24 - 36% interest rates they demanded on the loans he needed to fund his war with the South. With the new banking law, Lincoln was then able to print up the millions of dollars he needed which was debt and interest free. Clearly this was not what the greedy bankers wanted as they can only profit when they get their pound of flesh from financial transactions they control. Right after the war ended Lincoln was assassinated, and shortly thereafter the so-called Greenback law was rescinded, a new national banking act was passed, and all money became interesting-bearing again.

How the Federal Reserve System Works
The Federal Reserve System is the result of the Congress and President having agreed to privatize the nation’s money system and relinquish the power that should have remained the government’s exclusive right. That act was so outrageous the Fed had to be deliberately designed to look like a branch of the federal government to hide the fact that it’s really an all-powerful privately owned banking cartel whose member banks (including all the national ones) share in the vast profits earned from having the most important of all franchises governments alone should have - the right to print money in any amount, control its supply and price, and benefit hugely by loaning it out for a profit including to the government itself that must pay interest on the money it should never have to if it simply printed its own. Think of what happened as the government having legalized the right to counterfeit the national currency for private gain. It’s no exaggeration to claim this is the greatest ever of all financial scams causing incomprehensible harm with the public none the wiser. Here’s how it works in simple terms:


The Fed was given the authority to conduct the nation’s monetary policy with the power to control the supply and price of money. It has three ways to do it - through open market operations, the discount rate it charges member banks, and the reserve requirement percentage of member banks assets it requires them to hold and not loan out. The Board of Governors is responsible for handling the discount rate and reserve requirements while the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) is in charge of the open market operations of buying or selling bonds explained further below. Using these tools, the Fed is able to influence the supply and demand for money and thus directly control the federal funds short-term rate that’s always fixed unless the Fed wishes to raise or lower it. Longer rates are controlled by the powerful institutional traders in the bond market.


The FOMC and How It Works
The Federal Open Market Committee is really key to the whole process of money creation or contraction. It consists of 12 members - seven members of the Board of Fed Governors, the president of the New York Fed Bank (the most important one of all) and four of the remaining 11 Reserve Bank presidents who serve one year terms on a rotating basis. The FOMC holds eight regularly scheduled meetings a year to assess economic conditions and decide how loose or tight it wants monetary policy to be to further its stated goal of sustainable economic growth and price stability.

The FOMC literally has the power to create money out of nothing. It does it in a four step process:


Step 1 - The FOMC first approves the purchase of US government bonds on the open market.

Step 2 - The New York Fed bank buys them from sellers (financial markets always have an equal number of buyers and sellers).

Step 3 - The Fed pays for its purchases with electronic credits to the sellers’ banks, which, in turn, credit the sellers’ bank accounts. These credits are literally created out of nothing.

Step 4 - The banks receiving the credits can then use them as reserves to enable them to loan out as much as 10 times their amount (if their reserve requirement is 10%) through the magic (only banks have) of fractional reserve banking and, of course, collect interest on all of it. What a business, and it’s all legal. Imagine how rich we might all be if we as private individuals could do the same thing. Borrow a million from the Fed and like magic it becomes 10 times as much, and we get to collect interest on all but the 10% of it we must hold in reserve. This is the magic of fractional reserve banking money creation and explains how powerful an economic stimulus it is when the Fed wants to enhance economic growth.


When the Fed wishes to contract the economy by reducing the money supply, it simply reverses the above process. Instead of buying bonds, it sells them so that money moves out of the buyers’ bank accounts instead of into them. Bank loans must then be reduced by 10 times if the reserve requirement is 10%.

How the Fed Harms the Public Interest
The Federal Reserve System exists only to serve its owners and member banks and in doing so is hostile to the public interest. That’s because it’s a banking cartel with the power to restrict competition for greater profits gained at our expense. It goes from our pockets to theirs, and the public loses in at least four ways:

One - Through the invisible tax of inflation that results from the dilution of purchasing power caused by newly created money entering the system reducing the value of dollars already there. The Greenspan Fed was especially expansive, never was held to account for its excess and was able to pass a serious problem it created on to a future Fed chairman and society to deal with. The man we now lionize as a monetary magician began sensibly. From 1982, before he arrived in 1987, until 1992, the money supply increased on average by 8% a year. But from 1992 - 2002, the printing press worked overtime in sync with the deregulation and growth of global markets expanding the currency by more than 12% a year. It became even more extreme post 9/11 and since 2002 grew at a 15% rate. It now has more than doubled in less than a decade. It appears that the new Fed chairman has taken note and has begun reducing the rate of money expansion as he continues raising the federal funds rate to whatever level he has in mind.

Currency traders as well apparently have taken note of the rate of money supply expansion overall. Except for a respite in 2005, it’s quite likely the dollar weakness since 2002 is the result of the excess amount of them created for the Bush administration’s profligate spending to fund its endless wars and reckless tax cuts for the rich. The problem is further compounded as from 1964 to the present debt service has grown from 9% to 16.5% of the federal budget and rising; the current account deficit has gone from a 1% surplus to an almost 7% deficit; and federal indebtedness has grown by 40% just since 2001 and financed in large part by “the kindness of (foreign) strangers” that may be growing restive. Furthermore, since March, 2006, the Fed stopped publishing the M-3 aggregate of the total amount of dollars in circulation. With that transparency gone, big buyers of US Treasuries now have to calculate the value of the dollar based on speculation and uncertainty rather than hard data - not a way to inspire trust in the financial markets that function best in an atmosphere of openness and clarity.

Two - The public also loses because the banking cartel is able to practice usury - from it’s power over a flexible currency to artificially move rates up or down to any level it chooses which many small lenders in a truly free and open market can’t do. In addition, the cartel’s market dominance forces most borrowers (especially smaller ones less able to issue their own debt instruments) to come to them for loans which it’s then able to make using what should be the peoples’ money available to them at the lowest possible cost from many highly government regulated small lenders competing for customers.

Three - Through the taxes, we, the public, must pay to cover the interest on the huge national debt (now over $8.4 trillion) accumulated from the money the Fed printed and loaned to the government. As mentioned earlier, that now totals an annualized amount exceeding two-thirds of a trillion dollars and increasing daily. It’s made the bankers rich, ordinary people poorer, and the public none the wiser it’s been fleeced big time.

Four - Compounding the above abuse, the cartel is able to get the public to bail out the system with more of its tax dollars. It happens whenever any of the too-big-to-fail banks need financial help to survive. The same is true for big corporations like Chrysler or Lockheed, large investment firms or hedge funds like Long-Term Capital Management or even countries like Mexico. It’s also true when a single bank goes out of business and depositors must be compensated or more seriously in the wake of a systemic financial meltdown like the one that wiped out many savings and loan banks in the 1980s. Whether it’s a single bank or many dozens at a time, public tax dollars are used to save the system or just pick up the tab to repay depositors insured against losses through government insurance protection up to a stipulated amount per account.

How Would Adam Smith Have Reacted to the Federal Reserve System
This concentration of banking cartel wealth and power is the opposite of what Adam Smith, the ideological godfather of free market capitalism, advocated in his writings including his seminal work The Wealth of Nations. Smith wrote about an “invisible hand” that he said worked best in a free market with many small businesses competing locally against each other. He strongly opposed the concentrated mercantilism of his day (what there was of it) which now would be the equivalent of today’s giant transnational corporations and the banking cartel with the power to restrict competition, maintain higher prices than otherwise possible and earn greater profits as a result at the public’s expense.

The kind of banking cartel that exists today is precisely what Smith would have condemned. But having a central bank is not in itself a bad thing provided the bank is government owned, controlled and operated for the public welfare. There’s only a problem when through subterfuge the bank is set up to appear government owned and run but is, in fact, for private profit the way ours is and most others as well. And in the US, to make the arrangement work, a mostly publicly appointed governing authority runs the System acting as a shill for its private for-profit banking cartel members that wanted it in the first place and got a corrupted Congress to give it to them. To work, the cartel needs the cover it gets from its partnership with government, but it’s through that arrangement that it harms the public interest for its own private gain.

And that goes to the heart of the problem: that the Congress elected to serve the people instead betrayed them by creating an all-powerful banking cartel and gave it the authority to practice fractional reserve banking with the power to get free money by creating it out of nothing. It then allowed its members a near-monopoly right to set the rates of interest they wish to charge borrowers. The whole process amounts to a legally sanctioned heist by the powerful banks working in league with government for its own gain. It’s also part of a more extensive government arranged process to transfer wealth from the people to the pockets of large corporations and the rich and doing it while those being harmed are unaware it’s even happening.

Another Way the Federal Reserve System Harms the Public
The Fed harms the public welfare in one other important way, and again most people are none the wiser about it. Supposedly the Federal Reserve System was established to stabilize the economy, smooth out the business cycle, maintain a healthy rate of sustainable growth while holding prices steady and benefitting everyone. So how well has it done its job? Since its creation in 1913, and with them in charge, we had the crashes of 1921 and the most important and remembered one in 1929. That was followed by The Great Depression that lasted until the onset of WW II that noted conservative economist Milton Friedman explained was caused and exacerbated because the Federal Reserve oddly decided to reduce the money supply at a time of economic contraction instead of increasing it. We then had recessions in 1953, 1957, 1969, 1975, 1981, 1990 and 2001. We also had inflation beginning in the 1960s which became quite severe through much of the 1970s and early 1980s. And we had a major banking crisis in the 1980s at which time more banks and savings and loan associations failed than ever before in our history. It happened in the wake of financial market deregulation when banks were allowed to pursue their own interests without government oversight to check their willingness to assume excess risk or stop them from trying to get away with deliberate fraud.

Along with the economic stability the Fed never achieved, we’ve also had soaring consumer debt; record high federal budget and trade deficits; a high level of personal bankruptcies and rising mortgage loan delinquencies; interest on a mounting national debt that’s a large and rising percentage of the federal budget; the loss of our manufacturing base and it’s high-paying jobs with good benefits because they’re being exported to low wage countries; an economy in which services now account for nearly 80% of all business that provide mostly lower paying, less skilled jobs with few or no benefits; and a widening income and wealth gap that continues to harm lower and middle income earners to benefit the rich and well-off privileged few and a government that encourages it.

Sum it all up and the conclusion is clear. The one thing the Fed failed to accomplish above all else was what it was established to do in the first place. But it’s much worse than that if we understand a cartel’s real motives. It’s not to serve the public interest. It’s to abuse it because that’s how it benefits most. It’s able to do it with its legally sanctioned concentrated power and a friendly government in league with it as partners or facilitators. It’s from that cozy hidden from view arrangement that it’s able to get away with the grandest of grand thefts.

A Needed Solution to A Huge Problem
From the information presented above, it’s clear that the Federal Reserve System was established through stealth and deceit by a handful of corrupted politicians in service to their powerful banking and Wall Street allies. They did it to defraud the public and without them being any the wiser about what, in fact, had been done or how harmful it was to be to their welfare and interests. Those in the Congress and President Wilson (a man trained in the law, one-time practicing attorney, former esteemed academic and president of Princeton University) either knew or should have known that the act he and they approved establishing the Fed was in direct violation of the Constitution they were sworn to uphold. They didn’t, they broke the law, and the public paid dearly for their crime ever since to this day.

So what recourse is left, and can people be mobilized to pursue it. There’s only one sensible and just solution to undo the damage done to so many for so long - abolish the Federal Reserve System and restore the power it now has to the federal government working for the public welfare. Take it back from the powerful banking cartel working against it and never allow it to be in its hands again. That alone is the only way. The great German poet and playwright Bertolt Brecht would have agreed and once said it was “easier to rob by setting up a bank than by holding up (one).”

Freeing us from the these powerful “Money Changers” would have enormous benefits for everyone. It would establish a prudent policy of money creation that would minimize our most unfair tax - inflation which is caused by private for-profit bankers manipulating the nation’s money supply to enhance their profits. It would stabilize the economy and smooth out the extremes in the business cycle exacerbated by the cartel working for its benefit and against ours. It would lower the cost of money for borrowers because it would end the monopoly power the cartel now has to set the rates it chooses by opening the market to more competition. It would reduce the growing and oppressive national debt freed eventually from the extra money supply growth needed to pay it off. It would lower the public’s tax burden as less revenue would be needed for debt service. It would be a momentous step toward reducing and hopefully one day eliminating the overwhelming power of all predatory corporate giants preying on us so they can grow and prosper. It might even discourage wars which are only fought for wealth and power - never for glory or to make the world safe for democracy or other false motives. Without a powerful corporate banking cartel and other industry giants that feed on the human misery they create, there would be less of a reason to pursue any. Try to imagine that kind of world and a government working for the public welfare instead of harming it as it now must do in service to capital. That world is possible, and responsible people need to work for it as the one we now have has failed and must be changed before it’s too late.

A View of the World Created by the Interests of Capital and Our Government That Supports It

It’s the ugly, corrupted world of neoliberal “free market” capitalism controlled by giant corporations; that benefits the privileged few alone causing great human misery and despair; a despotic world that can’t endure nor must we allow it to much longer; one with endless wars for power and profit; where people are commodities to be used as needed and discarded like trash when they’re not; with no concern for preserving an ecology able to sustain us and won’t much longer because we’re destroying it and ourselves for profit; where essential human needs don’t matter under an economic model only valuing private gain; where democracy is incompatible with predatory capitalism; one no one should want to live in or ever have to; one we must change or perish. In the language of capital, that’s the bottom line. Only a mass movement of committed people can change that world. It must or we all will.

Unless we can move from our failed economic model to a better alternative, it will end on its own one day by one means or other. But it may be a denouement no one would wish for - it’s own self-destruction taking all else with it either by nuclear holocaust or an environment so inhospitable it won’t support our ability to live in it. Our only chance is to work for change while there’s still time.

A Vision of A Different Kind of World
History proves a better world is possible when committed people work hard enough for it. It’s how slavery was ended; workers won the right to organize and bargain collectively; women gained equal suffrage to men, control of their own bodies, and more rights and status in the work force; blacks and other minorities won important civil rights; and politicians once enacted important social legislation if only out of fear of what might happen if they didn’t.

Thomas Jefferson explained the “The price of liberty is eternal vigilance.” It’s also the price to keep our hard won social gains. For the past generation those gains have eroded while we weren’t paying attention and only mass people action can regain them. The goal should be for a world of caring and sharing; where peoples’ lives improve because we all work together for it; one at peace and not with endless wars to benefit the rich and powerful at our expense; where all essential human needs are met because governments work for the common good to assure it; with real participatory democracy where the public and elected officials work together to keep it strong and vibrant; with no oppressive corporate giants or banking cartels because the law won’t allow any; where ecological nurturing and preservation are central; with clean air, water and soil and food that’s fit and safe to eat; a much simpler world, more locally based than today’s where notions like globalization aren’t even in the vocabulary; one based on social equity and justice for all with government, law enforcement and the courts working to assure it stays that way; one we all want to live in and hope some day we can; one we want to pass on to future generations; one we can’t afford not to have because the alternative may be no world at all.

We may now be at a key watershed moment where our fate hangs in the balance. We can either work together for a better, sustainable world or likely become the first species in it ever to destroy itself. If it happens, we’ll likely take most others with us and not leave much behind for the few hearty ones that remain. We no longer have the luxury of debate for the kind of world we need to survive. The giant banks and corporations won’t give it to us nor will a hostile government allied with them. It’s up to us to go for it or likely perish if we fail. A good beginning would be by driving the Federal Reserve “money changers” out of our temple and the corporate giants with them. A better world is possible if we remember and live by political theorist Antonio Gramsci’s inspirational words about “the optimism of the will.” With it, organized people can find a way to beat organized money.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. Also visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.
http://tinyurl.com/qlhbk

Al Qaeda Tapes: Direct Link To Military Psyops And Donald Rumsfeld
Following the trail for five minutes leads to Pentagon

Steve Watson / Infowars.net | October 5 2006

Related: Surprise Surprise, It's Another Al Qaeda Blockbuster Release

Related: Atta's Father Says Video Fake, Credibility of 'Hijackers Tape' Crumbles

U.S. Government Caught Red-Handed Releasing Staged Al-Qaeda Videos

Following on from our three features on the latest dubious Al Qaeda video, We can reveal that further investigation into the origin of Al Qaeda video and tape release leads straight back to US military intelligence and Donald Rumsfeld.

The origin of the latest video, starring Mohammed Atta and flight 93 hijacker Ziad Jarrah, has been swept under the carpet by the mainstream media who bizarrely admit that the government has had the tape since late 2001 but still suggest it is a new release by Al Qaeda.

Interesting also is the fact that in an NBC article, they admit that before receiving the "exclusive US analysis" of the London Sunday Times' tape, they had filed a Freedom of Information Act request for the same tape of Atta earlier this year:

"The Sunday Times said it had obtained the video “through a previously tested channel” but gave no further details. NBC News filed a Freedom of Information Act request for the videotapes early this year, but the Pentagon has not yet turned them over. "

This is an open admission that it is the Pentagon that has released this tape and not Al Qaeda. this dovetails with our previous analysis that revealed that the footage has been seen before in a docudrama, the Road to Guantanamo, where it is shown to detainees at camp Delta as an intelligence surveillance tape.

Along with experts on Islamic terrorist groups who are baffled by the video and have declared that it has come from a security agency, the very journalist who received the tape also says the source was not Al Qaeda.

It is also interesting that this journalist, Yousri Fouda is not only a Sunday Times journalist but also the London Bureau Chief of Al Jazeera. He is the guy who normally breaks all the Al Qaeda tapes anyway, so really the London Times connection is just a smokescreen.

All evidence indicates that the tapes are provided to Fouda and Al Jazeera by As Sahab, the "production company" of Al Qaeda, via a group known as Intelcenter, who also SELL the videos online.
Intelcenter normally have the tapes available for sale as soon as they are released, indeed in the past they have even predicted when they are going to get a tape before it is released, as they did with the second London bomber tape on the anniversary of 7/7.

Intel center is run by Ben Venzke, who is an interesting character. A google search results in the revelation that he used to be the director of intelligence at a company called IDEFENSE, which is a verisign company. IDEFENSE is a web security company that monitors intelligence from the middle east conflicts and focuses on cyber threats among other things.

It is also heavily populated with long serving ex military intelligence officials.

The Director of Threat intelligence, Jim Melnick, served 16 years in the US army and the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) and worked in psychological operations. From the IDEFENSE website:

Prior to joining iDefense, Mr. Melnick served with distinction for more than 16 years in the U.S. Army and the Defense Intelligence Agency. During this period, Mr. Melnick served in a variety of roles, including psychological operations, international warning issues with emphasis on foreign affairs and information operations and Russian affairs. He also served in active political/military intelligence roles with an emphasis on foreign affairs. Mr. Melnick is currently a U.S. Army Reserve Colonel with Military Intelligence, assigned to the Office of the Secretary of Defense. Mr. Melnick has been published in numerous military and foreign affairs journals, and has received numerous military and DIA awards. Mr. Melnick has a Master of Arts in National Security and Strategic Studies from the U.S. Naval War College, a Master of Arts in Russian studies from Harvard University, and a Bachelor of Arts with Honors in Political Science from Westminster College.

So here we have a company that by it's own admission has a senior military psy-op intelligence officer who has worked directly for Donald Rumsfeld. As Intelcenter and Ben Venzke are directly connected to IDEFENSE, this puts Rumsfeld 3 small steps away from the Al Qaeda propaganda videos.

The NBC "US analysis" should be the focus of the latest tape and not the Times articles. It is an astounding piece of psyop propaganda that attempts in a shoddy way to fill in the "gaps" in 9/11 intelligence. The analyst, Evan Coleman, after admitting that the Pentagon has been "sitting on it" goes on to say:

"It is important for people to watch and realize that this video is conclusive proof that 9/11 was orchestrated by Al Qaeda at the most senior levels."

He then makes a direct assault on the 9/11 truth movement by saying:

"This is the kind of video proof that is going to put a lot of 9/11 conspiracy theorists out in the cold and for good reason."

View the video below:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DPgtn9ZAkf4

Coleman contradicts himself throughout his own report by saying the Pentagon has had the video since 2001 whilst still towing the line that it was Al Qaeda that released the video.

The U.S. government's role in obtaining and carefully stage-managing the dissemination of these tapes, many of them old footage re-released over and over again, is now without a doubt manifestly obvious and demands immediate Congressional investigation. Please spread this information wide and help us expose the most duplicitous and manipulative administration in history, a regime that is engaging in psychological warfare against the American people.
http://tinyurl.com/g9gvn

Marijuana may stave off Alzheimer's
5 Oct 2006
WASHINGTON, (Reuters) -- Good news for aging hippies: Smoking pot may stave off Alzheimer's disease.

New research shows that the active ingredient in marijuana may prevent the progression of the disease by preserving levels of an important neurotransmitter that allows the brain to function.

Researchers at the Scripps Research Institute in California found that marijuana's active ingredient, delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, or THC, can prevent the neurotransmitter acetylcholine from breaking down more effectively than commercially marketed drugs.

THC is also more effective at blocking clumps of protein that can inhibit memory and cognition in Alzheimer's patients, the researchers reported in the journal Molecular Pharmaceutics.

The researchers said their discovery could lead to more effective drug treatment for Alzheimer's, the leading cause of dementia among the elderly.

Those afflicted with Alzheimer's suffer from memory loss, impaired decision-making, and diminished language and movement skills. The ultimate cause of the disease is unknown, though it is believed to be hereditary.

Marijuana is used to relieve glaucoma and can help reduce side effects from cancer and AIDS treatment.

Possessing marijuana for recreational use is illegal in many parts of the world, including the United States, though some states allow possession for medical purposes.
http://tinyurl.com/nre9m

Record amount of ozone lost over Antarctica
October 4, 2006

FRASCATI, Italy: The ozone hole over the South Pole has expanded to a near-record size despite a 19-year global ban on chlorofluorocarbons, the pollutant identified as being responsible for ozone depletion, the European Space Agency says.

In a statement issued on Monday by its office in Frascati, the agency said 40 million tonnes of ozone had been lost over Antarctica this year, exceeding the record 39 million tonne loss registered in 2000. "The size of this year's ozone hole is 28 million square kilometres, nearly as large as the record ozone hole extension [recorded] during 2000, and the depth of the ozone hole is rivalling the record low ozone values of 1998," the statement said.

The agency's Claus Zehner said this year's loss was caused by unusually low temperatures above Antarctica.

"Such significant ozone loss requires very low temperatures in the stratosphere, combined with sunlight," Mr Zehner said. "This year's extreme loss of ozone can be explained by the temperatures above Antarctica reaching the lowest recorded in the area since 1979."

Ozone is a protective layer found in the atmosphere that acts as a sunlight filter shielding life on Earth from harmful ultraviolet rays. Ozone loss is associated with the increased risk of skin cancer, cataracts and harm to marine life.

Chlorofluorocarbons, which contain chlorine and bromine, have been blamed for thinning the ozone layer because they attack ozone molecules, causing them to break apart.

Officially recognised by scientists in 1985, the ozone hole typically occurs during the Antarctic spring, from September to early December.

In the past decade the level of ozone in the Earth's atmosphere has fallen by about 0.3 per cent, increasing the risk of skin cancer, cataracts and harm to marine life, the agency added.

The World Meteorological Organisation said last month that the hole was nearing its record size of 29 million square kilometres set in 2000. The depth of the hole, however, was greater this year than in 2000, bringing the amount of lost ozone to 40 million tonnes on October 2.

The meteorological organisation and the UN Environment Program said in August the protective layer is likely to return to pre-1980 levels by 2049 over much of Australia, Europe, North America, Asia, Latin America and Africa. In Antarctica, they said ozone layer recovery would likely be delayed until 2065.

Man-made chlorofluorocarbons had still not vanished from the air despite being banned under the Montreal Protocol of 1987, the agency said.
http://tinyurl.com/ztdnc

Geschichte: Note der Sowjetregierung an die Westmächte
05 Oct 2006

Extrablatt. Note der Sowjetregierung an die Westmächte über den Friedensvertrag mit Deutschland
Flugblatt mit dem Text einer Stalinnote.
Alster-Druck GmbH
Hamburg, 1952
Druck
35,6 x 24,9 cm
Haus der Geschichte, Bonn
EB-Nr.: 1993/12/0472

(Zweite) Note der sowjetischen Regierung an die Westmächte über den Friedensvertrag mit Deutschland vom 9. April 1952

Im Zusammenhang mit der Note der Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten vom 25. März dieses Jahres erachtet es die Sowjetregierung für notwendig, folgendes zu erklären:

In ihrer Note vom 10. März hat die Sowjetregierung der Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten sowie den Regierungen Großbritanniens und Frankreichs vorgeschlagen, unverzüglich die Frage eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland zu erörtern, um in unmittelbarer Zukunft einen vereinbarten Entwurf für einen Friedensvertrag vorzubereiten. Zur Erleichterung der Vorbereitung des Friedensvertrages hat die Sowjetregierung einen Entwurf der Grundlagen des Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland unterbreitet und ihr Einverständnis erklärt, auch beliebige andere Vorschläge zu erörtern.

Die Sowjetregierung hat dabei den Vorschlag gemacht, daß der Friedensvertrag unter unmittelbarer Beteiligung Deutschlands, vertreten durch eine gesamtdeutsche Regierung, ausgearbeitet werden soll. In der Note vom 10. März wurde weiterhin vorgesehen, daß die Sowjetunion, die Vereinigten Staaten, Großbritannien und Frankreich, die Besatzungsfunktionen in Deutschland ausüben, die Frage der Voraussetzungen für die möglichst baldige Bildung einer gesamtdeutschen, dem Willen des deutschen Volkes Ausdruck verleihenden Regierung prüfen sollen.

Bei ihren Vorschlägen zur Frage eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland und zur Bildung einer gesamtdeutschen Regierung ging die Sowjetregierung davon aus, daß die Lösung dieser Grundfragen große Bedeutung für die Festigung des Friedens in Europa besitzt und den Forderungen nach einer gerechten Haltung gegenüber den rechtmäßigen nationalen Interessen des deutschen Volkes entspricht. Die Dringlichkeit des Abschlusses eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland macht es notwendig, daß die Regierungen der Sowjetunion, der Vereinigten Staaten, Großbritanniens und Frankreichs unverzüglich Maßnahmen zu Vereinigung Deutschlands und zur Bildung einer gesamtdeutschen Regierung treffen.

In Übereinstimmung hiermit erachtet es die Sowjetregierung für notwendig, daß die Regierungen der Sowjetunion, der Vereinigten Staaten, Großbritanniens und Frankreichs ohne Verzug die Frage der Durchführung freier gesamtdeutscher Wahlen erörtern, wie sie dies bereits früher vorgeschlagen hat. Die Anerkennung der Notwendigkeit der Durchführung freier gesamtdeutscher Wahlen durch die Regierungen der Sowjetunion, der Vereinigten Staaten, Großbritanniens und Frankreichs schafft durchaus die Möglichkeit, diese Wahlen in unmittelbarer Zukunft durchzuführen.

Was den Vorschlag betrifft, daß eine Kommission der Vereinten Nationen im Zusammenhang mit bevorstehenden freien gesamtdeutschen Wahlen prüfen soll, ob die Voraussetzungen für solche Wahlen gegeben sind, so steht dieser Vorschlag im Widerspruch zur Charta der Vereinten Nationen, die gemäß Artikel 107 eine Einmischung der Vereinten Nationen in deutsche Angelegenheiten ausschließt. Eine solche Prüfung könnte durch eine Kommission vorgenommen werden, die von den vier in Deutschland Besatzungsfunktionen ausübenden Mächten zu bilden wäre.

Die Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten hatte die Möglichkeit, sich mit dem von der Sowjetregierung vorgeschlagenen Entwurf der Grundlagen eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland vertraut zu machen. Die Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten hat sich nicht einverstanden erklärt, die Erörterungen dieses Entwurfs aufzunehmen und hat keinen eigenen Entwurf eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland vorgeschlagen. Zugleich hat die Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten eine Reihe von Einwänden zu einzelnen Punkten des sowjetischen Entwurfes der Grundlagen eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland erhoben; das hat den weiteren Notenaustausch zwischen den Regierungen und eine Verzögerung der Lösung der strittigen Fragen zur Folge. Bei direkten Verhandlungen durch die Mächte hätte das vermieden werden können. Da jedoch in der Note der Vereinigten Staaten vom 25. März eine Anzahl solcher Fragen aufgeworfen werden, hält es die Sowjetregierung für notwendig, auf diese Fragen einzugehen. Im sowjetischen Entwurf der Grundlagen eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland heißt es: "Deutschland verpflichtet sich, keinerlei Koalitionen oder Militärbündnisse einzugehen, die sich gegen irgendeinen Staat richten, der mit seinen Streitkräften am Kriege gegen Deutschland teilgenommen hat."

Die Sowjetregierung ist der Ansicht, daß ein solcher Vorschlag den Interessen der Mächte, die Besatzungsfunktionen in Deutschland ausüben, sowie auch der Nachbarstaaten und gleichermaßen den Interessen Deutschlands selber als eines friedliebenden und demokratischen Staates entspricht. Ein solcher Vorschlag enthält keine unzulässige Beschränkung der souveränen Rechte des deutschen Staates. Dieser Vorschlag schließt jedoch auch eine Einbeziehung Deutschlands in eine gegen irgendeinen friedliebenden Staat gerichtete Mächtegruppierung aus.

In dem sowjetischen Entwurf eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland heißt es: "Es wird Deutschland gestattet sein, eigene nationale Streitkräfte (Land-, Luft- und Seestreitkräfte) zu besitzen, die für die Verteidigung des Landes notwendig sind."

Die Sowjetregierung hat bekanntlich einen gleichartigen Vorschlag auch zum Entwurf eines Friedensvertrages mit Japan gemacht. Ein solcher Vorschlag entspricht den Grundsätzen der nationalen Souveränität und der Gleichberechtigung der Staaten. Es ist undenkbar, daß Japan ein Recht auf nationale, für Zwecke der Landesverteidigung bestimmte Streitkräfte haben sollte, während Deutschland dieses Rechtes beraubt und in eine schlechtere Lage versetzt sein sollte.
Es kann kein Zweifel darüber bestehen, daß es sowohl für die Sache des Friedens als auch für die deutsche Nation bedeutend besser wäre, solche für die Verteidigung bestimmte Streitkräfte zu schaffen, als in Westdeutschland Söldnertruppen der Revanchepolitiker mit faschistischen Hitler-Generälen an der Spitze aufzustellen, die bereit sind, Europa in den Abgrund eines dritten Weltkrieges zu stürzen.

Was die Grenzen Deutschlands betrifft, so hält die Sowjetregierung die entsprechenden Beschlüsse der Potsdamer Konferenz, die von der Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten ebenso wie von den Regierungen der Sowjetunion und Großbritannien angenommen wurden und denen Frankreich sich anschloß, für vollauf ausreichend und für endgültig.

Die Sowjetregierung schlägt der Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten erneut vor, gemeinsam mit den Regierungen Großbritanniens und Frankreichs die Erörterung eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland sowie der Frage der Vereinigung Deutschlands und der Bildung einer gesamtdeutschen Regierung aufzunehmen. Die Sowjetregierung sieht keinen Grund, die Lösung dieser Frage aufzuschieben. Gerade gegenwärtig entscheidet sich die Frage, ob Deutschland als einheitlicher, unabhängiger, friedliebender, zur Familie der friedliebenden Völker Europas gehörender Staat wiederhergestellt wird oder ob die Spaltung Deutschlands und die damit verbundene Gefahr eines Krieges in Europa bestehen bleibt.

Quelle: Europa-Archiv, 1952, 1, S. 4866f.

_

Zitat: (Erste) Note der sowjetischen Regierung an die Regierungen Frankreichs, des Vereinigten Königreichs und der Vereinigten Staaten vom 10. März 1952 (Stalinnote)

Die Sowjetregierung hält es für notwendig, die Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika darauf aufmerksam zu machen, daß, obwohl seit Beendigung des Krieges in Europa bereits etwa sieben Jahre vergangen sind, immer noch kein Friedensvertrag mit Deutschland abgeschlossen wurde.[...] Um diesen unnormalen Zustand zu beseitigen, legt die Sowjetregierung ihrerseits den Regierungen der USA, Großbritanniens und Frankreichs den beigefügten Entwurf für die Grundlagen eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland zur Prüfung vor.[...]

Entwurf der Sowjetregierung über die Grundlagen eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland Seit Beendigung des Krieges mit Deutschlands sind fast sieben Jahre vergangen, jedoch hat Deutschland immer noch keinen Friedensvertrag, es ist gespalten und befindet sich gegenüber anderen Staaten in einer nicht gleichberechtigten Situation. Diesem unmoralischen Zustand muß ein Ende gemacht werden. Das entspricht dem Willen aller friedliebenden Völker. Ohne den schnellsten Abschluß eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland kann eine gerechte Behandlung der rechtmäßigen nationalen Interessen des deutschen Volkes nicht gewährleistet werden. Der Abschluß eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland ist von großer Bedeutung für die Festigung des Friedens in Europa. Ein Friedensvertrag mit Deutschland wird die endgültige Lösung der Fragen ermöglichen, die infolge des zweiten Weltkrieges entstanden sind. An einer Lösung dieser Fragen sind die europäischen Staaten, die unter der Hilteraggression gelitten haben, besonders die Nachbarn Deutschlands, zutiefst interessiert. Der Abschluß eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland wird zu einer Besserung der internationalen Gesamtlage und damit zur Herstellung eines dauerhaften Friedens beitragen. Die Notwendigkeit, den Abschluß eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland zu beschleunigen, wird dadurch diktiert, daß die Gefahr einer Wiederherstellung des deutschen Militarismus, der zwei Weltkriege entfesselt hat, nicht beseitigt ist, weil die entsprechenden Beschlüsse der Potsdamer Konferenz immer noch nicht durchgeführt sind. Ein Friedensvertrag mit Deutschland soll gewährleisten, daß ein Wiederaufleben des deutschen Militarismus und einer deutschen Aggression unmöglich wird. Der Abschluß eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland wird für das deutsche Volk die Bedingungen eines dauerhaften Friedens herbeiführen, die Entwicklung Deutschlands als eines einheitlichen, unabhängigen, demokratischen und friedliebenden Staates in Übereinstimmung mit den Potsdamer Beschlüssen fördern und dem deutschen Volk die Möglichkeit einer friedlichen Zusammenarbeit mit anderen Völkern sichern. Davon ausgehend, haben die Regierungen der Sowjetunion, der Vereingten Staaten von Amerika, Großbritanniens und Frankreichs beschlossen, unverzüglich mit der Ausarbeitung eines Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland zu beginnen. Die Regierungen der UdSSR, der USA, Großbritanniens und Frankreichs sind der Meinung, daß die Vorbereitung eines Friedensvertrages unter Beteiligung Deutschlands, vertreten durch eine gesamtdeutsche Regierung, erfolgen muß und daß der Friedensvertrag mit Deutschland auf folgenden Grundlagen aufgebaut sein muß:

Grundlagen des Friedensvertrages mit Deutschland
Die Teilnehmer
Großbritannien, die Sowjetunion, die USA, Frankreich, Polen, die Tschechoslowakei, Belgien, Holland und die anderen Staaten, die sich mit ihren Streitkräften am Krieg gegen Deutschland beteiligt haben.

Politische Leitsätze:
1. Deutschland wird als einheitlicher Staat wiederhergestellt. Damit wird der Spaltung Deutschlands ein Ende gemacht, und das geeinte Deutschland gewinnt die Möglichkeit, sich als unabhängiger, demokratischer, friedliebender Staat zu entwickeln.
2. Sämtliche Streitkräfte der Besatzungsmächte müssen spätestens ein Jahr nach Inkrafttreten des Friedensvertrages aus Deutschland abgezogen werden. Gleichzeitig werden sämtliche ausländischen Militärstützpunkte auf dem Territorium Deutschlands liquidiert.
3. Dem deutschen Volke müssen die demokratischen Rechte gewährleistet sein, damit alle unter deutscher Rechtsprechung stehenden Personen, ohne Unterschied der Rasse, des Geschlechts, der Sprache oder Religion, die Menschenrechte und die Grundfreiheiten genießen, einschließlich der Redefreiheit, der Pressefreiheit, des Rechts der freien Religionsausübung, der Freiheit der politischen Überzeugung und der Versammlungsfreiheit.
4. In Deutschland muß den demokratischen Parteien und Organisationen freie Betätigung gewährleistet sein; sie müssen das Recht haben, über ihre inneren Angelegenheiten frei zu entscheiden, Tagungen und Versammlungen abzuhalten, Presse- und Publikationsfreiheit zu genießen.
5. Auf dem Territorium Deutschlands dürfen Organisationen, die der Demokratie und der Sache der Erhaltung des Friedens feindlich sind, nicht bestehen.
6. Allen ehemaligen Angehörigen der deutschen Armee, einschließlich der Offiziere und Generäle, allen ehemaligen Nazis, mit Ausnahme derer, die nach Gerichtsurteil eine Strafe für von ihnen begangene Verbrechen verbüßen, müssen die gleichen bürgerlichen und politischen Rechtewie allen anderen deutschen Bürgern gewährt werden zur Teilnahme am Aufbau eines friedliebenden, demokratischen Deutschland.
7. Deutschland verpflichtet sich, keinerlei Koalitionen oder Militärbündnisse einzugehen, die sich gegen irgendeinen Staat richten, der mit seinen Streitkräften am Kriege gegen Deutschland teilgenommen hat.

Das Territorium
Das Territorium Deutschlands ist durch die Grenzen bestimmt, die durch die Beschlüsse der Potsdamer Konferenz der Großmächte festgelegt wurden.

Wirtschaftliche Leitsätze
Deutschland werden für die Entwicklung seiner Friedenswirtschaft, die der Hebung des Wohlstandes des deutschen Volkes dienen soll, keinerlei Beschränkungen in bezug auf den Handel mit anderen Ländern, die Seeschiffahrt und den Zutritt zu den Weltmärkten auferlegt.

Militärische Leitsätze
1. Es wird Deutschland gestattet sein, eigene nationale Streitkräfte (Land-, Luft- und Seestreitkräfte) zu besitzen, die für die Verteidigung des Landes notwendig sind.
2. Deutschland wird die Erzeugung von Kriegsmaterial und -ausrüstung gestattet werden, deren Menge oder Typen nicht über die Grenzen dessen hinausgehen dürfen, was für die Streitkräfte erforderlich ist, die für Deutschland durch den Friedensvertrag festgesetzt sind.

Deutschland und die Organisation der Vereinten Nationen Die Staaten, die den Friedensvertrag mit Deutschland abgeschlossen haben, werden das Ersuchen Deutschlands um Aufnahme in die Organisation der Vereinten Nationen unterstützen.

Quelle: Europa-Archiv 7 (1952), 7. Folge, S. 4832-4833
(yahoo.group)

Bohemian Grove Membership List
3 Oct 2006



Bohemian Grove
Incomplete membership list
continually updated
watch this list: http://tinyurl.com/no6gh

from
Abel, Brent M. Isle of Aves President California Bar Association 1974-1975, director U.S. Trust of Delaware Inc. in 1986.
to
Yorty, Samuel Mayor of Los Angeles 1961-1973.



Frühstück im Eulennest Lager, Bohemian Grove, 23. Juli 1967. Um den Tisch herum sind von links nach rechts zu sehen: Preston Hotchkis, Kalifornischer Gouverneur Ronald Wilson Reagan, Harvey Hancock (stehend), Vize-Präsident Richrad Milhouse Nixon, Gleen Seaborg, Jack Sparks, (nicht identifizierbares Individuum), (nicht identifizierbares Individuum) and Edwin Pauley. Mit freundlicher Genehmigung von Edward W. Carter (verstorben).

Dokumentation eines Anschreibens:

Zitat:
"Sehr geehrte Damen und Herren des Bohemian Cub,

mein Name ist Kai Blitz und ich bin der Webmaster der deutschen Internet-Seite www.ask1.org, einer der größten und gemischtesten deutschen Internet-Communities. Die Seite verfügt über eine Vielzahl verschiedener Features, darunter ein Forum mit mehr als 8.500 registrierten Usern und 380.000 Beiträgen, die sich mit den unterschiedlichsten Themen beschäftigen -- von Politik und aktuellen Ereignissen bis hin zu Kinofilmen, Sport und zwischenmenschlichen Beziehungen -- sowie eine eigene Redaktion, die gut recherchierte Artikel über einige der im Forum behandelten Themen veröffentlicht.

Der Grund weshalb ich Ihnen im Namen von ask1.org schreibe ist, dass es im Forum zu mehreren Diskussionen um die Eule als ihrem offiziellen Symbol gekommen ist. Auch wenn in Bezug auf diese Frage viele verschiedene Theorien formuliert wurden, war, wie bei solchen Themen nicht unüblich, eine Theorie so gut oder schlecht wie die andere, und schlußendlich waren alle Spekulation.

So hat z.B. der 1859 in Prag gegründete Männerbund 'Schlaraffia' den Uhu als Wappentier, bzw. offizielles Symbol. Das erklärte Ziel der Schlaraffia ist, "die feinen Künste zu pflegen und eine Atmosphäre der Freundschaft und des Humors zu schaffen" und urteilt man an Hand der Liste ihrer Mitglieder, zu denen auch Gustav Mahler und Franz Lehar zählten, waren sie damit ziemlich erfolgreich. Wenn ich richtig informiert bin hat, oder hatte zumindest bei der Gründung 1872, der Bohemian Club, in Bezug auf die Kunst eine ähnliche Zielsetzung. Darüber hinaus wird die Region um Prag im historischen Kontext 'Böhmen' ('Bohemia') genannt, so dass ein möglicher Zusammenhang zwischen den beiden Organisationen nicht unmöglich erscheint. Andererseits wird auch die Meinung vertreten, dass 'Bohemian' in Wirklichkeit auf den französischen Ausdruck 'Bohème' anspielt, der einen künstlerischen und individualistischen Lebensstil bezeichnet.

Sie würden sowohl mir als auch der Redaktion - und natürlich den Benutzern der Seite - einen großen Gefallen tun, wenn sie auf diesen Brief antworten und sowohl den Ursprung des Namens 'Bohemian Club' als auch die Eule als offizielles Symbol kommentieren könnten.

Vielen Dank für ihre Zeit,

Kai Blitz
Webmaster @ ask1.org
Adresse, etc. "

Die Politik in der Hand der Freimaurer
02. Oktober 2006 10:09

Die Freimaurer akzeptieren den Staat nur, wenn sie ihn beherrschen. Das gilt auch für die Justiz. Persönliche Erfahrungen von Mag. Ewald Stadler.

(kreuz.net, St. Pölten) In einem Vortrag vom 23. September enttarnte der österreichische Noch-Volksanwalt Ewald Stadler (45) Vernetzungen zwischen Politik und Freimaurerei.

Stadler sprach auf Einladung des ‘Initiativkreis katholischer Laien und Priester in Wien, Niederösterreich und Burgenland’. Der Katholik Stadler wird nach den gestrigen Nationalratswahlen für die rechtsnationale Partei FPÖ – Freiheitliche Partei – ins Parlament wechseln.

EU – Motor und Wirkhebel der Freimaurerei

Stadler erklärte, daß die EU das wichtigste Instrument der freimaurerischen Politik sei – ihr Motor und Wirkhebel. Die Symbolik der EU sei vom blau der Flagge bis zu den zwölf Sternen eindeutig freimaurerisch. Die Geschichte von den zwölf Sternen der Muttergottes sei ein frommes Märchen.

Die Maurer seien gegenwärtig damit beschäftigt, eine Zivilreligion mit dem Holocaust als Zentrum aufzubauen. Ein weiterer Götze sei der Markt. Die Zivilreligion erlaube jedem, zu glauben, was er wolle – sofern die neue Zivilreligion nicht angetastet werde. Die Freimaurer hätten es zustande gebracht, ihr Gedankengut überall zu verbreiten. Es sei eine Zeitgeistrealität entstanden: „Vor der knien sie alle.“

Revolution gegen nicht kontrollierte Staaten

Generell würden sich die Freimaurer und ihre Parteien gegen jede staatliche Autorität stellen, bis diese unter maurerische Kontrolle gebracht sei. Der italienische Rebellenführer und Kirchenhasser Giuseppe Garibaldi († 1882) sei ebenso ein bekannter Hochgradfreimaurer gewesen wie der Begründer der laizistischen Türkei, Mustafa Kemal Atatürk († 1938). Istanbul sei – neben London und Paris – nicht umsonst ein entscheidendes Zentrum der Freimaurerei: ein weiterer Grund, die Türkei in die EU zu holen.

Die Maurer seien für den Sturz des Seligen Kaiser Karls († 1922) von Österreich als auch die Zerstörung der Monarchie Frankreichs durch die Französische Revolution verantwortlich. Stadler erwähnte auch die Verantwortung der Freimaurer für die Terrorherrschaft und das Massenmorden unter Maximilien Robespierre († 1794).

1809 habe das Bruttoinlandsprodukt Frankreichs nur 10 Prozent vom Vergleichswert vor der Revolution betragen. Die kirchlichen Hilfseinrichtungen seien zerstört gewesen und die Massenverelendung perfekt. Interessantes Detail: Frankreich investierte vor der Revolution auf Ansuchen des US-Botschafters und Hochgradfreimaurers Thomas Jefferson († 1826) Unsummen in den US-amerikanischen Unabhängigkeitskrieg gegen Großbritannien. Das daraus entstandene französische Finanzloch sei sogleich von der Freimaurerei als politischer Hetzgrund für die Durchführung der Revolution benützt worden.

Freimaurereinfluß in der österreichischen Politik

Nach Stadler ist auch in Österreich die Liste der Verstrickungen und Überschneidungen zwischen österreichischen Politikern und Logenbrüdern sehr lange. In der Politik habe die Freimaurerei seit den 90er Jahren ihrer traditionell sozialdemokratische Dominanz auch auf die christdemokratische ÖVP ausgeweitet. Seit 2002 ist Michael Kraus der Präsident der österreichischen Großmeister. Er ist der ÖVP nahestehend und als solcher der Erste in diesem Amt, das bisher von den Sozialisten Nahestehenden besetzt wurde.

Von den Spitzenkandidaten der österreichischen Parteien sei nur der Vorsitzende der Grünen, der russischstämmige Alexander van der Bellen, ein Logenmitglied. Der christdemokratische Noch-Bundeskanzler Schüssel pflege ein Nahverhältnis zur Loge. Der Spitzenkandidat des BZÖ, Peter Westenthaler – vor seiner Namensänderung Peter Hojac – sei zu unwichtig für Beziehungen zur Loge. Der sozialistische Bundesparteivorsitzende Alfred Gusenbauer sei kein Logenbruder. Den Kärtner Landeshauptmann Jörg Haider zitiert Stadler mit den Worten: „Ich bin nicht mehr so blöd und lege mich mit der Loge an.“ Haider habe sich arrangiert und führe – entgegen früheren Aussagen – die Personalpolitik nach den Wünschen der Freimaurer.

Die Loge habe ihn früher geringgeschätzt: „Haider ist nicht verläßlich. Haider ist wortbrüchig.“ Stadler berichtete ferner, daß gegen einen seiner Mitarbeiter wegen Mitgliedschaft in einem verbotenem Dichterverein ermittelt wurde. Ein ehemaliger SPÖ-Abgeordneter und Hochgradfreimaurer habe Stadler jede Woche genau sagen können, wo der Akt liege und wann man welches Dokument einbringen müsse, um ihn für immer zu schließen: „So geschah es.“ In einem anderen Fall sei der Wiener BZÖ Spitzenkandidat Hans-Jörg Schimanek von der Loge abgefallen. Nach einem freimaurerischen Scherbengerichtsverfahren habe man den Politiker verfolgt. Schimaneks Sohn sei wegen illegaler Wehrsportübungen angeklagt und prozessiert worden. Zuvor habe man seine Verbrechen geduldet.

Das Urteil lautete in erster Instanz 15 Jahre, in zweiter acht Jahre Haft – eine Strafe, die sonst in Österreich auf Mord unter erschwerten Umständen verhängt werde. Der junge Herr Schimanek saß die Strafe voll ab: „Mittlerweile ist der Papa in die Loge zurückgekrochen.“ Im Wahlkampf habe er den freimaurerischen Auftrag ausgeführt, gegen Stadler Stimmung zu machen.
http://tinyurl.com/mmgcn


Die Freimauer sind tief in die Kirche eingedrungen
27. September 2006 11:41

Beim freimaurerischen Totengedenken für seinen Vater hielt der Wiener Kardinal eine rührende Abschiedsrede. Persönliche Erfahrungen von Mag. Ewald Stadler.

(kreuz.net, St. Pölten) Der österreichische Volksanwalt Ewald Stadler (45) hielt am 23. September in St. Pölten einen Vortrag über seine Erfahrungen mit der Freimaurerei. Die Veranstaltung wurde vom katholischen ‘Initiativkreis katholischer Laien und Priester in Wien, Niederösterreich und Burgenland’ organisiert. Der Katholik Stadler kandidiert gegenwärtig für die rechtsnationale Partei FPÖ – Freiheitliche Partei – bei den bevorstehenden österreichischen Nationalratswahlen. Zu Beginn seines Vortrages warnte er, Zubringereinrichtungen wie den Lions- oder Rotary Club mit Freimaurerlogen gleichzustellen. Das würde deren tatsächliche Bedeutung schmälern.

Insgesamt gebe es gegenwärtig Schätzungen zufolge weltweit sechs Millionen Freimaurer in rund 40.000 Logen.

Der Rauch der Freimaurer in der Kirche

Die Freimauerei sei von Papst Clemens XII. († 1740) und Papst Leo XIII. († 1903) aufs Schärfste verurteilt worden. Doch der Staatsekretär von Papst Leo XIII. – Kardinal Mariano Rampolla († 1913) – sei mit Sicherheit Freimaurer gewesen – so Stadler. Auch der spätere Papst Johannes XXIII. trat 1935 der quasifreimaurerischen Vereinigung ‘Der Ritter und die Rose’ bei. Doch erst nach dem Zweiten Vatikanischen Konzil sei es zu einem Tauwetter zwischen den Erzfeinden Kirche und Maurerei gekommen. Die automatische Exkommunikation der Freimaurer wurde 1983 aus dem Kirchenrecht gestrichen. Doch bereits im März 1984 bekräftigte der frühere Präfekt der Glaubenskongregation, Joseph Kardinal Ratzinger, die Unvereinbarkeit zwischen Freimaurertum und Katholizismus: „Das haben ihm die Freimaurer bis heute nicht verziehen.“

Warum der Wiener Dompfarrer Toni Faber dennoch Sympathien für die Maurerei bekunde, ist Stadler ein Rätsel. Für das maurerische Tauwetter in Österreich sei „ausschließlich“ der Erzbischof von Wien, Franz Kardinal König († 2004), verantwortlich – so Stadler. Kardinal König verwaltete sein Amt von 1956 bis 1985. Er habe einen regen Kontakt zum damaligen Großmeister der Loge, Dr. Kurt Barisch, gepflegt. Das bedeute nicht, daß Kardinal König selber Mitglied der Loge gewesen sein müsse. Die Freimaurer seien auch froh, in Kirche, Politik und Wirtschaft zuverlässige, nicht beigetretene Handlanger zu besitzen.

Stadler bestätigte ferner, in einem ihm zugespielten Logenverzeichnis den ehemaligen Chefredakteur der Wiener Kirchenzeitung, Walter Ramig, und den früheren Steuerberater der Erzdiözese Wien, Josef Böck, gefunden zu haben. Recherchen hätten schließlich gezeigt, daß diese beiden auf ausdrücklichen Wunsch von Kardinal König Freimaurer wurden. Stadler kam in seinem Vortrag auch auf den amtierenden Wiener Erzbischof, Christoph Kardinal Schönborn, zu sprechen. Der Vater des Kardinals sei ebenfalls ein Logenbruder gewesen. Nach seinem Tod habe Schönborn bei einer freimaurerischen Verabschiedung eine „rührige Predigt“ gehalten. Das erfuhr Stadler von einem zu gesprächigen Freimaurer und Volksanwalt.

Die Freimaurer besitzen nach Stadler in allen Ländern und Ebenen der Kirche verläßliche Ansprechpartner. Es spiele dabei eine untergeordnete Rolle, ob die Betreffenden auch formal Mitglieder der Sekte seien. Angesprochen auf eine vor Jahren in dem italienischen Monatsmagazin ‘30 Giorni’ veröffentlichten Liste von Priestern mit freimaurerischer Affiliation mahnte Stadler zur Vorsicht. Wenn es nach der Veröffentlichung der Liste keine Konsequenzen juristischer oder kirchlicher Art gegeben habe, sei diese Liste vermutlich gefälscht.

Peinliche freimaurerische Rituale

Bei den Zeremonien der Freimaurer-Sekte handelt es sich nach Stadler gewöhnlich um verdrehte oder nachgeäffte katholische Riten. Stadler erzählte, daß sich sein sozialistischer Kollege in der Volksanwaltschaft, Dr. Peter Kostelka – „typisch für einen Freimaurer“ – einmal über christliche Riten lustig gemacht habe. Darauf Stadler: „Die Riten, die ihr in euren Freimaurerlogen pflegt, sind an Peinlichkeit nicht mehr zu übertreffen.“ Als Beispiel nannte Stadler das Schreiten über Teppiche, um damit angeblich einen Erkenntnisgewinn zu signalisieren.

Bei einem anderen Ritual werde ein Totenkopf mit einer Kaiserkrone oder mit der päpstlichen Tiara zwischen zwei Kerzen aufgestellten. Die Freimaurer müßten dann den Totenkopf bespucken. Einmal seien Freimaurer auf intensives Betreiben Stadlers wegen eines Millionenbetrugs in der Loge vor Gericht gelandet. Dabei habe einer ausgesagt, das unterschlagene Geld für die Reinigung der Kutten sowie für den Ankauf von Totenköpfen benötigt zu haben. Der Angeklagte habe auf ungläubiges Nachfragen der Richterin erklärt, daß die Totenköpfe sehr teuer gewesen seien. (2006 kreuz.net)
http://tinyurl.com/p89ot

FEMA CONCENTRATION CAMPS: Locations and Executive Orders
Friends of Liberty (undated) 3sep04

Privacy There over 800 prison camps in the United States, all fully operational and ready to receive prisoners. They are all staffed and even surrounded by full-time guards, but they are all empty. These camps are to be operated by FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) should Martial Law need to be implemented in the United States and all it would take is a presidential signature on a proclamation and the attorney general's signature on a warrant to which a list of names is attached. Ask yourself if you really want to be on Ashcroft's list.

The Rex 84 Program was established on the reasoning that if a "mass exodus" of illegal aliens crossed the Mexican/US border, they would be quickly rounded up and detained in detention centers by FEMA. Rex 84 allowed many military bases to be closed down and to be turned into prisons.

Operation Cable Splicer and Garden Plot are the two sub programs which will be implemented once the Rex 84 program is initiated for its proper purpose. Garden Plot is the program to control the population. Cable Splicer is the program for an orderly takeover of the state and local governments by the federal government. FEMA is the executive arm of the coming police state and thus will head up all operations. The Presidential Executive Orders already listed on the Federal Register also are part of the legal framework for this operation.

The camps all have railroad facilities as well as roads leading to and from the detention facilities. Many also have an airport nearby. The majority of the camps can house a population of 20,000 prisoners. Currently, the largest of these facilities is just outside of Fairbanks, Alaska. The Alaskan facility is a massive mental health facility and can hold approximately 2 million people.

Now let's review the justification for any actions taken...

Executive Orders associated with FEMA that would suspend the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. These Executive Orders have been on record for nearly 30 years and could be enacted by the stroke of a Presidential pen:...

EXECUTIVE ORDER 10990

allows the government to take over all modes of transportation and control of highways and seaports.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 10995

allows the government to seize and control the communication media.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 10997

allows the government to take over all electrical power, gas, petroleum, fuels and minerals.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 10998

allows the government to seize all means of transportation, including personal cars, trucks or vehicles of any kind and total control over all highways, seaports, and waterways.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 10999

allows the government to take over all food resources and farms.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11000

allows the government to mobilize civilians into work brigades under government supervision.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11001

allows the government to take over all health, education and welfare functions.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11002

designates the Postmaster General to operate a national registration of all persons.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11003 allows the government to take over all airports and aircraft, including commercial aircraft.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11004 allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build new housing with public funds, designate areas to be abandoned, and establish new locations for populations.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11005

allows the government to take over railroads, inland waterways and public storage facilities.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11051

specifies the responsibility of the Office of Emergency Planning and gives authorization to put all Executive Orders into effect in times of increased international tensions and economic or financial crisis.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11310

grants authority to the Department of Justice to enforce the plans set out in Executive Orders, to institute industrial support, to establish judicial and legislative liaison, to control all aliens, to operate penal and correctional institutions, and to advise and assist the President.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11049

assigns emergency preparedness function to federal departments and agencies, consolidating 21 operative Executive Orders issued over a fifteen year period.

EXECUTIVE ORDER 11921

allows the Federal Emergency Preparedness Agency to develop plans to establish control over the mechanisms of production and distribution, of energy sources, wages, salaries, credit and the flow of money in U.S. financial institution in any undefined national emergency. It also provides that when a state of emergency is declared by the President, Congress cannot review the action for six months. The Federal Emergency Management Agency has broad powers in every aspect of the nation. General Frank Salzedo, chief of FEMA's Civil Security Division stated in a 1983 conference that he saw FEMA's role as a "new frontier in the protection of individual and governmental leaders from assassination, and of civil and military installations from sabotage and/or attack, as well as prevention of dissident groups from gaining access to U.S. opinion, or a global audience in times of crisis." FEMA's powers were consolidated by President Carter to incorporate the...

National Security Act of 1947

allows for the strategic relocation of industries, services, government and other essential economic activities, and to rationalize the requirements for manpower, resources and production facilities.

1950 Defense Production Act

gives the President sweeping powers over all aspects of the economy.

Act of August 29, 1916

authorizes the Secretary of the Army, in time of war, to take possession of any transportation system for transporting troops, material, or any other purpose related to the emergency.

International Emergency Economic Powers Act

enables the President to seize the property of a foreign country or national. These powers were transferred to FEMA in a sweeping consolidation in 1979.

Where are these camps?

ALABAMA
Opelika - Military compound either in or very near town.
Aliceville - WWII German POW camp - capacity 15,000
Ft. McClellan (Anniston) - Opposite side of town from Army Depot;
Maxwell AFB (Montgomery) - Civilian prison camp established under Operation Garden Plot, currently operating with support staff and small inmate population.
Talladega - Federal prison "satellite" camp.

ALASKA
Wilderness - East of Anchorage. No roads, Air & Railroad access only. Estimated capacity of 500,000 Elmendorf AFB - Northeast area of Anchorage - far end of base. Garden Plot facility.
Eielson AFB - Southeast of Fairbanks. Operation Garden Plot facility.
Ft. Wainwright - East of Fairbanks

ARIZONA
Ft. Huachuca - 20 miles from Mexican border, 30 miles from Nogales Rex '84 facility.
Pinal County - on the Gila River - WWII Japanese detention camp. May be renovated.
Yuma County - Colorado River - Site of former Japanese detention camp (near proving grounds). This site was completely removed in 1990 according to some reports.
Phoenix - Federal Prison Satellite Camp. Main federal facility expanded.
Florence - WWII prison camp NOW RENOVATED, OPERATIONAL with staff & 400 prisoners, operational capacity of 3,500.
Wickenburg - Airport is ready for conversion; total capacity unknown. Davis-Monthan AFB (Tucson) - Fully staffed and presently holding prisoners!!
Sedona - site of possible UN base.

ARKANSAS
Ft. Chaffee (near Fort Smith, Arkansas) - Has new runway for aircraft, new camp facility with cap of 40,000 prisoners Pine Bluff Arsenal - This location also is the repository for B-Z nerve agent, which causes sleepiness, dizziness, stupor; admitted use is for civilian control. Jerome - Chicot/Drew Counties - site of WWII Japanese camps Rohwer - Descha County - site of WWII Japanese camps Blythville AFB - Closed airbase now being used as camp. New wooden barracks have been constructed at this location. Classic decorations - guard towers, barbed wire, high fences. Berryville - FEMA facility located east of Eureka Springs off Hwy. 62. Omaha - Northeast of Berryville near Missouri state line, on Hwy 65 south of old wood processing plant. Possible crematory facility.

CALIFORNIA
Vandenburg AFB - Rex 84 facility, located near Lompoc & Santa Maria. Internment facility is located near the oceanside, close to Space Launch Complex #6, also called "Slick Six". The launch site has had "a flawless failure record" and is rarely used. Norton AFB - (closed base) now staffed with UN according to some sources. Tule Lake - area of "wildlife refuge", accessible by unpaved road, just inside Modoc County. Fort Ord - Closed in 1994, this facility is now an urban warfare training center for US and foreign troops, and may have some "P.O.W. - C.I." enclosures. Twentynine Palms Marine Base - Birthplace of the infamous "Would you shoot American citizens?" Quiz. New camps being built on "back 40". Oakdale - Rex 84 camp capable of holding at least 20,000 people. 90 mi. East of San Francisco. Terminal Island - (Long Beach) located next to naval shipyards operated by ChiCom shipping interests. Federal prison facility located here. Possible deportation point. Ft. Irwin - FEMA facility near Barstow. Base is designated inactive but has staffed camp. McClellan AFB - facility capable for 30,000 - 35,000 Sacramento - Army Depot - No specific information at this time. Mather AFB - Road to facility is blocked off by cement barriers and a stop sign. Sign states area is restricted; as of 1997 there were barbed wire fences pointing inward, a row of stadium lights pointed toward an empty field, etc. Black boxes on poles may have been cameras.

COLORADO
Trinidad - WWII German/Italian camp being renovated. Granada - Prowers County - WWII Japanese internment camp Ft. Carson - Along route 115 near Canon City

CONNECTICUT, DELAWARE
No data available.

FLORIDA
Avon Park - Air Force gunnery range, Avon Park has an on-base "correctional facility" which was a former WWII detention camp. Camp Krome - DoJ detention/interrogation center, Rex 84 facility Eglin AFB - This base is over 30 miles long, from Pensacola to Hwy 331 in De Funiak Springs. High capacity facility, presently manned and populated with some prisoners. Pensacola - Federal Prison Camp Everglades - It is believed that a facility may be carved out of the wilds here.

GEORGIA
Ft. Benning - Located east of Columbus near Alabama state line. Rex 84 site - Prisoners brought in via Lawson Army airfield. Ft. Mc Pherson - US Force Command - Multiple reports that this will be the national headquarters and coordinating center for foreign/UN troop movement and detainee collection. Ft. Gordon - West of Augusta - No information at this time. Unadilla - Dooly County - Manned, staffed FEMA prison on route 230, no prisoners. Oglethorpe - Macon County; facility is located five miles from Montezuma, three miles from Oglethorpe. This FEMA prison has no staff and no prisoners. Morgan - Calhoun County, FEMA facility is fully manned & staffed - no prisoners. Camilla - Mitchell County, south of Albany. This FEMA facility is located on Mt. Zion Rd approximately 5.7 miles south of Camilla. Unmanned - no prisoners, no staff. Hawkinsville - Wilcox County; Five miles east of town, fully manned and staffed but no prisoners. Located on fire road 100/Upper River Road Abbeville - South of Hawkinsville on US route 129; south of town off route 280 near Ocmulgee River. FEMA facility is staffed but without prisoners. McRae - Telfair County - 1.5 miles west of McRae on Hwy 134 (8th St). Facility is on Irwinton Avenue off 8th St., manned & staffed - no prisoners. Fort Gillem - South side of Atlanta - FEMA designated detention facility. Fort Stewart - Savannah area - FEMA designated detention facility

HAWAII
Halawa Heights area - Crematory facility located in hills above city. Area is marked as a state department of health laboratory. Barbers Point NAS - There are several military areas that could be equipped for detention / deportation. Honolulu - Detention transfer facility at the Honolulu airport similar in construction to the one in.Oklahoma (pentagon-shaped building where airplanes can taxi up to).

IDAHO
Minidoka/Jerome Counties - WWII Japanese-American internment facility possibly under renovation. Clearwater National Forest - Near Lolo Pass - Just miles from the Montana state line near Moose Creek, this unmanned facility is reported to have a nearby airfield. Wilderness areas - Possible location. No data.

ILLINOIS
Marseilles - Located on the Illinois River off Interstate 80 on Hwy 6. It is a relatively small facility with a cap of 1400 prisoners. Though it is small it is designed like prison facilities with barred windows, but the real smoking gun is the presence of military vehicles. Being located on the Illinois River it is possible that prisoners will be brought in by water as well as by road and air. This facility is approximately 75 miles west of Chicago. National Guard training area nearby. Scott AFB - Barbed wire prisoner enclosure reported to exist just off-base. More info needed, as another facility on-base is beieved to exist. Pekin - This Federal satellite prison camp is also on the Illinois River, just south of Peoria. It supplements the federal penitentiary in Marion, which is equipped to handle additional population outside on the grounds. Chanute AFB - Rantoul, near Champaign/Urbana - This closed base had WWII - era barracks that were condemned and torn down, but the medical facility was upgraded and additional fencing put up in the area. More info needed. Marion - Federal Penitentiary and satellite prison camp inside Crab Orchard Nat'l Wildlife Refuge. Manned, staffed, populated fully. Greenfield - Two federal correctional "satellite prison camps" serving Marion - populated as above. Shawnee National Forest - Pope County - This area has seen heavy traffic of foreign military equipment and troops via Illinois Central Railroad, which runs through the area. Suspected location is unknown, but may be close to Vienna and Shawnee correctional centers, located 6 mi. west of Dixon Springs. Savanna Army Depot - NW area of state on Mississippi River. Lincoln, Sheridan, Menard, Pontiac, Galesburg - State prison facilities equipped for major expansion and close or adjacent to highways & railroad tracks. Kankakee - Abandoned industrial area on west side of town (Rt.17 & Main) designated as FEMA detention site. Equipped with water tower, incinerator, a small train yard behind it and the rear of the facility is surrounded by barbed wire facing inwards.

INDIANA
Indianapolis / Marion County - Amtrak railcar repair facility (closed); controversial site of a major alleged detention / processing center. Although some sources state that this site is a "red herring", photographic and video evidence suggests otherwise. This large facility contains large 3-4 inch gas mains to large furnaces (crematoria??), helicopter landing pads, railheads for prisoners, Red/Blue/Green zones for classifying/processing incoming personnel, one-way turnstiles, barracks, towers, high fences with razor wire, etc. Personnel with government clearance who are friendly to the patriot movement took a guided tour of the facility to confirm this site. This site is located next to a closed refrigeration plant facility. Ft. Benjamin Harrison - Located in the northeast part of Indianapolis, this base has been decomissioned from "active" use but portions are still ideally converted to hold detainees. Helicopter landing areas still exist for prisoners to be brought in by air, land & rail. Crown Point - Across street from county jail, former hospital. One wing presently being used for county work-release program, 80% of facility still unused. Possible FEMA detention center or holding facility. Camp Atterbury - Facility is converted to hold prisoners and boasts two active compounds presently configured for minumum security detainees. Located just west of Interstate 65 near Edinburgh, south of Indianapolis. Terre Haute - Federal Correctional Institution, Satellite prison camp and death facility. Equipped with crematoria reported to have a capacity of 3,000 people a day. FEMA designated facility located here. Fort Wayne - This city located in Northeast Indiana has a FEMA designated detention facility, accessible by air, road and nearby rail. Kingsbury - This "closed" military base is adjacent to a state fish & wildlife preserve. Part of the base is converted to an industrial park, but the southern portion of this property is still used. It is bordered on the south by railroad, and is staffed with some foreign-speaking UN troops. A local police officer who was hunting and camping close to the base in the game preserve was accosted, roughed up, and warned by the English-speaking unit commander to stay away from the area. It was suggested to the officer that the welfare of his family would depend on his "silence". Located just southeast of LaPorte. Jasper-Pulaski Wildlife Area - Youth Corrections farm located here. Facility is "closed", but is still staffed and being "renovated". Total capacity unknown. Grissom AFB - This closed airbase still handles a lot of traffic, and has a "state-owned" prison compound on the southern part of the facility.

UNICOR
. Jefferson Proving Grounds - Southern Indiana - This facility was an active base with test firing occuring daily. Portions of the base have been opened to create an industrial park, but other areas are still highly restricted. A camp is believed to be located "downrange". Facility is equipped with an airfield and has a nearby rail line. Newport - Army Depot - VX nerve gas storage facility. Secret meetings were held here in 1998 regarding the addition of the Kankakee River watershed to the Heritage Rivers Initiative. Hammond - large enclosure identified in FEMA-designated city.

IOWA
No data available.

KANSAS
Leavenworth - US Marshal's Fed Holding Facility, US Penitentiary, Federal Prison Camp, McConnell Air Force Base. Federal death penalty facility. Concordia - WWII German POW camp used to exist at this location but there is no facility there at this time. Ft. Riley - Just north of Interstate 70, airport, near city of Manhattan. El Dorado - Federal prison converted into forced-labor camp, UNICOR industries. Topeka - 80 acres has been converted into a temporary holding camp.

KENTUCKY
Ashland - Federal prison camp in Eastern Kentucky near the Ohio River. Louisville - FEMA detention facility, located near restricted area US naval ordnance plant. Military airfield located at facility, which is on south side of city. Lexington - FEMA detention facility, National Guard base with adjacent airport facility. Manchester - Federal prison camp located inside Dan Boone National Forest. Ft. Knox - Detention center, possibly located near Salt River, in restricted area of base. Local patriots advise that black Special Forces & UN gray helicopters are occasionally seen in area. Land Between the Lakes - This area was declared a UN biosphere and is an ideal geographic location for detention facilities. Area is an isthmus extending out from Tennessee, between Lake Barkley on the east and Kentucky Lake on the west. Just scant miles from Fort Campbell in Tennessee.

LOUISIANA
Ft. Polk - This is a main base for UN troops & personnel, and a training center for the disarmament of America. Livingston - WWII German/Italian internment camp being renovated?; halfway between Baton Rouge and Hammond, several miles north of Interstate 12. Oakdale - Located on US route 165 about 50 miles south of Alexandria; two federal detention centers just southeast of Fort Polk.

MAINE
Houlton - WWII German internment camp in Northern Maine, off US Route 1.

MARYLAND, and DC
Ft. Meade - Halfway between the District of Criminals and Baltimore. Data needed. Ft. Detrick - Biological warfare center for the NWO, located in Frederick.

MASSACHUSETTS
Camp Edwards / Otis AFB - Cape Cod - This "inactive" base is being converted to hold many New Englander patriots. Capacity unknown. Ft. Devens - Active detention facility. More data needed.

MICHIGAN
Camp Grayling - Michigan Nat'l Guard base has several confirmed detention camps, classic setup with high fences, razor wire, etc. Guard towers are very well-built, sturdy. Multiple compounds within larger enclosures. Facility deep within forest area. Sawyer AFB - Upper Peninsula - south of Marquette - No data available. Bay City - Classic enclosure with guard towers, high fence, and close to shipping port on Saginaw Bay, which connects to Lake Huron. Could be a deportation point to overseas via St. Lawrence Seaway. Southwest - possibly Berrien County - FEMA detention center. Lansing - FEMA detention facility.

MINNESOTA
Duluth - Federal prison camp facility. Camp Ripley - new prison facility.

MISSISSIPPI
These sites are confirmed hoaxes. Hancock County - NASA test site De Soto National Forest. "These two supposed camps in Mississippi do not exist. Members of the Mississippi Militia have checked these out on more than one occasion beginning back when they first appeared on the Internet and throughout the Patriot Movement." - Commander D. Rayner, Mississippi Militia

MISSOURI
Richards-Gebaur AFB - located in Grandview, near K.C.MO. A very large internment facility has been built on this base, and all base personnel are restricted from coming near it. Ft. Leonard Wood - Situated in the middle of Mark Twain National Forest in Pulaski County. This site has been known for some UN training, also home to the US Army Urban Warfare Training school "Stem Village". Warsaw - Unconfirmed report of a large concentration camp facility.

MONTANA
Malmstrom AFB - UN aircraft groups stationed here, and possibly a detention facility.

NEBRASKA
Scottsbluff - WWII German POW camp (renovated?). Northwest, Northeast corners of state - FEMA detention facilities - more data needed. South Central part of state - Many old WWII sites - some may be renovated.

NEVADA
Elko - Ten miles south of town. Wells - Camp is located in the O'Niel basin area, 40 miles north of Wells, past Thousand Springs, west off Hwy 93 for 25 miles. Pershing County - Camp is located at I-80 mile marker 112, south side of the highway, about a mile back on the county road and then just off the road about 3/4mi. Winnemucca - Battle Mountain area - at the base of the mountains. Nellis Air Force Range - Northwest from Las Vegas on Route 95. Nellis AFB is just north of Las Vegas on Hwy 604. Stillwater Naval Air Station - east of Reno . No additional data.

NEW HAMPSHIRE / VERMONT
Northern New Hampshire - near Lake Francis. No additional data.

NEW JERSEY
Ft. Dix / McGuire AFB - Possible deportation point for detainees. Lots of pictures taken of detention compounds and posted on Internet, this camp is well-known. Facility is now complete and ready for occupancy.

NEW MEXICO
Ft. Bliss - This base actually straddles Texas state line. Just south of Alomogordo, Ft. Bliss has thousands of acres for people who refuse to go with the "New Order". Holloman AFB (Alomogordo)- Home of the German Luftwaffe in Amerika; major UN base. New facility being built on this base, according to recent visitors. Many former USAF buildings have been torn down by the busy and rapidly growing German military force located here. Fort Stanton - currently being used as a youth detention facility approximately 35 miles north of Ruidoso, New Mexico. Not a great deal of information concerning the Lordsburg location. White Sands Missile Range - Currently being used as a storage facility for United Nations vehicles and equipment. Observers have seen this material brought in on the Whitesands rail spur in Oro Grande New Mexico about thirty miles from the Texas, New Mexico Border.

NEW YORK
Ft. Drum - two compounds: Rex 84 detention camp and FEMA detention facility. Albany - FEMA detention facility. Otisville - Federal correctional facility, near Middletown. Buffalo - FEMA detention facility.

NORTH CAROLINA
Camp Lejeune / New River Marine Airfield - facility has renovated, occupied WWII detention compounds and "mock city" that closely resembles Anytown, USA. Fort Bragg - Special Warfare Training Center. Renovated WWII detention facility. Andrews - Federal experiment in putting a small town under siege. Began with the search/ hunt for survivalist Eric Rudolph. No persons were allowed in or out of town without federal permission and travel through town was highly restricted. Most residents compelled to stay in their homes. Unregistered Baptist pastor from Indiana visiting Andrews affirmed these facts.

NORTH DAKOTA
Minot AFB - Home of UN air group. More data needed on facility.

OHIO
Camp Perry - Site renovated; once used as a POW camp to house German and Italian prisoners of WWII. Some tar paper covered huts built for housing these prisoners are still standing. Recently, the construction of multiple 200-man barracks have replaced most of the huts. Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus - FEMA detention facilities. Data needed. Lima - FEMA detention facility. Another facility located in/near old stone quarry near Interstate 75. Railroad access to property, fences etc.

OKLAHOMA
Tinker AFB (OKC) - All base personnel are prohibited from going near civilian detention area, which is under constant guard. Will Rogers World Airport - FEMA's main processing center for west of the Mississippi. All personnel are kept out of the security zone. Federal prisoner transfer center located here (A pentagon-shaped building where airplanes can taxi up to). Photos have been taken and this site will try to post soon! El Reno - Renovated federal internment facility with CURRENT population of 12,000 on Route 66. McAlester - near Army Munitions Plant property - former WWII German / Italian POW camp designated for future use. Ft. Sill (Lawton) - Former WWII detention camps. More data still needed.

OREGON
Sheridan - Federal prison satellite camp northwest of Salem. Josephine County - WWII Japanese internment camp ready for renovation. Sheridan - FEMA detention center. Umatilla - New prison spotted.

PENNSYLVANIA
Allenwood - Federal prison camp located south of Williamsport on the Susquehanna River. It has a current inmate population of 300, and is identified by William Pabst as having a capacity in excess of 15,000 on 400 acres.
Indiantown Gap Military Reservation - located north of Harrisburg. Used for WWII POW camp and renovated by Jimmy Carter. Was used to hold Cubans during Mariel boat lift.
Camp Hill - State prison close to Army depot. Lots of room, located in Camp Hill, Pa. New Cumberland Army Depot - on the Susquehanna River, located off Interstate 83 and Interstate 76.
Schuylkill Haven - Federal prison camp, north of Reading.

SOUTH CAROLINA
Greenville - Unoccupied youth prison camp; total capacity unknown.
Charleston - Naval Reserve & Air Force base, restricted area on naval base.

SOUTH DAKOTA
Yankton - Federal prison camp
Black Hills Nat'l Forest - north of Edgemont, southwest part of state. WWII internment camp being renovated.

TENNESSEE
Ft. Campbell - Next to Land Between the Lakes; adjacent to airfield and US Alt. 41.
Millington - Federal prison camp next door to Memphis Naval Air Station.
Crossville - Site of WWII German / Italian prison camp is renovated; completed barracks and behind the camp in the woods is a training facility with high tight ropes and a rappelling deck.
Nashville - There are two buildings built on State property that are definitely built to hold prisoners. They are identical buildings - side by side on Old Briley Parkway. High barbed wire fence that curves inward.

TEXAS
Austin - Robert Mueller Municipal airport has detenion areas inside hangars.
Bastrop - Prison and military vehicle motor pool.
Eden - 1500 bed privately run federal center. Currently holds illegal aliens.
Ft. Hood (Killeen) - Newly built concentration camp, with towers, barbed wire etc., just like the one featured in the movie Amerika. Mock city for NWO shock- force training. Some footage of this area was used in "Waco: A New Revelation" Reese AFB (Lubbock) - FEMA designated detention facility.
Sheppard AFB - in Wichita Falls just south of Ft. Sill, OK. FEMA designated detention facility.
North Dallas - near Carrolton - water treatment plant, close to interstate and railroad.
Mexia - East of Waco 33mi.; WWII German facility may be renovated.
Amarillo - FEMA designated detention facility
Ft. Bliss (El Paso) - Extensive renovation of buildings and from what patriots have been able to see, many of these buildings that are being renovated are being surrounded by razor wire.
Beaumont / Port Arthur area - hundreds of acres of federal camps already built on large-scale detention camp design, complete with the double rows of chain link fencing with razor type concertina wire on top of each row. Some (but not all) of these facilities are currently being used for low-risk state prisoners who require a minimum of supervision.
Ft. Worth - Federal prison under construction on the site of Carswell AFB.

UTAH
Millard County - Central Utah - WWII Japanese camp. (Renovated?)
Ft. Douglas - This "inactive" military reservation has a renovated WWII concentration camp.
Migratory Bird Refuge - West of Brigham City - contains a WWII internment camp that was built before the game preserve was established.
Cedar City - east of city - no data available. Wendover - WWII internment camp may be renovated.
Skull Valley - southwestern Camp William property - east of the old bombing range. Camp was accidentally discovered by a man and his son who were rabbit hunting; they were discovered and apprehended. SW of Tooele.

VIRGINIA
Ft. A.P. Hill (Fredericksburg) - Rex 84 / FEMA facility. Estimated capacity 45,000.
Petersburg - Federal satellite prison camp, south of Richmond.

WEST VIRGINIA
Beckley - Alderson - Lewisburg - Former WWII detention camps that are now converted into active federal prison complexes capable of holding several times their current populations. Alderson is presently a women's federal reformatory.
Morgantown - Federal prison camp located in northern WV; just north of Kingwood.
Mill Creek - FEMA detention facility.
Kingwood - Newly built detention camp at Camp Dawson Army Reservation. More data needed on Camp Dawson.

WASHINGTON
Seattle/Tacoma - SeaTac Airport: fully operational federal transfer center
Okanogan County - Borders Canada and is a site for a massive concentration camp capable of holding hundreds of thousands of people for slave labor. This is probably one of the locations that will be used to hold hard core patriots who will be held captive for the rest of their lives.
Sand Point Naval Station - Seattle - FEMA detention center used actively during the 1999 WTO protests to classify prisoners.
Ft. Lewis / McChord AFB - near Tacoma - This is one of several sites that may be used to ship prisoners overseas for slave labor.

WISCONSIN
Ft. McCoy - Rex 84 facility with several complete interment compounds.
Oxford - Central part of state - Federal prison & staellite camp and FEMA detention facility.

WYOMING
Heart Mountain - Park County N. of Cody - WWII Japanese interment camp ready for renovation.
Laramie - FEMA detention facility
Southwest - near Lyman - FEMA detention facility
East Yellowstone - Manned internment facility - Investigating patriots were apprehended by European soldiers speaking in an unknown language. Federal government assumed custody of the persons and arranged their release.

OTHER LOCATIONS IN THE UNITED STATES
There are many other locations not listed above that are worthy of consideration as a possible detention camp site, but due to space limitations and the time needed to verify, could not be included here. Virtually all military reservations, posts, bases, stations, & depots can be considered highly suspect (because it is "federal" land). Also fitting this category are "Regional Airports" and "International Airports" which also fall under federal jurisdiction and have limited-access areas. Mental hospitals, closed hospitals & nursing homes, closed military bases, wildlife refuges, state prisons, toxic waste dumps, hotels and other areas all have varying degrees of potential for being a detention camp area. The likelihood of a site being suspect increases with transportation access to the site, including airports/airstrips, railheads, navigable waterways & ports, interstate and US highways. Some facilities are "disguised" as industrial or commercial properties, camouflaged or even wholly contained inside large buildings (Indianapolis) or factories. Many inner-city buildings left vacant during the de-industrialization of America have been quietly acquired and held, sometimes retrofitted for their new uses.

CANADA
Our Canadian friends tell us that virtually all Canadian military bases, especially those north of the 50th Parallel, are all set up with concentration camps. Not even half of these can be listed, but here are a few sites with the massive land space to handle any population:
Suffield CFB - just north of Medicine Hat, less than 60 miles from the USA.
Primrose Lake Air Range - 70 miles northeast of Edmonton.
Wainwright CFB - halfway between Medicine Hat and Primrose Lake.
Ft. Nelson - Northernmost point on the BC Railway line.
Ft. McPherson - Very cold territory ~ NW Territories. Ft. Providence - Located on Great Slave Lake. Halifax - Nova Scotia. Dept. of National Defense reserve.... And others.

OVERSEAS LOCATIONS
Guayanabo, Puerto Rico - Federal prison camp facility. Capacity unknown.
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba - US Marine Corps Base - Presently home to 30,000 Mariel Cubans and 40,000 Albanians. Total capacity unknown.

***

Re: FEMA CONCENTRATION CAMPS: Locations and Executive Orders (Score: 1)
by Canadian_Lady (123abc) on Saturday, October 23 @ 17:55:47 GMT
(User Info )
Regarding the above alleged list of FEMA concentration camps I cannot credit some of the sites that are listed. In particular, the sites in northern Canada that purportedly exist in the Northwest Territories.

While I cannot confirm with one hundred percent accuracy that these sites don't exist, (only because I have not tramped the bush in every direction,) it is with extreme caution that I suggest your readers believe that they exist in the Northwest Territories.

Fort Providence, Northwest Territories is north of the Mackenzie River, the largest river in Canada. There is no bridge over the river on the highway that links the capital city of Yellowknife (pop approx 17,000!) to the south. For approximately 6 weeks in the winter (freeze-up) and 6 weeks in the spring (break-up), every community north of the river is stuck with no way across except air travel. The ferry system does not operate all year round because the river freezes. Further, the ice road is not passable all year round of course while it is freezing well enough to allow heavy traffic to cross. Hence, transport of anything, not to mention prisoners by road would be, and is uncertain year round. The roads close due to bison, impassable winter conditions and forrest fires with some regularity.

Further, regarding the community of Fort Providence, it is very small, no more than several hundred, mostly aboriginal peoples, many of whom live the old ways, on the land hunting, fishing, and trapping. If there was a government installation of any size there is no doubt that it would be known and talked (complained) about how its presence was disrupting migrating caribou herds, or buffalo ranges etc. etc. This is not occurring, and has not occurred in the past 10 years at least. In my opinion, that site in all likelihood does not exist.

Even less likely to exist, is the one purportedly located at Fort McPherson, NT. This community is north of the Arctic Circle. The airport has only a gravel runway, leaving doubt as to its ability to handle larger aircraft. A person can drive on a winter road, (a road made across the land of plowed snow and ice) but several tens or hundreds of kilometers of that in the winter is not fun, lessening the likelihood of that location or any other remote location in the NT for any military installation.

Please see the government website for maps of the location of roads and road conditions in the Northwest Territories (one also includes ariel shots) :
http://www.hwy.dot.gov.nt.ca/highways/
http://www.gov.nt.ca/Transportation/hwyinfo/hwymap.htm
http://www.assembly.gov.nt.ca/VisitorInfo/NWTMapandHistory/fortmcpherson.html (picture of the community from air)
http://www.assembly.gov.nt.ca/VisitorInfo/NWTMapandHistory/FortProvidence.html
http://www.explorenwt.com/02_destinationsMaps/WesternArctic.asp
http://www.explorenwt.com/02_destinationsMaps/SouthSlave.asp

Please know that the weather in the Northwest Territories is winter from mid September to late June, hard winter from December to April with temperatures ranging from -20C to -60C or more with the wind chill. The cost to build an installation, or maintain while empty, in either of these locations is beyond prohibitive. The cost to transport personnel and goods to either of these sites has me thinking that the military would choose another site, if the Canadian government would even agree to the not small policy matter of "housing" American prisoners in the situation that the writers are suggesting would bring about the population of these camps.

A final word... there is no travel or transport by rail north of the Mackenzie River.
http://tinyurl.com/ypueb

9/11 - Ein Insider packt aus
Von Gerhard Wisnewski
www.gerhard-wisnewski.de

Seit kurzem herrscht helle Aufregung in der 9/11-Gemeinde. Grund ist ein Leserbrief an die Cincinnati Post, der auch auf der Veteranen-Seite www.v911t.org (Veterans for 9/11 Truth) veröffentlicht wurde. Darin stellt sich ein gewisser Lauro Chavez als ehemaliger Angehöriger des United States Zentralkommmandos CENTCOM vor und schildert seine Erlebnisse und Wahrnehmungen auf der Mac Dill Airforce Base, dem Sitz des CENTCOM, am 11.9. 2001. So habe es ausgerechnet an diesem Tag verschiedene Manöver gegeben, die von Flugzeugeinschlägen in das World Trade Center ausgegangen seien, also genau von dem, was dann wirklich passierte. Anders als sonst, sei dieses Manöver top secret gewesen, statt nur secret, wie andere Manöver. Nicht lange zuvor habe Präsident Bush Vizepräsident Cheney das Oberkommando über solche Übungen übertragen. Undsoweiter, undsofort: Chavez "blows the whistle", wie man es sich schöner kaum noch vorstellen kann - vielleicht zu schön?

Tatsächlich kam auch sofort der Verdacht auf, dies könne eine Falle für die 9/11-Gemeinde sein, um sie ordentlich zu blamieren. Auch ich hatte Bedenken. Aber immerhin war das Schreiben mit vollem Namen und der heutigen Geschäftsadresse von Mr. Chavez unterzeichnet: Lauro "LJ" Chavez, Director of Information Security, Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions.

Die Firma gibt’s wirklich (zumindest eine Website), und vorgestern stand auf v911t.org auch noch Chavez' Telefonnummer (513-492-5831), die ich auch prompt anrief. Tatsächlich meldete sich dort ein Lauro Chavez, der die Echtheit des auf v911t.org geposteten Schreibens bestätigte. Seinen Ausweis konnte ich mir durch die Leitung freilich nicht zeigen lassen. Aber kaum aufgelegt, konnte man Chavez als Gast der Alex Jones Show hören. „Trotz früher (und gesunder) Vermutungen, das Ganze könnte eine Fälschung sein, um die 9/11-Wahrheitsbewegung zu vergiften, hat uns Sergeant Chavez nun seine Zeugnisse zur Verfügung gestellt, seine ehrenhaften Entlassungsdokumente, die die militärischen Einrichtungen auflisten, in denen er stationiert war", heißt es auf der Website von Alex Jones.

"Die letzte Position, die er innehatte, befand sich innerhalb des United States Central Command in Tampa ..."

Die Veteranenseite v911t.org listet einige "Probleme mit Lauros Geschichte" auf, unter anderem die Behauptung, er sei zwei Wochen nach 9/11 nach Afghanistan geschickt worden - in Wirklichkeit habe der Afghanistan-Feldzug jedoch vier Wochen nach 9/11 begonnen. Nun ja, aus dem Bauch heraus habe ich mich nach so langer Zeit gefühlsmäßig auch schon mal so verschätzt. Inzwischen hat Chavez auf die Kritik reagiert.

Im CENTCOM, so Alex Jones, habe Chavez sehr eng mit Viersternegeneral Tommy Franks, dem Oberbefehlshaber des Irak-Krieges, zusammengearbeitet. Wenn Chavez' Schilderungen stimmen, hätte Franks wohl vollen Einblick in die Operationen des Tages haben müssen - und wäre damit möglicherweise ein erster Kandidat für einen Hochverratsprozess. In dem Interview mit Alex Jones bestätigte Chavez seine Ausführungen aus seinem Brief an die Cincinnati Post und noch mehr. Zum Beispiel schilderte er, wie er am Morgen des 11.9. zufällig Einblick in eine aufgeklappte Manöver-Akte bekommen habe:

"Also las ich dieses Dokument, es enthielt Vorschläge für Szenarien innerhalb des Manövers. Die Szenarien enthielten ein entführtes Flugzeug, die meisten davon waren entführte Flugzeuge. Ich sah ein Szenario, das einer Autobombe glich, die irgendetwas in die Luft jagte, aber eines von ihnen handelte von einem entführten Flugzeug, das in ein Kernkraftwerk in Kalifornien stürzte, in den Sears Tower, das World Trade Center, offenbar das Pentagon, das Weiße Haus, unser Gebäude gehörte ebenfalls zu den Zielen."

Das ist im wesentlichen das, was 9/11-Skeptiker von außen auch schon recherchiert hatten. Nur hat die Aussage eines "whistleblowers" natürlich eine ganz andere Qualität ...

25. September 2006
Lauro J. Chavez
Brief an den Herausgeber der Cincinnati Post

Deutsche Übersetzung G. Skupin und R. Renshaw

"Grüße, Mr. White,

Ich fand es notwendig, auf einen kürzlich in der Cincinnati Post veröffentlichten Artikel zu reagieren. Es ging darum, dass einer von drei [Amerikanern], bezüglich des 11. September 2001 (9/11) an eine Verschwörung glaubt. Ich muss zugeben, dass ich zunächst hocherfreut war, dass unsere Lokalzeitung begann, echten Journalismus zu betreiben und über wahre Begebenheiten berichtet. Dann las ich den Artikel. Es war eine totale Bloßstellung, die darin bestand, Menschen auf der ganzen Welt wie überreagierende Verschwörungstheoretiker aussehen zu lassen, die glauben, dass mit 9/11 etwas nicht stimmen kann.

Ich bin völlig aus der Fassung. Meine neunjährige Tochter hätte mehr recherchieren können, im Gegensatz dazu, einfach die Ideen und Gefühle der Öffentlichkeit zu brüskieren. Ist es nicht angeblich Aufgabe des Journalismus, sich mit wirklichen Fragen zu befassen? Es gab viele, viele Umfragen in einigen großen Städten, in denen die Leute gefragt wurden, was sie über die Tragödie von 9/11 denken. Eine dieser Umfragen war die Zogby Umfrage, die in New York City durchgeführt wurde.

Ehrlich gesagt, ist es mir egal, was mit diesem Brief geschieht, aber ich denke, ich muss Ihnen einige Dinge schreiben, die ich noch nicht vielen Leuten erzählt habe.

Von 1995 bis 2002 war ich Sergeant in der US Armee. Nicht nur das, sondern ich war stationiert beim amerikanischen Oberkommando, dem United States Central Command (USCENTCOM) innerhalb der Mac Dill Luftwaffenbasis in Tampa / Florida. Als die Anschläge des 9/11 geschahen, war ich im Dienst. In den Tagen vor den Anschlägen waren wir an vielen [Militär] Übungen beteiligt. Einige dieser Übungen hatten den Absturz von entführten Flugzeugen in unseren Stützpunkt, in das World Trade Center, das Weiße Haus, den Sears Tower [in Chicago] und das Pentagon zum Inhalt. Diese Manöver, oder Übungen wie wir sie nannten, wurden als STRENG GEHEIM klassifiziert. Obwohl ich eine Genehmigung hatte, an Operationen dieser Geheimhaltungsstufe teilzunehmen, war ich verblüfft, dass solche Manöver als STRENG GEHEIM eingestuft wurden, eine Stufe über GEHEIM. In den acht Jahren meiner Dienstzeit in der Armee habe ich an zahlreichen Manövern in der ganzen Welt teilgenommen, wovon keines höher als GEHEIM eingestuft worden war.

Ich beginne mit der Aussage, dass einige Monate vorher von Präsident Bush verkündet wurde, dass Dick Cheney NORAD – (Nordamerikanische Luftraumüberwachung) Operationen führen würde. Ich war geschockt, ebenso wie viele meiner Kameraden.
Über die Jahre - sie können das recherchieren - stand NORAD stets unter dem Kommando eines militärischen Befehlshabers. Das war so, weil die Verteidigung dieses Landes immer in den Händen des Militärs lag. Monate vor 9/11 wurde dies plötzlich geändert. Wie ich schon sagte, wenn Sie NORAD’s Kommandostrukturen recherchieren, werden Sie herausfinden, dass seit langem festgelegt ist, dass das Militär die Befehlsgewalt über die Entsendung von Abfangjägern haben soll, um den amerikanischen Luftraum zu verteidigen. Aus irgendeinem seltsamen Grund hat Bush dies geändert und diese Macht an einen Zivilisten übertragen, der zu seinem Mitarbeiterstab gehört – ja, ich weiß, das ist sehr interessant.

Zurück zum Morgen des 11. September 2001. Die Befehlshaber waren mit dem Manöver beschäftigt. Wir wurden angewiesen, uns als Teil der Übung für eine Scheinverlegung in den Mittleren Osten auszurüsten. Am Morgen des 11. 9. war ich auf dem Stützpunkt, ausgerüstet und bereit zum Abmarsch ab etwa vier Uhr morgens. Während ich an diesem Morgen auf dem Stützpunkt war, stellten wir um den Befehlsstand herum Barrikaden auf und installierten Gewehrstellungen auf den Dächern. Als ich einen Sicherheitsoffizier nach den Maschinengewehren und den Panzerfäusten auf dem Dach befragte, erhielt ich als Antwort, es seien Vorsichtsmaßnahmen für ein Flugzeug, das beabsichtigen könnte, in das Gebäude zu stürzen.

Ich stand also in der unterirdischen Leitstelle, einem speziell geschützten Bunker (Secure Compartmented Information Facility, SCIF) des USCENTCOM, als das erste Flugzeug [in das World Trade Center ]einschlug. Wir beobachteten die Flugrouten aller Flugzeuge auf dem Schirm der Luftüberwachung. Dies umfasste nicht nur alle kommerziellen Flüge zu diesem Zeitpunkt, sondern auch alle Militärmaschinen, sowie die falschen, feindlichen Flugzeuge, die dort vermutlich im Rahmen der Übung platziert worden waren. Viele der Abfangjäger, die zur Bekämpfung der falschen Radarechos entsendet wurden, kamen von Andrews Airforce Base, einem Luftwaffenstützpunkt zuständig für die Ostküste. Sie wurden quer über die Vereinigten Staaten geschickt und ließen sehr wenige Flugzeuge für die Verteidigung der Hauptstadt zurück. Nachdem das erste Flugzeug eingeschlagen war, konnte es niemand von uns glauben. Nachdem der erste Schock vorüber war, fragten wir uns, was schief gelaufen war, dass so etwas während eines Manövers mit genau demselben Inhalt tatsächlich hatte passieren können. Wir alle waren mit unserer Weisheit am Ende. Dann, um noch eins draufzusetzen, gab Cheney den Befehl an NORAD, keine Düsenjäger loszuschicken, um die Angriffe abzuwehren. Wenige Momente später wurde Turm 2 getroffen. Erst nachdem das Pentagon getroffen worden war, gab er den Befehl, das Flugzeug abzufangen, das auf dem Weg zum Weißen Haus war.

Dies ist alles sehr aufschlussreich für mich, es machte mich so krank, dass ich die Armee nach einem achtmonatigen Einsatz in Afghanistan verließ. Es gab einfach zu viele Fragen, die niemand beantworten konnte, zu viele Dinge machten keinen Sinn. Wie ist es möglich ein Manöver abzuhalten, dessen Inhalt es ist, dass Flugzeuge ins World Trade Center krachen, und dann stürzen tatsächlich Flugzeuge ins World Trade Center? Solche Dinge passieren nicht einfach so, es sei denn, es ist vorher geplant. Aus welchem Grund sollte man ein solches Manöver an diesem Morgen abhalten? Ich sage Ihnen, wenn Sie falsche Radarechos von falschen Flugzeugen über dem gesamten nordamerikanischen Luftraum verteilen, ist es unmöglich festzustellen, welche Flugzeuge echt und welche falsch sind. Um den Schlammassel noch zu vergrößern, bestimmen Sie einen Zivilisten zum Befehlshaber von NORAD, wodurch das Militär nicht autorisiert ist, einen Abfangbefehl zu erteilen. Wenn das Militär die Befehlsgewalt über NORAD gehabt hätte, wären Abfangjäger aufgestiegen, weil sie einfach den Vorschriften entsprochen hätten, die seit vielen Jahren für solche Situationen vorgesehen waren.
Um noch etwas tiefer zu schürfen: Als ich dort stehe und sehe, wie die Türme zusammenbrechen, steht einer meiner besten Freunde neben mir, ein ehemaliger Kommandeur des Ingenieurscorps der Armee. Er ist ein Sprengstoffexperte. Er war sogar mehr überrascht als ich. Wahrend die Türme fielen, sagte er immer wieder, da stimmt etwas nicht, da stimmt etwas nicht. Als ich ihn fragte, was er damit meinte, sagte er, dass Stahlgebäude nicht auf diese Weise zusammenfallen, selbst wenn sie von Objekten getroffen würden. Er führte weiter aus, dass theoretisch, wenn die oberen 10 Stockwerke getroffen würden, möglicherweise dieser Teil der Gebäude abkippen könnte, aber der Rest des Gebäudes wäre stehen geblieben. Ich verstand die Hinweise nicht, die auf Sprengung hindeuteten und fragte nach, worauf er erklärte, es sehe so aus, als wären sie durch kontrollierte Sprengungen runter gebracht worden. Ich war komplett überrascht, aber nachdem er es so gesagt hatte, schien es mir auch wahrscheinlich.

Ich sage Euch, was die ganze Sache verriet, nämlich Gebäude Nummer 7. Wenn Sie dieses Gebäude nicht runter gebracht hätten, dann wären sie womöglich mit der ganzen Sache durchgekommen. Es war eines der erstaunlichsten Dinge, die ich je gesehen habe. Es war nicht nur erstaunlich, es bewies auch, dass hier etwas nicht stimmen konnte. Nun werde ich euch erzählen was, ich alles herausgefunden habe, und ermutige jeden, sich einfach eine Stunde Zeit zu nehmen, im Internet über diese Geschehnisse zu lesen und die Tatsachen kennen zu lernen. Es gibt zahlreiche Gelehrte und eine Vielzahl von Physikern, die diese Sache immer wieder analysiert haben. Und sie kommen alle zum selben Ergebnis. Etwas passt hier nicht zusammen. Gebäude Nummer 7 wurde nicht direkt von einem Flugzeug getroffen. Nun wurde behauptet, dass ein Teil eines Turms auf Gebäude 7 gefallen sei und ein Stockwerk in Brand gesetzt habe. Einige Augenblicke später durften wir alle Zeugen einer der perfektesten kontrollierten Sprengungen sein, die jemals von einer Kamera festgehalten wurden. Daß Gebäude 7 wegen Feuer einstürzte, konnte nicht bewiesen werden. Mein Freund und ich standen in der SCIF und schauten zusammen mit all diesen anderen Armeeangehörigen mit ungläubigem Staunen zu, wie Gebäude 7 auf seinem eigenen Grundriss zusammenfiel. Wundervoll gemacht, wie mein Freund bemerkte.

Da wussten wir Bescheid. Wir alle erkannten, dass dies nicht von irgendeiner Gruppe unorganisierter Höhlenbewohner in Afghanistan orchestriert worden war, die einen perfekten Anschlag auf amerikanischem Boden organisiert hatte. Das war unmöglich. Kurz nachdem das Pentagon getroffen worden war, habe ich einen guten Freund angerufen, mit dem ich in der Grundausbildung zusammen war. Alle zivilen Telefonverbindungen waren unterbrochen, und ich musste ihn über eine geschützte Verbindung anrufen, eine STU, ein spezielles militärisches Telefonnetz. Er hat nicht geantwortet, aber stattdessen einer seiner Soldaten. Ich fragte, ob Sgt. Worthington in Ordnung sei, und er sagte ja. Ich fragte, ob das Flugzeug ernsthafte Schäden angerichtet hatte, und er sagte, er habe kein Flugzeug gesehen. Dann konnte ich endlich meinen Freund sprechen, und der fing an, sich sehr merkwürdig zu verhalten. Er meinte, er könne auf dieser Leitung nicht über die Sache sprechen. Ein paar Wochen später wurde er nach Übersee versetzt, und ich hatte bis heute keine Möglichkeit, noch mal mit ihm zu reden.

Nach fast fünf Jahren, wurde vor einigen Monaten das Video vom Pentagoneinschlag veröffentlicht. Sie müssen sich diese Aufnahmen anschauen. Nirgends sieht man ein Flugzeug, welches das Pentagon trifft.

Weil es kein Flugzeug war. Ich kann Ihnen nicht exakt sagen was das Pentagon getroffen hat. Aber es ist absolut sicher, es war kein Flugzeug. Ich kann Ihnen versichern, es gibt mehr als nur eine Überwachungskamera in der Nähe des Pentagons. Am 25. September, vier Tage vor meinen 25. Geburtstag, wurde ich nach Afghanistan versetzt. Während meiner acht Monate dort sah ich keinen einzigen intelligenten afghanischen Soldaten. Sie waren alle abgerissen und hager und waren kaum in der Lage, mit ihren Waffen geradeaus zu schießen. Dies bedeutet nicht, dass es keine Männer gab, die ein Flugzeug hätten fliegen können, aber nachdem was ich gesehen habe, war es schwer zu glauben, dass man ihnen hätte beibringen können, ein hoch entwickeltes Cockpit zu kontrollieren.

Was ich sagen möchte, Mr. Editor, ist folgendes: Ich verbrachte acht Monate im Kampf, wo ich zusehen durfte, wie meine Kameraden im Namen der Freiheit starben. Ich tötete im Namen der Freiheit. Und bis zum heutigen Tag werden meine Kameraden für diesen trügerischen Krieg getötet, den wir "war on terror" nennen. Dabei hat der Feind kein Gesicht, und wir haben kein klares Ziel. In diesem Krieg kann jeder, der unfreundliche Gedanken gegenüber unserem Land hat, zum Terroristen erklärt werden. Also nehme ich an, dass ich dadurch selbst zu dieser Gruppe gezählt werden kann, wie auch alle anderen, die die Geschehnisse von 9/11 hinterfragen, da wir alle solche Gedanken gegenüber der Führung dieses Landes haben, und ich sage, die wahren Terroristen dieser Welt sitzen im Herzen der Hauptstadt dieses Landes.

Ich habe Blut verloren für dieses Land und würde es sofort wieder tun, aber nur um seine Bevölkerung zu schützen, die wahren Amerikaner, die hier leben. Nie wieder würde ich mein Leben riskieren unter der Herrschaft derer, deren wahren Ziele Öl und Geld sind. Dieselben, die die größten betrügerischen Akte in unserer Geschichte als Vorwand für einen Krieg gegen den Terror inszenierten, der nie enden soll. Ihr Ziel war es, die amerikanische Bevölkerung so zu verängstigen, dass sie sich unterwirft, um es den Weltmächten einfacher zu machen, ihre bösartigen Machenschaften durchzuführen, ohne dabei erwischt zu werden.

Nun, das klingt wahrscheinlich nach einem typischen Verschwörungstheoretiker, aber mit wie vielen von diesen reden Sie tatsächlich? Ich sage hier nicht, dass Außerirdische mit Laserwaffen kamen, um die Türme runter zu bringen, oder um die Flugzeuge unter ihre Kontrolle zu bringen. Ich sage es als ein zurechnungsfähiges, logisch denkendes, intelligentes Individuum: Irgendetwas an dieser Geschichte passt nicht. Anfang dieses Jahres schaute ich den „Discovery Channel". Sie zeigten in einem offenen Kanal PBS (public broadcasting system) eine Sendung mit dem Titel "Rebuilding America" (Amerika wiederaufbauen). Diese Folge handelte vom WTC Gebäude 7. Sie haben Larry Silverstein (den Besitzer) interviewt bezüglich Gebäude 7. Er hat im landesweiten Fernsehen folgendes gesagt, was hier als Zitat abgerufen werden kann: http://www.wtc7.net/pullit.html:

„Ich erinnere mich einen Anruf des Feuerwehrkommandanten, in dem er mir erzählte, dass sie nicht sicher seien, ob sie das Feuer unter Kontrolle bringen könnten. Und ich sagte, wir haben heute solche fürchterlichen Verluste an Menschenleben hinnehmen müssen, vielleicht wäre es das Beste, das Gebäude einzureißen (‚pull it’). Und sie haben diese Entscheidung getroffen es einzureißen, und wir schauten zu, als es zusammen fiel."

Ich habe die Sendung sogar aufgenommen, und Sie sind herzlich eingeladen, bei mir zu Hause vorbei zu kommen und sie anzusehen. Er hat dies tatsächlich im landesweiten Fernsehen gesagt. Ich war so überrascht, dass ich mir fast in die Hosen gemacht hätte. Ich konnte nicht glauben, dass er dies im landesweiten Fernsehen gesagt hatte. Sie können irgendeine Person fragen, die mit kontrollierten Sprengungen zu tun hat, bitte befragen Sie jemanden, und sie werden Ihnen sagen, es dauert Wochen der Vorbereitung, um so etwas zu machen. Wir sollen glauben, dass dies beim WTC Gebäude 7 in ein paar Stunden geplant und ausgeführt wurde, während das verdammte Teil in Flammen stand…Sie wollen mich doch veralbern. Wenn dies allein nicht genug ist, um jemanden zu überzeugen, dass hier etwas nicht stimmt, dann wird das nie gelingen.

Seitdem hat es zahlreiche Wissenschaftler gegeben, manche wurden sogar öffentlich auf C-SPAN gebracht. Die letzte Sendung hieß „Theories about 9/11, American Perspectives" (Theorien über 9/11, amerikanische Perspektiven). Und Sie können es anschauen, (was ich ihnen auch rate) durch diesen link [n.a.], oder Sie können http://www.c-span.org besuchen. In deren Video/Audiobereich finden Sie diesen Titel. Es ist ein hervorragender Film; er gibt viele Gedanken der Amerikaner wieder, aber auch die von Dr. Steven Jones, ein Physikprofessor der Brigham Young Universität, der tatsächlich ein Trümmerstück vom WTC bekam. Er glaubt nicht nur, dass WTC 7 eine kontrollierte Sprengung war, er kann es sogar beweisen. Nachdem er das Trümmerstück analysiert hatte, fand er deutliche Spuren von Schwefel und Thermit. Thermit ist eine Komponente, die auch in C4 Sprengstoff vorhanden ist, den ich oft in der Armee verwendet habe. Es hinterlässt einen ganz bestimmten Geruch, und identifizierbare Rückstände nach einer Explosion. Dr. Jones fand in den Trümmern reichlich Rückstände davon.

Sir, es gibt viele Dinge, die ich eigentlich nie wissen wollte; zum Beispiel dass die Regierung, die sich eigentlich um das amerikanische Volk kümmern soll, korrupt ist. Das ist das letzte, das ich je als Wahrheit erfahren wollte. Aber es ist Zeit, aufzuwachen und die Kuhscheiße zu riechen, denn es durchdringt die ganze amerikanische Bevölkerung, und wir fangen an zu realisieren, was wirklich los ist. Wenn Ihr Nachrichtensender eine Umfrage ähnlich wie Zogby hier in Cincinnati durchführen würde, dann denke ich, dass Sie herausfinden würden, dass weit mehr als ein Drittel der Menschen dies glauben. Ich kenne unzählige Leute allein in meiner Umgebung.

Ich könnte Ihnen buchstäblich 100 Seiten von Wahrheiten nennen, die alle beweisen könnten, dass 9/11 selbst inszeniert war. Aber ich würde wahrscheinlich nur abgetan werden als ein verrückter Verschwörungstheoretiker. Stattdessen möchte ich Ihnen die Werkzeuge geben, damit Sie selbst suchen können, denn diese „Suche nach Weisheit" ist eine Reise, zu der jeder von uns alleine antreten muss. Darum nenne ich Ihnen die folgenden Links, und wenn Sie nur einen kleinen Teil ihres Tages dazu benutzen, zu lesen, und manche dieser Videodokumentationen anschauen…wer weiß, vielleicht wachen Sie auf, und stehen erstaunt Seite an Seite mit uns.

Hochachtungsvoll,

SGT Lauro Chavez
United States Central Command

Dank des Internets, eine der wenigen Freiheiten, die uns geblieben sind, können diese Wahrheiten der Öffentlichkeit zugänglich gemacht worden. Gott sei dank müssen wir uns nicht auf die Nachrichten der Medien verlassen, um dieses Informationen jedermann zugänglich zu machen.

Dies ist nur etwa ein Zehntel von meiner Linkliste. Genießen Sie, und wenn Sie genug Wahrheiten gesehen haben, sagen Sie mir Bescheid, dann gebe ich ein Bier aus, um Ihre Nerven zu beruhigen.


Loose Change Volume 2

Eine hervorragende Dokumentation über 9/11 die auch Live -Reportagen der Tragödie enthält und zeigt, dass manche Dinge nicht so sind, wie sie scheinen

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-7859909765349743827&q=loose+change

Weiteres Video von Gebäude 7
(Hier können sie die Bruchstellen sehen, die typisch sind für kontrollierte Sprengungen)

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=9184329400593634920&q=wtc+7

2. Danach schauen Sie dieses Video
(Es zeigt wo geschmolzenes Metall austritt, die gleiche Stelle, wo das Gebäude beginnt auseinander zu brechen.)

Hochachtungsvoll,

Lauro "LJ" Chavez
Director of Information Security
Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=4763320529356355623&q=wtc+7

Verschiedene Links für Ihre Recherche

http://www.911truth.org/

http://www.st911.org/

http://www.infowars.com/

http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/august2006/020806tapesintensify.htm

Zogby Umfrage-Ergebnisse

http://www.911truth.org/images/911TruthZogbyPollFinalReport.htm

Wie Sie sehen können, bin ich kein typischer Verschwörungstheoretiker. Tatsächlich habe ich einen guten Job! Eigentlich wollte ich Ihnen dies über einen anonymen Mailserver senden. Aber wissen Sie was? Jetzt wissen Sie, dass ich nicht irgendein doofes Kind bin. Danke, dass Sie sich die Zeit genommen haben, dies zu lesen.

Schauen Sie sich den folgenden Ausschnitt an:

1. Wie Thermit funktioniert
(In diesem Video können Sie geschmolzenes Metall und Beton sehen, was vom WTC herabtropft. Dies passiert, wenn mit Thermit Stahlträger zerteilt werden)
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=545886459853896774&q=thermite

Offizielles Pentagon Video des Absturzes
(Sie sagen mir wo das Flugzeug ist)
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-5658198482624505213

Silverstein sagte, wir trafen die Entscheidung "to pull"
(Der Einsturz von Gebäude 7)
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-6455428412411043437&q=WTC+building+7
(yahoo.group)

Illuminati Used Appeasement to Trick Hitler
By Henry Makow Ph.D.
September 29, 2006

In Dec. 1942 Heinrich Mueller, Chief of the Gestapo, rolled up the Soviet spy network in mainland Europe and secured a list of Soviet agents and informants in England that reads like a "who's who" of the British establishment and lifts the veil from modern history.

Soviet spies include Edward Wood, Lord Halifax, Neville Chamberlain's Foreign
Secretary and an architect of the "Appeasement" policy.

Appeasement encouraged Hitler to think England wanted him to expand eastward against the Soviet Union. In fact, Halifax was working indirectly for the Communists. Appeasement was designed to trap Hitler in a two-front war which would level Germany (and Europe) and kill sixty million people.

Mueller's list of spies includes Victor Rothschild, the head of the central banking dynasty, long suspected as one of the "Cambridge Five." Curiously, the other four (Burgess, Maclean, Blunt and Philby) aren't on this list.

It includes Charles Hambro, another banker of Jewish origin who was part of a Bank of England decision to continue financing Nazism in 1934 as a "stabilising influence." Obviously, as a Soviet asset, this man was not pro-Nazi.

It includes Sir Robert Waley-Cohen and many members of the anti-appeasement "Focus" group that funded Winston Churchill. Waley-Cohen was the Chairman of the Rothschild-controlled Shell Oil and the leader of the British Jewish Community.

Other bankers, banking scions and industrialists include Eugen Spier, Maurice Baring, Leonard Montefiore, Edward Guggenheim, Sir Robert Mond and Sir Phillip Sassoon. All but Baring are of Jewish origin.

Prominent Labor Party and trade union leaders included Ernest Bevin, Harold Laski, Herbert Stanley Morrison and Sir Walter Citrine. Members of ancient aristocratic families include Richard Combe Abdy, Baron Strabogli, and Admiral Reginald Plunkett-Ernle-Erle-Drax. There was press mogul J.S. Elias, cartoonist Victor Weisz and Daily Express Chairman Ralph D. Blumenfeld.

Prominent civil servants include Rex Leeper of the Foreign Office ruling clique and Sir Maurice Hankey, who as cabinet secretary and Clerk of the Privy Council (1919-1938) knew all the secrets. There was Slavonic scholar Bernard Pares and Jurist Sir Hirsch Lauterpacht. (The complete agent list is at the end.)

What did this disparate group have in common? About half of them are recognizably Jewish. But the connection that binds all of them likely is the Illuminati, the top rung of Freemasonry. Its aim is to weaken mankind through a series of contrived wars in order to establish a Masonic or "Illuminist" world dictatorship dedicated to the "light giver" Lucifer (their alter ego.) Bush, Clinton, Kerry etc. are all members.

The Illuminati started Communism. Their common anniversary is May 1; their common symbol is the satanic inverted pentagram. They funded the Bolshevik Revolution and secretly ran the USSR, which was a model for the New World Order. Far from being spies for Stalin, some of these men probably were his superiors.

Soviet Russia was a dummy-state creation of the London-based Illuminati bankers. The Second World War, the Cold War, and now the "War on Terror" are all their inventions. They are responsible for 9-11 and for the neopagan assault on Western Civilization, Christianity and Islam (incl. family, nation, race, morality and truth) that we call modernism humanism and globalism.

Heinrich Mueller died in California in 1983. The CIA recruited Mueller in Switzerland in 1948 and paid him $1 million for an Interrogation running 1000-pages that includes this list. Mueller left his microfilmed archives to his nephew, "Douglas Gregory" who has published a part.


BAIT AND SWITCH

The Bank of England funded the rise of Adolf Hitler through the Schroder Bank. F.C. Tiarcks, the Managing Director of the Schroder Bank, was also a Director of the Bank of England.

Eustace Mullins writes: "Because his own financial backers, the Schroders, were sponsoring the Appeasement Party, Hitler believed there would be no war [with England.] He did not suspect that the backers of the Appeasement Party, now that Chamberlain had served his purpose in duping Hitler, would cast Chamberlain aside and make Churchill the Prime Minister." (The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, pp.76-78.)

While history portrays Hitler as duping the naive Neville Chamberlain and Lord Halifax, it appears Hitler himself was tricked into thinking he could expand eastward with impunity. Neville Chamberlain wasn't in on the secret. (He died prematurely just months after leaving office.) But as a Soviet informant, Halifax certainly was instrumental.

As an early opponent of British rearmament, Halifax encouraged Hitler's plans and later complimented the dictator for being a "genuine hater of Communism." In 1937, Halifax actually offered Hitler changes in the "European Order" in regard to Danzig, Austria and Czechoslovakia.

"It was Halifax not Hitler who first mentioned by name the areas where the Versailles Treaty might be reinterpreted to Germany's benefit," writes historian Andrew Roberts. "Halifax did the one thing which Eden had told him not to, and which Vansittart warned would 'bring the European card-castle tumbling down.' Moreover he did it not once but thrice in the course of the conversations." (The Holy Fox: A Biography of Lord Halifax, 1991, pp. 67, 70-71.)

Halifx's closest adviser was Philip Kerr, Lord Lothian, a member of the Rothschild-Milner-Rhodes Round Table secret society (i.e the Illuminati). According to Roberts, Lothian was "a friend of Halifax's and had non-parliamentary political influence of a type seldom seen in today's politics." (109)

Appeasement was designed to encourage Hitler to take action which would justify a declaration of war by the West. "What we want to secure is the certainty of a war on two-fronts," Halifax said in March 1939. (Roberts, 146) Halifax was responsible for the foolhardy British guarantee of Poland that led to this war declaration in Sept. 1939. The USSR also invaded Poland but there was no declaration of war against it. Stalin was pre-primed to attack the Nazis in 1941.(This is essentially the deal Christian Rakovsky offered Stalin 1938.)

The whole knuckle-biting drama of war and peace in 1939-41, including England as the lonely defender of freedom, was a charade. Germany was in the cross-hairs all along. Could the USA be in the same position today?

The appeasers and their opponents were two Illuminati house teams pursuing common goals. Lady Astor's Cliveden Manor was supposed to be the HQ of the (pro-Nazi) appeasement party but, as Andrew Roberts points out, arch anti-appeasers like Duff Cooper, Anthony Eden and Russian Foreign Minister Maxim Litvinov (nee Meir Finkelstein) were regular guests. (67)


CONCLUSION

Wars are the artificial creation of the Illuminati, a satanic cult that extends its tentacles over the whole planet. "Muller's List" provides a glimpse at the composition of this group: bankers, industrialists, aristocrats, military, scholars, trade unionists and media.

There are a lot of Jews but it should be obvious that the Illuminati victimized Jews as much as anyone. Jews have been the canon fodder for Communism, Zionism and Nazism. Instead of defending the Illuminati, Jews should revile it. Otherwise they appear to be in collusion.

Possibly some listees didn’t realize what they were advancing. The Illuminati pretended to oppose fascism. Today they pretend to build a humanist utopia, an answer to poverty, disease, and prejudice. Former World Bank President James Wolfensohn had the slogan "Plutocrat for the Poor" on his web site.

The Illuminati starts wars to demoralize and destroy humanity, to consolidate power and produce huge profits and debt slavery. This cult, which has a stranglehold on thought and expression, pretty much defines realty. Our best course is to find our truth from different sources and define reality anew.

---------
"Mueller's List" from Douglas Gregory, "Gestapo Chief: The 1948 Interrogation of Heinrich Muller Vol. 3 p.107.

Lt. Col. Frederick William Abbot
Sir Maurice Hankey
Richard Combe Abdy
Eugen Spier
George Dixon Abraham
Baron Strabogli
Frederick Edward Fox Adam
J.S. Elias, Baron Southwood
Admiral Sir Percy Addison
Sir H.L. Rothband
Elkan Nathan Adler
Sir E.L. Goschen
Admiral Oliver Backhouse
Mrs. Blanche Dugdale
John Ball
Sir Robert Wood
Maurice Baring
Sir Robert Mond
Ralph D. Blumenfeld
Jurgen Kuczynski
Sir Harry Robert Boyd
Sir Robert Waley-Cohen
Sir Charles Hambro
Rex Leeper
Edward Wood (Lord Halifax)
Sir Walter Citrine
Walter Rosenhain
Victor Rothschild

Charles Masterman Herz
Sir Philip Sassoon
Victor Weisz
Sir Bernard Pares
Friedrich Saxl
Ernest Bevin
Sir Hirsch Lauterpacht
Herbert Stanley Morrison
Harold Joseph Laski
Sir Reginald Plunkett-Erle-Drax
Edward Armand Guggenheim
--

See aslo my:
Bankers extended WWI By Three Years
Bankers Engineered US WW2 Intervention
Hitler Didn't Want World War
and articles on Winston Churchill and Lester Pearson.
Historian of "Soviet" Espionage, John Costello, Murdered
http://tinyurl.com/ksfzu

US plans massive data sweep
Little-known data-collection system could troll news, blogs, even e-mails. Will it go too far?
By Mark Clayton | Staff writer of The Christian Science Monitor
from the February 09, 2006 edition

The US government is developing a massive computer system that can collect huge amounts of data and, by linking far-flung information from blogs and e-mail to government records and intelligence reports, search for patterns of terrorist activity.

The system - parts of which are operational, parts of which are still under development - is already credited with helping to foil some plots. It is the federal government's latest attempt to use broad data-collection and powerful analysis in the fight against terrorism. But by delving deeply into the digital minutiae of American life, the program is also raising concerns that the government is intruding too deeply into citizens' privacy.
"We don't realize that, as we live our lives and make little choices, like buying groceries, buying on Amazon, Googling, we're leaving traces everywhere," says Lee Tien, a staff attorney with the Electronic Frontier Foundation. "We have an attitude that no one will connect all those dots. But these programs are about connecting those dots - analyzing and aggregating them - in a way that we haven't thought about. It's one of the underlying fundamental issues we have yet to come to grips with."

The core of this effort is a little-known system called Analysis, Dissemination, Visualization, Insight, and Semantic Enhancement (ADVISE). Only a few public documents mention it. ADVISE is a research and development program within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), part of its three-year-old "Threat and Vulnerability, Testing and Assessment" portfolio. The TVTA received nearly $50 million in federal funding this year.

DHS officials are circumspect when talking about ADVISE. "I've heard of it," says Peter Sand, director of privacy technology. "I don't know the actual status right now. But if it's a system that's been discussed, then it's something we're involved in at some level."

Data-mining is a key technology

A major part of ADVISE involves data-mining - or "dataveillance," as some call it. It means sifting through data to look for patterns. If a supermarket finds that customers who buy cider also tend to buy fresh-baked bread, it might group the two together. To prevent fraud, credit-card issuers use data-mining to look for patterns of suspicious activity.

What sets ADVISE apart is its scope. It would collect a vast array of corporate and public online information - from financial records to CNN news stories - and cross-reference it against US intelligence and law-enforcement records. The system would then store it as "entities" - linked data about people, places, things, organizations, and events, according to a report summarizing a 2004 DHS conference in Alexandria, Va. The storage requirements alone are huge - enough to retain information about 1 quadrillion entities, the report estimated. If each entity were a penny, they would collectively form a cube a half-mile high - roughly double the height of the Empire State Building.

But ADVISE and related DHS technologies aim to do much more, according to Joseph Kielman, manager of the TVTA portfolio. The key is not merely to identify terrorists, or sift for key words, but to identify critical patterns in data that illumine their motives and intentions, he wrote in a presentation at a November conference in Richland, Wash.

For example: Is a burst of Internet traffic between a few people the plotting of terrorists, or just bloggers arguing? ADVISE algorithms would try to determine that before flagging the data pattern for a human analyst's review.

At least a few pieces of ADVISE are already operational. Consider Starlight, which along with other "visualization" software tools can give human analysts a graphical view of data. Viewing data in this way could reveal patterns not obvious in text or number form. Understanding the relationships among people, organizations, places, and things - using social-behavior analysis and other techniques - is essential to going beyond mere data-mining to comprehensive "knowledge discovery in databases," Dr. Kielman wrote in his November report. He declined to be interviewed for this article.

One data program has foiled terrorists

Starlight has already helped foil some terror plots, says Jim Thomas, one of its developers and director of the government's new National Visualization Analytics Center in Richland, Wash. He can't elaborate because the cases are classified, he adds. But "there's no question that the technology we've invented here at the lab has been used to protect our freedoms - and that's pretty cool."

As envisioned, ADVISE and its analytical tools would be used by other agencies to look for terrorists. "All federal, state, local and private-sector security entities will be able to share and collaborate in real time with distributed data warehouses that will provide full support for analysis and action" for the ADVISE system, says the 2004 workshop report.
A program in the shadows

Yet the scope of ADVISE - its stage of development, cost, and most other details - is so obscure that critics say it poses a major privacy challenge.

"We just don't know enough about this technology, how it works, or what it is used for," says Marcia Hofmann of the Electronic Privacy Information Center in Washington. "It matters to a lot of people that these programs and software exist. We don't really know to what extent the government is mining personal data."

Even congressmen with direct oversight of DHS, who favor data mining, say they don't know enough about the program.

"I am not fully briefed on ADVISE," wrote Rep. Curt Weldon (R) of Pennsylvania, vice chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, in an e-mail. "I'll get briefed this week."

Privacy concerns have torpedoed federal data-mining efforts in the past. In 2002, news reports revealed that the Defense Department was working on Total Information Awareness, a project aimed at collecting and sifting vast amounts of personal and government data for clues to terrorism. An uproar caused Congress to cancel the TIA program a year later.

Echoes of a past controversial plan

ADVISE "looks very much like TIA," Mr. Tien of the Electronic Frontier Foundation writes in an e-mail. "There's the same emphasis on broad collection and pattern analysis."

But Mr. Sand, the DHS official, emphasizes that privacy protection would be built-in. "Before a system leaves the department there's been a privacy review.... That's our focus."

Some computer scientists support the concepts behind ADVISE.

"This sort of technology does protect against a real threat," says Jeffrey Ullman, professor emeritus of computer science at Stanford University. "If a computer suspects me of being a terrorist, but just says maybe an analyst should look at it ... well, that's no big deal. This is the type of thing we need to be willing to do, to give up a certain amount of privacy."

Others are less sure.

"It isn't a bad idea, but you have to do it in a way that demonstrates its utility - and with provable privacy protection," says Latanya Sweeney, founder of the Data Privacy Laboratory at Carnegie Mellon University. But since speaking on privacy at the 2004 DHS workshop, she now doubts the department is building privacy into ADVISE. "At this point, ADVISE has no funding for privacy technology."

She cites a recent request for proposal by the Office of Naval Research on behalf of DHS. Although it doesn't mention ADVISE by name, the proposal outlines data-technology research that meshes closely with technology cited in ADVISE documents.

Neither the proposal - nor any other she has seen - provides any funding for provable privacy technology, she adds.
http://tinyurl.com/8zkqv

Inside Iran - City Life
Saturday, April 08, 2006
Life inside of Iran

Watch lots of beautiful pictures: http://tinyurl.com/el4yk

Diana crash witness: I saw a dozen 'shady figures' in tunnel
30.09.06
A key eyewitness to the car crash that killed Princess Diana has broken his silence to tell how he saw a dozen people at the scene moments before her death.

Record producer Jacques Morel, 59, is convinced they expected to see her Mercedes brought to a halt by another car.

Detectives working on the inquiry into Diana's death, headed by former Scotland Yard chief Lord Stevens, considered his account so important that he was flown to London and interviewed for three days.

Mr Morel, who was driving home with his wife Moufida in Paris on the night of August 31, 1997, said: "As we entered the Alma tunnel I looked to my left and saw about a dozen shady figures on a tiny pavement by the side of the opposite carriageway.

"They were all standing in a long line. The sight was unforgettable.

"The pavement is less than 30cm (12in) wide and next to fast traffic. They would have been breathing in petrol fumes and it was very dirty down there. It was certainly not a sensible place to stand around."

If accurate, Mr Morel's recollections are significant because they suggest that the route Diana and Dodi Al Fayed were taking was known in advance.

Until now it has always been thought that chauffeur Henri Paul was following an unexpected route in order to shake off paparazzi photographers.

Mr Morel, who now lives in Tunisia, said: "There was an almighty bang and a great big flash of light. Immediately my wife and I realised there had been a crash.

"My first thought was that those inside the tunnel were connected with what had happened. This thought has never left me.

"We could see a car coming from the opposite direction had gone straight into a pillar. All of the other drivers stopped, so I did too.

"There was a symphony of car horns and then white smoke filled the tunnel. I got out of my car and rushed towards the crash scene.

"I was devastated when I saw the Princess in her white trousers in the back of the car. She was easily recognisable.

"She looked so serene and peaceful, but it was the end. It was one of the most heartbreaking scenes of my life. I will never forget seeing her face.

"Others were lying around Diana and I remember the driver looking as though he had his head in his hands. It was then that I also saw a white Fiat Uno being driven away."

The car was later reported to be registered to James Andanson, a paparazzi photographer who committed suicide in mysterious circumstances in 2000. However, the vehicle has never been found.

Mr Morel, who has written a book about his experiences, told British detectives Philip Easton and Mark Hodges that he believes Paul was in on the plot.

"I am certain he was paid to drive through the Alma tunnel. There was cash in Henri Paul's pocket when he was found dead,' said Mr Morel.

Blood tests revealed that Paul was three times over the French drink-drive limit when the crash took place. Traces of anti-depressant drugs were also found.

The inquiry headed by Lord Stevens, which has taken 1,500 witness statements, is expected to deliver its report by Christmas.
http://tinyurl.com/m2l9p



Princess Diana and Dodi al-Fayed
Will Mossad finally hand over its secret files on Diana's death?
By Gordon Thomas
Thursday, September 21, 2006

Dame Elizabeth Butler-Sloss, the retired High Court judge appointed to preside over the inquest in the New Year of Princess Diana and Dodi al-Fayed, faces a vital question. How can she persuade Mossad to hand over its own files on the deaths?

The 200-pages of reports could cast a new light on the 1,500 witness statements and 10,000 pages of documents the Stevens inquiry has gathered in the most expensive investigation conducted by Scotland Yard into any death.

Lord Stevens has sent his ten experienced detectives on a worldwide investigation to collect evidence. But Mossad has firmly refused to give them access to their files.

Ari Ben-Menashe, a former Israeli government national security adviser, who claims he has seen the files said: "They explain many things about the intelligence presence around Diana. They reinforce her own claims she was the subject of intense scrutiny by Britain's security services, the CIA and French intelligence. The American National Security Agency, NSA, was also involved with satellite surveillance on her".

Lord Stevens has interviewed John Scarlett, head of MI6, and Dame Eliza Manningham-Buller, director of MI5, and obtained their files which go some way to confirm Ben-Menashe's claim. NSA has also admitted it possesses some 1,050 satellite transcripts of Diana and Dodi made in the weeks before their deaths. The agency has reportedly refused to make the documents available on the grounds that "national security is involved".

Mossad was not interested in the relationship between Diana and Dodi. Their sole concern was to recruit Henri Paul, the assistant head of security at the Ritz Hotel in Paris from where he drove the couple to their deaths nine years ago last month.

The story of how Mossad set about recruiting Henri Paul began on June 29, 1997, exactly two months before Diana and Dodi died.

That afternoon a middle-aged man arrived in a Paris apartment near the Pompidou Centre in the lively 4th Arrondissement in Paris. The apartment was a Mossad safe house in the city.

His Swiss passport identified him as "Maurice Rubenstein", born in Geneva. He described himself as a "financial consultant". The details had been created by the Mossad department specialising in devising cover for its agents. Maurice was a specialist in recruiting informers.

He had come to Paris to recruit Henri Paul. To do so he was prepared to use a mixture of financial inducements, threats and blackmail.

Before coming to Paris, Maurice had spent weeks studying Mossad's file on Henri Paul. It had been opened after Jonathan Aitken, a former Conservative government minister in charge of arms sales, had built up a raft of contacts with Middle East arms dealers. Granada Television had published a damaging report on Aitken's activities. He has sued for libel. The case hinged on who had paid Aitken's hotel account when he stayed at the Ritz to meet some of his Arab contacts. In court, Aitken had sworn on oath that his wife had settled the account.

Through a third-party, Mossad had tipped-off investigators acting for the defendants that Mrs Aitken had not been in Paris. The case had collapsed. Mossad, who had long regarded Aitken's activities as a threat to Israel, had effectively destroyed him.

But Mossad needed an informer in the Ritz who would be able to report on the activities of the arms dealers. Henri Paul's responsibility for security made every area of the Ritz open to him. "There would be no questions asked if he wanted a copy of a person's hotel bill, no raised eyebrows if he asked to see the hotel's telephone log to obtain details of calls made by arms dealers and their contacts", said Ari Ben-Menashe.

"As chauffeur to VIPs, Paul would be in a good position to overhear their conversations, witness their behaviour, see where they went, whom they met", he added.

Henri Paul was a bachelor in no permanent relationship, but liked fast cars and had learned to fly. All expensive tastes outside his 31,000 euro salary.

A Mossad psychologist had concluded there was an "inherent vulnerability" about Henri Paul. The psychologist recommended that steadily increasing pressure, linked with the promise of substantial monetary reward to finance Paul's social life, could be the best way to recruit him.

Maurice had observed the relationship Paul had with the paparazzi. In return for cash, he provided details of the movements of celebrity guests.

The exchange of information for cash took place either in one of the bars or in the narrow Rue Cambon, where the Ritz staff entrance was situated. The meetings were secretly photographed by another Mossad agent who had joined Maurice.

By mid-August, 1997, paparazzi interest focused on the expected arrival at the Ritz of Diana and Dodi al-Fayed. They would stay in the hotel's fabled Imperial Suite.

Henri Paul continued to provide details of the forthcoming visit to several paparazzi. He received further sums of money.

Maurice decided the time had come to make his move.

The first contact was in Harry's Bar in the Rue Daunou. The Mossad agent struck up a conversation with Henri Paul. They arranged to meet in a few days over dinner. During the meal Paul spoke of his passion for fast cars and piloting a small aircraft. But it was difficult to enjoy those pleasures on his salary.

What followed then developed a rhythm of its own: Maurice laying down the bait and Henri Paul all too eager to take it. The hook in place, Maurice began to reel in the line.

"Maurice would have planted the idea he might be able to help, perhaps mentioning he worked for a company that was looking for ways to update its database and would pay good money to those who could help do so. This was a favourite opening gambit for Mossad recruiters on a cold-approach operation. From there, it would be a small step to tell Paul that many of the Ritz guests no doubt possessed the kind of information that would interest the company", Ari Ben-Menashe later claimed.

Another Mossad officer told the Sunday Express last week: "Henri Paul would have been on the hook".

He agreed Maurice's "undoubted skills would have the essential undertow of pressure on Paul. At some stage he would have let Paul know that Mossad had evidence of Paul taking money from the paparazzi. What Maurice would have offered was the opportunity to bolster that income".

Meantime Mossad had established the presence of MI6 and CIA agents in Paris waiting for Diana and Dodi to arrive.

"The Mossad files reveal those agents had been tracking Diana for some weeks. Their interest was to see Diana's next moves in her campaign to have landmines banned. There was huge opposition to her campaign in the United States, Britain and elsewhere", said Ari Ben-Menashe.

As the days drew closer to the arrival of Diana and Dodi in Paris, the pressure on Henri Paul increased to bug the Ritz for Mossad and provide details of the guests.

"Paul knew he could well end up in prison if he was found spying on the hotel's guests. Yet, if he went to the police what could they do? If he turned down the Mossad proposition, what then? If the hotel management learned he had already betrayed that most precious of all assets the Ritz offered -- confidentiality -- by informing the paparazzi, he could be fired, even prosecuted", suggested an intelligence source.

Henri Paul had been put in charge of Diana and Dodi's security while they were in the hotel, with particular responsibility for keeping away the paparazzi. At the same time photographers were calling him on his cell phone for information about the visit and offering large sums of money to provide details. The temptation to accept was another pressure. Everywhere he turned, there seemed to be pressure.

Though he managed to conceal it, Henri Paul was unravelling mentally. His combination of drugs could only have furthered the strain on his ability to make reasoned judgments.

On the night before Henri Paul drove Diana and Dodi to their deaths, Maurice had what turned out to be his final meeting with Henri Paul.

He threatened to expose the Ritz security man's contacts with Mossad to the service's own informers in the Arab world -- a virtual guarantee Henri Paul would be killed.

It was not the first time Mossad had used the ultimate sanction against someone who refused to cooperate.

The two men parted, leaving Henri Paul in no condition to drive his Mini -- let alone the Ritz's powerful Mercedes.

"You could say he was a dead man walking", said a Mossad source.

In Maurice's apartment near the Pompidou Centre, the agent was awoken by a telephone call on Sunday, August 31, 1997. The caller worked in the Paris gendarmerie accident unit and had been recruited by Mossad.

He said Henri Paul's Mercedes sedan had struck a reinforced concrete pillar on the westbound roadway of the underpass beneath the place de l'Alma, a notorious accident spot in the city.

The dead were Diana, Dodi al-Fayed and Henri Paul. The couple's bodyguard had been critically injured.

Hours after the accident, Maurice flew back to Tel Aviv, leaving in his wake questions that would remain unanswered.

Had Henri Paul lost control of the Mercedes because he could see no way of extricating himself from the clutches of Mossad? Was that pressure linked to the high level of prescribed drugs found in his bloodstream? When he had left the Ritz with his three passengers, had his mind continued to vacillate over what he should do about the pressure? Was he not only responsible for a terrible road accident, but also the victim of a ruthless intelligence operation?

It is those vital questions that Dame Elizabeth Butler-Sloss will have to address if there is to be a real closure to the story when her inquest finally opens next January.
http://tinyurl.com/rwagq

THE HUNGRY BEAR
PART 5: Russia, China 'cooking something up'
By W Joseph Stroupe
Sep 29, 2006

Russian President Vladimir Putin was asked about Russia-China relations and the mounting regional/global clout of the SCO (Shanghai Cooperation Organization). He expressed great satisfaction and excitement about the path of Russia-China relations, but quickly denied that the two strategic partners were involved in "cooking anything up between themselves".

In fact, he claimed that the mounting regional and global clout of the SCO has never been planned for or intentionally striven for by the two partners, that it has entirely happened "by surprise". And, of course, he claimed once again that neither the SCO nor the deepening Russia-China strategic partnership was "aimed at the US or NATO" (North Atlantic Treaty Organization).

But contrary to Putin's soothing assurances to the West at the recent Valdai Club meeting, Russia and China most certainly do have "something in the geopolitical oven", and it has been cooking steadily for nearly a decade. In fact, their geopolitical main course is practically ready to be served to the table, so to speak, and directly contrary to Putin's recent claims they both intended from the beginning for the SCO eventually to play a significant role.

One only has to read the Sino-Russian Joint Statements from 1997 forward to see that the two partners embarked on a carefully conceived and adroitly executed geopolitical course and strategy a decade ago, and they have made tremendous progress toward the achievement of the specific goal they set way back then. Note these facts and precisely what their goal has been in the excerpts and commentary that follow:

From the Sino-Russian Joint Statement of April 23, 1997:

The two sides shall, in the spirit of partnership, strive to promote the multipolarization of the world and the establishment of a new international order.

The establishment of a just and equitable new international political and economic order based on peace and stability has become the pressing need of the times and the inevitable necessity of history.

All countries, big or small, strong or weak, rich or poor, are equal members of the international community. No country should seek hegemony, practice power politics or monopolize international affairs.

Both sides express concern over the attempt at enlarging and strengthening military blocs, because such a tendency may pose a threat to the security of certain countries and aggravate regional and global tension.

Both sides underscore that the vast member of developing countries and the Non-Aligned Movement are important forces in promoting world multipolarization and building a new international order.

Developing countries have enhanced their awareness of self-strengthening through unity, played a greater role in world politics and increased their share of the world economy.

Their rise will give a strong boost to the historical process towards the establishment of a new international order. [Emphasis added]

From "PRC, Russia leaders issue joint statement", December 10, 1999:

[The two sides] propose to push forward the establishment of a multipolar world on the basis of the principles of the United Nations Charter and existing international laws in the 21st century, strengthen the UN's dominant status in international affairs, and peacefully resolve international disputes through political means ... and establish a fair, equal, and mutually beneficial international political and economic order. Third, the two sides point out that negative momentum in international relations continues to grow, and the following is becoming more obvious: The forcing of the international community to accept a unipolar world pattern and a single model of culture, value concepts and ideology, and a weakening of the role of the United Nations and its Security Council; the seeking of excuses to give irresponsible explanations or amendment to the purposes and principles of the UN Charter; the reinforcing and expanding of military blocs; the replacing of international law with power politics or even resorting to force; and the jeopardizing of the sovereignty of independent states using the concepts of "human rights are superior to sovereignty" and "humanitarian intervention".

The two sides agree to work together with the rest of the world to oppose the momentum presently preventing the establishment of a just multipolar structure for international relations.

Seventh, the two countries express their satisfaction with the implementation of the Bishkek Declaration issued by the summit of China, Russia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan, known as the "Shanghai Five States", on August 25, 1999.

In line with the Sino-Russian equal and trustworthy strategic partnership of cooperation, the two sides are willing to strengthen their cooperation, considering that the two countries share similar or identical views on such issues as the establishment of an international multipolar order and democracy and justice in international affairs. [Emphasis added]

From the China-Russia Joint Statement of July 1, 2005:

Strictly abiding by the propositions on building a multipolar world and a new international order as enunciated in the Joint Statement of the People's Republic of China and the Russian Federation Regarding Global Multipolarity and the Establishment of a New International Order of April 23, 1997,

The international community should thoroughly renounce the mentality of confrontation and alignment, should not pursue the right to monopolize or dominate world affairs, and should not divide countries into a leading camp and a subordinate camp.

In the sphere of regional security, the establishment of security cooperation mechanisms that take into account the interests of all parties, are open, and are not directed at other countries has fundamental significance. [Emphasis added]

Look at the declarations
The ultimate target of deepening Russian-Chinese strategic cooperation is clearly the pushing toward the establishment of what they call the "multipolar world order" to end US global dominance. The joint statements above prove that fact beyond any reasonable doubt whatever.

Consequently, the repeated claims by the two that no "third country" is being targeted amount only to pure diplomatic indirection and propaganda. The US most certainly is being targeted. You cannot push to establish a new international order to end dominance by one power without simultaneously targeting the one power that currently has that domination - namely, the United States itself. However, the targeting being done by Russia, China and their global partners isn't that of directly hitting the US economy to sink it, or of directly attacking the US military in a confrontation.

The targeting of the US global position of dominance is much smarter than that. It is indirect targeting, in which US economic, political and even military dominance and power are undermined and weakened by virtue of the creation of a deepening and widening global complex of strategic resources-based economic, political and military ties, a complex that is centered in the East rather than looking to the US as center, and a complex that mostly disregards, and increasingly rivals, US interests.

That strategy of ending US global dominance by pushing for "multipolarity", not directly confronting the US but rather building a non-US-centric global complex, works because the US is able to dominate the globe only because the world at large permits it to do so and either actively or indirectly facilitates such dominance. The US is not nearly omnipotent, politically, economically or militarily. It must dominate by virtue of willing allies and key powers that permit the US to exercise its influence through them, and by maintaining fear on the part of its rivals with respect to opposing the US in the spheres of the global economy and the military. Without the combination of willing cooperation and fearful acquiescence on the part of the world at large, the US will tumble from its global position of dominance.

Russia and China have correctly calculated, therefore, that if they can undermine that willing cooperation and fearful acquiescence by turning enough of the globe's key states away from a US-centric stance toward a stance more in line with their own purpose, inculcating them firmly into their own growing complex of economic, political and even military ties centered in the East, then the US will incrementally suffer ever greater political and economic isolation and subsequent weakening of its leverage and position on the world stage.

At the center of the new global complex of ties is the Russia-China axis itself. That has been the strategy of the two partners since before they issued their Joint Statement of April 23, 1997 - to build a new international economic and political order that isn't US-centric, that progressively robs the US of the deep cooperation and fearful acquiescence it needs across the globe to keep it atop the current order, and that thereby cuts deeply into the US ability to continue to dominate the world order. They aren't directly confronting the US in their efforts, but make no mistake - they are powerfully targeting the US nonetheless.

The United States has inadvertently cooperated on a massive scale with Russia and China in their push to create this new order, cooperated with them in their political, ideological and economic push to isolate the US incrementally. By its policies and actions since the collapse of the Soviet Union, and especially since September 11, 2001, the US has profoundly isolated itself on the world stage. That has played, and continues to play, directly into the hands of Russia, China and their strategic partners who understand US global isolation is the key to ending US global dominance. That is the real meaning of the policies and actions undertaken by Russia, China and their partners in the lead-up to the US invasion of Iraq in 2003, in which they have worked steadily to isolate the US and to keep it isolated, and to deepen its isolation. They have been very quick to capitalize on growing US isolation to construct rapidly their global complex of resources-based economic, political, ideological and security ties not centered on the US, and as rivals to the US.

Hence whenever Russian and Chinese leaders say that neither the US nor NATO is being targeted by their activities, that is an entirely facetious statement designed to give the two partners plausible deniability, in that the statement is technically true - they aren't directly hitting or confronting the US economy or military. But they most certainly are actively working to undermine the US global position by insidious, indirect and profoundly effective means. And US leaders simply aren't intelligent and humble enough to understand the effectiveness of the strategy or how they themselves are aiding in its success.

Note that in the joint statements quoted above, the two partners (Russia and China) repeatedly spoke not only of a new political order, but also of a new international economic order. Notably, in the April 23, 1997, statement the following statement was made:

Both sides underscore that the ... developing countries and the Non-Aligned Movement are important forces in promoting world multipolarization and building a new international order.

Developing countries have enhanced their awareness of self-strengthening through unity, played a greater role in world politics, and increased their share of the world economy.

Their rise will give a strong boost to the historical process towards the establishment of a new international order. [Emphasis added]

It so happens that the vast bulk of the world's strategic resources are located within the very group mentioned here, the developing countries and the Non-Aligned Movement. It is not by accident that Russia and China have concentrated their efforts there, succeeding in deeply integrating those nations into their global complex of ties, and simultaneously those resource-rich nations have become ever more characterized by adoption of deeply anti-American economic, political and/or religious ideologies.

The undermining and weakening of US global economic power and dominance are key to the achievement of the goal of ending the unipolar order that is led by the United States. It is being accomplished without direct confrontation between the US and its rivals. The massive ongoing transfer of wealth from the US to its rivals and the attendant weakening of the US economy is in no small part facilitated by energy developments and the growing cohesiveness and anti-US political affinity among the globe's energy producers, who by and large disdain continued US global dominance. Additionally, entities such as the SCO are being employed to reverse US geopolitical advances in energy-rich regions by helping to close ranks among its members, further placing the strategic US economic security in a precarious position. The US has requested, but has been denied, any role whatever in the SCO, which is shaping up to be a closed entity to the West.

On September 15, RIA Novosti reported that prime ministers of SCO member countries, while gathered in Dushanbe for a key meeting, gave instructions for studies to be conducted into the establishment of a regional energy club. In June at the SCO Summit, Putin caused a stir when he proposed the creation of the energy club centered in the SCO and designed to balance the interests of producers and key consumers such as China (a key founding member of the SCO) and India (which has observer status in the SCO) in a new arrangement that would transcend the leverage of a mere axis of producers alone. That proposal appears to be taking definite shape now, with officials from Kazakhstan and Russia tasked with drafting proposals for a key meeting next year of the grouping's fuel and energy experts. The ongoing development of the SCO-centered energy club proposed by Putin in June is a development of profound importance and constitutes a major advance in the Russian effort to complete the drawing of the circle of international energy security, a circle that by and large excludes the West.

Russia and China have been "cooking something up between themselves" for at least a decade now, and the results are already dramatic, to say the least. Don't expect Russia and its partners to "play nice" with energy and other strategic resources, not in view of the colossal stakes for both sides in the Great Game and the fact that the West will stop at nothing to try to turn the Game around in its favor before the clock soon runs out.

Putin's promise that Russia will not behave like an energy superpower is a promise that cannot be kept. It is a promise the West must not give credence to or rely upon, but the West itself is partly to blame for the increasingly contentious relations between resource-rich East and resource-dependent West. The moment of truth for both sides in the Great Game and for the current global order itself is impending.

This is the final article in a five-part report.

==================
For Part 1, Promises that can't be kept,
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Central_Asia/HI23Ag01.html
For Part 2, Corporate gigantism,
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Central_Asia/HI26Ag01.html
For Part 3, No more Mr Nice Guy,
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Central_Asia/HI27Ag01.html
For Part 4, The West's thorny crown,
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Central_Asia/HI28Ag01.html
For PART 5: Russia, China 'cooking something up'
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Central_Asia/HI29Ag01.html

Beijing secretly fires lasers to disable US satellites
By Francis Harris in Washington
(Filed: 26/09/2006)

China has secretly fired powerful laser weapons designed to disable American spy satellites by "blinding" their sensitive surveillance devices, it was reported yesterday.
The hitherto unreported attacks have been kept secret by the Bush administration for fear that it would damage attempts to co-opt China in diplomatic offensives against North Korea and Iran.

Sources told the military affairs publication Defense News that there had been a fierce internal battle within Washington over whether to make the attacks public. In the end, the Pentagon's annual assessment of the growing Chinese military build-up barely mentioned the threat.

"After a contentious debate, the White House directed the Pentagon to limit its concern to one line," Defense News said.

The document said that China could blind American satellites with a ground-based laser firing a beam of light to prevent spy photography as they pass over China.

According to senior American officials: "China not only has the capability, but has exercised it." American satellites like the giant Keyhole craft have come under attack "several times" in recent years.

Although the Chinese tests do not aim to destroy American satellites, the laser attacks could make them useless over Chinese territory.

The American military has been so alarmed by the Chinese activity that it has begun test attacks against its own satellites to determine the severity of the threat.

Satellites are especially vulnerable to attack because they have predetermined orbits, allowing an enemy to know where they will appear.

"The Chinese are very strategically minded and are extremely active in this arena. They really believe all the stuff written in the 1980s about the high frontier," said one senior former Pentagon official.

There has been increasing alarm in parts of the American military establishment over China's growing military ambitions.

Military experts have already noted that Chinese military expenditure is increasingly designed to challenge American military pre-eminence by investing in weaponry that can attack key systems such as aircraft carriers and satellites.

At the same time, China is engaged in a large-scale espionage effort against American high-tech firms working on projects such as the multibillion-pound DD(X) destroyer programme.

Several spy rings have been cracked and the FBI is increasing the number of counter-intelligence staff tracking the Chinese effort.
http://tinyurl.com/qxbgq

The Jewish mother of Fascism
08/07/2006
By Saviona Mane

ROME - Everyone in Italy wanted to forget the "Duce's other woman": the Fascists, because she was Jewish; their opponents, because she was Fascist; and the family, because she became an embarrassing historical burden. As a result, Margherita Sarfatti's story slipped out of the public awareness, and along with it her central role in Italian fascism and the Duce's life.



Today, more than 60 years after the Fascist dictator was executed, Sarfatti's descendants prefer to view her as an intellectual and a patron of the arts, who worked to distanced Italy from the Nazi danger and was forced to flee to Argentina when Benito Mussolini implemented the race laws. They did not hear from her about the 20 years in which she shared Mussolini's doctrine and bed. Or about the 1,272 letters he wrote her in those years, and which disappeared. No, they are not in her private archive at her home at 18 Via Dei Villini in Rome. At least, that is what her granddaughter, Ippolita Gaetani, who is in charge of the archive, told Haaretz in an exclusive interview. An American cousin, who is also named Margherita Sarfatti, is convinced the letters are in the hands of the Rome cousin.

Many visitors have recently called at the luxurious building in Rome - journalists, researchers, writers ("Italian Night," by Nicole Fabre, a novel in which Sarfatti is a leading character, was recently published in France). It is a lavish patrician building in ocher, which is a three-minute walk from Villa Torlonia, the Duce's official residence - three minutes from the villa's back entrance, it should be noted. "The villa is being renovated," says a smiling young woman who is working in the courtyard, "but you can visit. Go around to the other side, it's worth it."

At the home on the Via Dei Villini in Rome, a gilded bell, a vast black gate, a double wooden door, an elevator in an ornate metal cage, a broad marble staircase. The door is opened by Ippolita Gaetani, a spare, blue-eyed woman of 66, who has a determined, no-nonsense manner. The apartment is spacious, sun-washed, and furnished with classical restraint. The documents and photographs of Grandmother Margherita are housed in one room, in the center of which is the "Holy of Holies": Sarfatti's desk. On the wall is a famous portrait of Sarfatti with her daughter Fiammetta, painted by Achille Funi. Next to it are shelves laden with her notebooks and diaries, and a chest with 12 huge drawers.

Before the interview gets under way, the hostess receives a phone call. "I am being interviewed for an Israeli paper," she apologizes, and adds, "No, no, the 'good' paper." Ippolita Gaetani and her two sisters, Sancia and Margherita, are identified with the Italian left and are quite active on behalf of the Palestinian cause.

Ippolita was 21 when her grandmother died, in 1961, at the age of 81, but never asked her about her past, about her affair with Mussolini or her role in the Fascist movement. And Sarfatti, she says, never volunteered information on the subject. She talked about art, recited Dante, Shakespeare, Edgar Allan Poe and did crosswords in Figaro Litteraire. "After the war there was a deep collective repression, people tried to forget, did not boast about it. There was a kind of self-censorship. People are only now starting to talk about that period, and also about my grandmother," Gaetani says.

When did you learn about your grandmother's part in Mussolini's life and in the Fascist movement in Italy?

"Very late, at the age of 17, 18, and from friends. It was not talked about at home. There was repression in Italy. Everything was imputed to the Germans, all the evils, the race laws, the persecutions. In my home, too, everything was imputed to the Germans. When I grew up and started to read, I understood that f ascism and Nazism are interchangeable. My mother did not think so - she continued to say that fascism was all right until it cozied up to Hitler.

"In my opinion, if the blacks and not the Jews had been persecuted then, many Jews would still be fascists ... In fact, it is the same today. Many Jews in Italy are fascists, because fascism is far closer to today's Israel; they are persecuting the Arabs. If you go to the Rome Ghetto today, you will see that part of the Rome Jewish community is truly fascist, fascist in its mentality, in the head. And the situation in the Middle East complicates matters. They accuse everyone who speaks out against Israel of being anti-Semitic. And in Italian politics they are far closer to the right than to the left."

Encounter with history

Her mother, Fiammetta, converted to Christianity in 1930 and remained in Italy with her family even after Margherita and her son, Amedeo, went into exile to Argentina following the implementation of the race laws. But Sarfatti feared for the well-being of her daughter and her grandchildren, and after Rome was conquered by the Nazis she made long-distance use of the few connections she still retained from her days of glory in order to ensure that no harm would befall them. Thus Fiammetta found asylum in a hospital, disguised as a nurse; her husband, Livio, who was not Jewish, went into the underground; and their children were sent to Catholic convents. Margherita's older sister, Nella Errera, did not fare so well. She and her husband, Paolo, who officially denied their Jewishness, were arrested in 1944 by the S.S. and sent to the camp at Fossoli and from there to Auschwitz. They died on the way to the extermination camp.

The coffee is ready and Gaetani pours it into a demitasse.

Did your grandmother talk about the past or feel responsibility for her sister's death?

"Not with me, not with us, that was taboo at home. She may have had qualms of conscience, but either you commit suicide or you decide to live. People lived with worse things on their conscience. She was actually involved with art - it is not that she harmed or informed on anyone. On the contrary, some historians say that as long as she was by his side, Mussolini did fewer horrible things. She herself did not do anything bad to anyone. That her man was scum - of that there is no doubt."

The dramatic story of Margherita Sarfatti's life begins with a tranquil, happy childhood in the ghetto of Venice, where she was born on April 8, 1880, the youngest child of an affluent religious Jewish family, the Grassinis (the father of the Italian writer Natalia Ginzburg was her cousin). The lovely girl with red hair and green eyes and insatiable curiosity was raised in a protected setting and surrounded by love, especially on the part of her grandmother, Dolcetta Levi Nahmias, a "woman of valor," in the Jewish term, from whom she learned to live in the present and not get caught up in the past.

"Oh, God," she would mumble every night in a prayer she made up, "make me learn how to be happy and learn how to be grateful for all the good things you have given me." To be happy, at any price: that was the motto that propelled her throughout her life. At the age of 18, despite her parents' objections, she married Cesare Sarfatti, a Jewish lawyer and socialist, who was 14 years her senior. The Sarfattis had three children: Roberto, Amedeo and Fiammetta.

However, she found life in Venice too confining, and her husband was also eager for a change. The couple moved to the nerve center of Italy - Milan. There Margherita began to carve herself a place in the intellectual elite and to become active in fields which until then had been male prerogatives: journalism and art. To that end, she opened her salon every Wednesday to the city's Who's Who and gained the reputation of an impeccable hostess: beautiful, witty and vivacious. Her home became the center of the artistic avant-garde, the melting pot of Futurism, and later of the Novecento Italiano movement. The leading artists, writers and politicians were regulars in her home.

"A kind of acute sense of smell impelled me toward gifted people," she wrote in her memoirs, which are really a collection of episodes about her meetings with preeminent world figures, including the inventor Guglielmo Marconi, Pope Pius X, president Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Albert Einstein and many others. Israel Zangwill, whom she calls the "Jewish Dickens," and Ze'ev Jabotinsky, the Zionist Revisionist leader, were also among her acquaintances.

"She was an educated woman, very attentive to the cultural fashions, a manipulative woman, ambitious and uninhibited, with a singular talent for self-promotion (a talent she showed also after her son died in World War I, appropriating his death as another means of self- promotion)," says the historian Dr. Simona Urso, from the University of Padua, who has written a biography of Sarfatti.

The dramatic pivot of her life - the encounter with history - occurred in 1912, when a young, uncouth and unknown journalist named Benito Mussolini was appointed editor of the socialist journal Avanti, for which Sarfatti wrote art criticism. At 29, he was three years younger than Sarfatti, an ardent socialist from the provinces, a charismatic womanizer with a gift for holding his listeners in thrall with his talk. Sarfatti spotted a "glint of fanaticism" in his eyes and was immediately drawn to the power he projected.
http://tinyurl.com/k7f8t



Jewish Fascism
Sun, 01 Oct 2006

The world knows that Communism with all its evil and terror, is a Jewish creation. But how about Fascism ? The closeness of Jews in Italy to Fascism, until in July 1938 Mussolini "embarked on a program of anti-Semitism" is recorded in The Jews of Italy (February 1939) by Anti-Defamation League of B'nai B'rith, No. XXIV:

page 7: "As far as Jewish youth is concerned, Zionism has made hardly an appeal, and they have been, by and large, entirely swallowed up in the world of Fascist ideals". Page 8: "With the friendship and understanding cooperation of premier Mussolini, it looked like Italian Jewry was about to experience a tremendous revival."

Page 9: "An indication of how secure the Jewish community felt was the fact that a Rabbi appeared in a synagogue pulpit in full Fascist uniform for the first time in Italian history on July 13th [1938] when Rabbi Feldman of Poland was formally installed as chief Rabbi of Florence."

Page 12: "When, in 1925, an attempt was made on Mussolini's life, the Jewish Fascists held a Thanksgiving Service for his escape."

Page 13: "There was a time when certain Jewish circles inclined to the belief that no inherent conflict existed between the essential principles of Judaism and Fascism."

Page 14: "From all ... quotations made, year after year, it is clear that Mussolini is definitely on record as an enemy of anti-Semitism and racism. But just as we know those statements to be true, so too, do we know that Mussolini since July 1938, has changed his mind and has today embarked on a program of anti-Semitism."

Page 18: "Many of Mussolini's closest associates were Jews. ... Professor Giorgio Del Vecchio was one of the founders of the Fascist party. ... Unless he has recently been outsted, a Jew, Giacomo Cepilli, is the leader of the Fascist forces in Trieste. ... Two Jews, Simon Daus and Gini Bolaffi, are among the 37 Fascist heroes buried in the Italian Panthenon at Florence, a Fascist shrine reserved for those killed defending Fascism. ... Another Jew, Augusto Turati, was the first General Secretary of the Fascist Party." ...

Page 20: "Gino Avia was the scientific expert for the drafting of the new constitution of the country, based on Fascist principles." End of quotes re Jewish Facism.

Anthology on Jewish Resistance and anti-Polonism therein: http://tinyurl.com/ezhr3

Zionism And The Iranian President
Joe Quinn
Signs of the Times
27/09/2006

As you are all well aware, the Iranian President, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, wants to destroy all Jews and the Jewish state with them. Like all good anti-Semites, he loathes Jews simply because they are Jews, and breathlessly awaits the day when Iran has the capacity to implement the 'final solution', once and for all.

Or so you have been led to believe by the US, Israeli and British governments.

You see, there is a slight problem with what we have been told about the intentions and beliefs of the Iranian president - it's one giant fabrication, a lie, if you will. Of course, given that the mainstream Western media is almost entirely controlled by Western governments and the government of Israel, no one can reasonably be surprised at this state of affairs.

Through the use of selective publication, liberal interpretation and outright distortion of his words, most people today are entirely unaware that Ahmadinejad has been very clear about his position vis a vis the Jewish people and that Ahmadinejad has gone to significant lengths to make it clear that his problem is with the "Zionist state" rather than ordinary Jews. It was in reference to the government of Israel and the Zionists that populate it that Ahmadinejad used the term "should be wiped from the pages of history", orginally used by the Iranian Imam Khomeini, yet the mainstream Western media, like Israeli politicians, ignored this fact and insisted that the state of Israel and Zionism are the Jewish people.

At a recent press conference in New York, the Iranian President made his stance as clear as possible stating: "we love everybody around the world: Jews, Christians, Muslims", adding the all-important qualification that "Zionists are not Jews. Zionists are Zionists."

And as can be seen from the the following report, Ahmadinejad's claims are not mere words:

Iran's proud but discreet Jews

BBC News
22/09/2006

Although Iran and Israel are bitter enemies, few know that Iran is home to the largest number of Jews anywhere in the Middle East outside Israel.

About 25,000 Jews live in Iran and most are determined to remain no matter what the pressures - as proud of their Iranian culture as of their Jewish roots.

It is dawn in the Yusufabad synagogue in Tehran and Iranian Jews bring out the Torah and read the ancient text before making their way to work.

It is not a sight you would expect in a revolutionary Islamic state, but there are synagogues dotted all over Iran where Jews discreetly practise their religion.

"Because of our long history here we are tolerated," says Jewish community leader Unees Hammami, who organised the prayers.

He says the father of Iran's revolution, Imam Khomeini, recognised Jews as a religious minority that should be protected.

As a result Jews have one representative in the Iranian parliament.

"Imam Khomeini made a distinction between Jews and Zionists and he supported us," says Jewish community leader Unees Hammam.

The evidence would seem to suggest therefore that the Iranian President is being deliberately and unfairly demonized by the American and Israeli governments and their media for a very specific reason, and we need only remember the "babies in incubators" myth spread by those same governments just prior to the first invasion of Iraq to understand the plans that the warmongers in Washington and Tel Aviv have for the Iranian people.
http://tinyurl.com/zrspd

U.S. Concentration Camps: FEMA and the REX 84 Program
The Awakening News
3sep04

There over 600 prison camps in the United States, all fully operational and ready to receive prisoners. They are all staffed and even surrounded by full-time guards, but they are all empty. These camps are to be operated by FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) should Martial Law need to be implemented in the United States.

The Rex 84 Program was established on the reasoning that if a mass exodus of illegal aliens crossed the Mexican/US border, they would be quickly rounded up and detained in detention centers by FEMA. Rex 84 allowed many military bases to be closed down and to be turned into prisons.

Operation Cable Splicer and Garden Plot are the two sub programs which will be implemented once the Rex 84 program is initiated for its proper purpose. Garden Plot is the program to control the population. Cable Splicer is the program for an orderly takeover of the state and local governments by the federal government. FEMA is the executive arm of the coming police state and thus will head up all operations. The Presidential Executive Orders already listed on the Federal Register also are part of the legal framework for this operation.

The camps all have railroad facilities as well as roads leading to and from the detention facilities. Many also have an airport nearby. The majority of the camps can house a population of 20,000 prisoners. Currently, the largest of these facilities is just outside of Fairbanks, Alaska. The Alaskan facility is a massive mental health facility and can hold approximately 2 million people.

A person named Terry Kings wrote an article on his discoveries of camps located in southern California. His findings are as follows: Over the last couple months several of us have investigated three soon-to-be prison camps in the Southern California area. We had heard about these sites and wanted to see them for ourselves.

The first one we observed was in Palmdale, California. It is not operating as a prison at the moment but is masquerading as part of a water facility. Now why would there be a facility of this nature out in the middle of nowhere with absolutely no prisoners? The fences that run for miles around this large facility all point inward, and there are large mounds of dirt and dry moat surrounding the central area so the inside area is not visible from the road. There are 3 large loading docks facing the entrance that can be observed from the road. What are these massive docks going to be loading?

We observed white vans patrolling the area and one came out and greeted us with a friendly wave and followed us until we had driven safely beyond the area. What would have happened had we decided to enter the open gate or ask questions?

This facility is across the street from the Palmdale Water Department. The area around the Water Department has fences pointing outward, to keep people out of this dangerous area so as not to drown. Yet, across the street, the fences all point inward. Why? To keep people in? What people? Who are going to be it’s occupants?

There are also signs posted every 50 feet stating: State of California Trespassing Loitering Forbidden By Law Section 555 California Penal Code.
The sign at the entrance says: Pearblossom Operations and Maintenance Subcenter Receiving Department, 34534 116th Street East. There is also a guard shack located at the entrance.

We didn’t venture into this facility, but did circle around it to see if there was anything else visible from the road. We saw miles of fences with the top points all directed inward. There is a railroad track that runs next to the perimeter of this fenced area. The loading docks are large enough to hold railroad cars.

I wonder what they are planning for this facility? They could easily fit 100,000 people in this area. And who would the occupants be?

Another site is located in Brand Park in Glendale. There are newly constructed fences (all outfitted with new wiring that point inward). The fences surround a dry reservoir. There are also new buildings situated in the area. We questioned the idea that there were four armed military personnel walking the park. Since when does a public park need armed guards?

A third site visited was in the San Fernando Valley, adjacent to the Water District. Again, the area around the actual Water District had fences logically pointing out (to keep people out of the dangerous area). And the rest of the adjacent area which went on for several miles was ringed with fences and barbed wire facing inward (to keep what or who in?) Also, interesting was the fact that the addition to the tops of the fences were fairly new as to not even contain any sign of rust on them. Within the grounds was a huge building that the guard said was a training range for policemen. There were newly constructed roads, new gray military looking buildings, and a landing strip. For what? Police cars were constantly patrolling the several mile perimeter of the area.

From the parking lot of the Odyssey Restaurant a better view could be taken of the area that was hidden from site from the highway. There was an area that contained about 100 black boxes that looked like railroad cars. We had heard that loads of railroad cars have been manufactured in Oregon outfitted with shackles. Would these be of that nature? From our position it was hard to determine.

In searching the Internet, I have discovered that there are about 600 of these prison sites around the country (and more literally popping up overnight do they work all night). They are manned, but yet do not contain prisoners. Why do they need all these non-operating prisons? What are they waiting for? We continuously hear that our current prisons are overcrowded and they are releasing prisoners because of this situation. But what about all these facilities? What are they really for? Why are there armed guards yet no one to protect themselves against? And what is going to be the kick-off point to put these facilities into operation?

What would bring about a situation that would call into effect the need for these new prison facilities? A man-made or natural catastrophe? An earthquake, panic due to Y2K, a massive poisoning, a panic of such dimensions to cause nationwide panic?

Once a major disaster occurs (whether it is a real event or manufactured event does not matter) Martial Law is hurriedly put in place and we are all in the hands of the government agencies (FEMA) who thus portray themselves as our protectors. Yet what happens when we question those in authority and how they are taking away all of our freedoms? Will we be the ones detained in these camp sites? And who are they going to round up? Those with guns? Those who ask questions? Those that want to know what’s really going on? Does that include any of us? The seekers of truth?

When first coming across this information I was in a state of total denial. How could this be? I believed our country was free, and always felt a sense of comfort in knowing that as long as we didn’t hurt others in observing our freedom we were left to ourselves. Ideally we treated everyone with respect and honored their uniqueness and hoped that others did likewise.

It took an intensive year of searching into the hidden politics to discover that we are as free as we believe we are. If we are in denial, we don’t see the signs that are staring at us, but keep our minds turned off and busy with all the mundane affairs of daily life.

We just don’t care enough to find out the real truth, and settle for the hand-fed stories that come our way over the major media sources television, radio, newspaper, and magazines. But it’s too late to turn back to the days of blindfolds and hiding our heads in the sand because the reality is becoming very clear. The time is fast approaching when we will be the ones asking "What happened to our freedom? To our free speech? To our right to protect ourselves and our family? To think as an individual? To express ourselves in whatever way we wish?"

Once we challenge that freedom we find out how free we really are. How many are willing to take up that challenge? Very few indeed, otherwise we wouldn’t find ourselves in the situation that we are in at the present time. We wouldn’t have let things progress and get out of the hands of the public and into the hands of those that seek to keep us under their control no matter what it takes, and that includes the use of force and detainment for those that ask the wrong questions.

Will asking questions be outlawed next? Several instances have recently been reported where those that were asking questions that came too near the untold truth (the cover up) were removed from the press conferences and from the public’s ear. Also, those that wanted to speak to the press were detained and either imprisoned, locked in a psychiatric hospital, slaughtered (through make-believe suicides) or discredited.

Why are we all in denial over these possibilities? Didn’t we hear about prison camps in Germany, and even in the United States during World War II? Japanese individuals were rounded up and placed in determent camps during the duration of the War. Where was their freedom?

You don’t think it could happen to you? Obviously those rounded up and killed didn’t think it could happen to them either. How could decent people have witnessed such atrocities and still said nothing? Are we going to do the same here as they cart off one by one those individuals who are taking a stand for the rights of the citizens as they expose the truth happening behind the scenes? Are we all going to sit there and wonder what happened to this country of ours? Where did we go wrong? How could we let it happen?
http://tinyurl.com/k5l2v

Russian planes buzz Alaskan coast
Associated Press, THE JERUSALEM POST Sep. 29, 2006

The Russian air force held a massive exercise that involved strategic bombers flying across the North Pole and approaching Alaska, the Aleutian Islands and Japan, a top general said Friday.

Lt. Gen. Igor Khvorov, the commander of Russian long-range aviation, said the exercise that began Tuesday and finished Friday had nothing to do with heightening tensions between Russia and Georgia, Russian news reports said.

Khvorov said the exercise involved 70 Tu-160, Tu-95 and Tu-22M3 bombers, which test-fired 18 cruise missiles, the RIA Novosti news agency reported.

He said some bombers crossed the Arctic Ocean, flew over the North Pole and also reached Alaska, the Aleutian Islands and Japan's western coast without entering any country's airspace.

"All the aircraft involved flew over neutral waters, and none of them came closer than 12 nautical miles (25 km) to the maritime borders of any country," Khvorov said, according to RIA Novosti.
http://tinyurl.com/fdzo9


Russia launches massive air force test exercise
associated press, THE JERUSALEM POST Sep. 26, 2006

The Russian military on Tuesday launched a massive exercise that will involve dozens of long-range bombers test-firing cruise missiles, the nation's air force chief said, according to news reports.

The maneuvers will involve over 50 Tu-160, Tu-95 and Tu-22M aircraft flying missions over the Arctic, Pacific and Atlantic Oceans and the Black and Caspian Seas, Gen. Vladimir Mikhailov said, according to the Interfax and ITAR-Tass news agencies.

He said it will be the largest exercise involving Russian long-range bombers in years, the agencies reported.
http://tinyurl.com/kcwfx

Deutsche brauchen weniger Benzin
21.9.2006

WIESBADEN dpa Der Verbrauch von Benzin und Diesel ist seit Beginn der ökologischen Steuerreform am 1. April 1999 in Deutschland stetig gesunken. Nach Angaben des Statistischen Bundesamtes wurden damals noch durchschnittlich 205 Millionen Liter pro Tag verbraucht, 2005 waren es nur noch 171 Millionen täglich. Insbesondere der Benzinverbrauch sei seit 1999 um ein Viertel gesunken, bei Diesel waren es nur 6,5 Prozent. Dabei stieg im gleichen Zeitraum die Zahl der Autos, Busse, Lastwagen und Motorrädern auf Deutschlands Straßen von 52,4 Millionen auf 56,3 Millionen. Fahrzeuge. Als Grund für diese Entwicklung nannte das Statistische Bundesamt den geringeren Kraftstoffverbrauch der Fahrzeuge. Zudem ließen immer mehr Bundesbürger wegen der hohen Kraftstoffpreise ihr Auto öfter stehen.
taz Wirtschaft und Umwelt

AUTO: -CHTHON & -NOM
nA-Stromzeitschrift
Nr. 27, 1. Okt. 2006

Die antimoslemische Hetze und psychologische Kriegsvorbereitung in den Systemmedien vorauszusehen, wie dies die AUTO im Februar 2006 getan hat, bedurfte keiner besonderen prophetischen Begabung. Die Kampagne tobt inzwischen auf allen Kanälen. Es vergeht kein Tag, wo Seligmann, Broder & Co. nicht die Aufklärung gegen Moslems ins Feld führen – eine Aufklärung, von der sie keine Ahnung und für die sie keine Sympathie haben. Mit ihrer pseudo-
aufklärerischen Haltung wollen sie sich bei den Deutschen einschleimen und diese gegen die Moslems in den Krieg hetzen – in schnödem Eigeninteresse. Daß sie es sind, die jahrelang in vollkommener gegenaufklärerischer Manier den Deutschen ihre wahren identitären Empfindungen ausgeredet und verächtlich gemacht haben, und die an vorderster Front stehen, wenn es gilt, Andersdenkende auf Jahre in den Knast zu bringen, zeigt, was sie von Aufklärung halten – sie ist ihnen ein Fremdwort.

Aber Pseudo-Aufklärung ist eines ihrer wirksamsten Machtmittel. Daß Judentum heute von vielen gar mit Aufklärung assoziiert wird – darin liegt der Triumph der Gegenaufklärung. Diese Gegenaufklärer hacken im Namen der Aufklärung auf Religionen herum, wenn es ihnen machtpolitisch angezeigt erscheint, und präsentieren sich selbst als die Inkarnation von Gelassenheit und Toleranz – während sie weltweit Andersdenkende brutal verfolgen lassen. Man hält sich bedeckt, man bleibt außen vor – jenseits jeden Verdachtes. Diese Situation hat erst vor wenigen Tagen ein Bild gefunden, wie es klarer nicht erscheinen kann: An der Deutschen Oper in Berlin sollten in einer Mozart-Inszenierung Köpfe von allen möglichen Religionsstiftern rollen – nur der Anstifter der ethnisch-exklusiven Haßprediger und rassistischen Auserwähltheits-Fanatiker fehlte. Der hielt sich im Verborgenen, im Okkulten.

Und so scheint die Epoche der Aufklärung ihr Ende zu finden und das Mittelalter wieder Einzug zu halten: Die Repräsentanten der us-amerikanischen Wähler haben vor zwei Tagen, am 27. September 2006, per Gesetz die Rückkehr der Folter beschlossen. Das neue Foltergesetz „wirft“, so die junge Welt, „auch den ‚Habeas-Corpus’-Akt aus dem Fenster und damit 900 Jahre abendländische Rechtsgeschichte, denn das neue Gesetz verweigert Gefangenen vor Gericht das Recht auf die Überprüfung der Rechtmäßigkeit ihrer Festnahme. Ebenso können sich Gefangene der USA in Zukunft nicht mehr auf Rechte berufen, die von den Genfer Konventionen garantiert werden.“ Das Gesetz gilt rückwirkend, „daher werden alle US-Kriegsverbrechen, insbesondere die Foltermorde der CIA ungesühnt bleiben, weil sie nach neuer US-Definition keine Verbrechen sind“ (jW, 29.9.06).

Diese schreckliche Degeneration geht mit einer Zeitenwende im Miteinander der Völker einher: Der „Westen“ will die Verhandlungen mit dem Iran erst dann wieder aufnehmen, wenn der Iran zuvor alle Arbeiten an der Urananreicherung einstellt. „Genau diese Frage steht aber“, so noch einmal die junge Welt vom 29.9.06, „im Zentrum des Streits. Der Versuch, ein vorheriges völliges Einlenken der Gegenseite zur Voraussetzung von Verhandlungen zu machen, dürfte in der Geschichte der Diplomatie einmalig sein.“

Anders gesagt: Der Krieg wird kommen. Zu nichts anderem dient besagte pseudo-aufklärerische Kampagne. Diese wird freilich nicht genügen, um die Europäer über die Einsätze in Afghanistan und im Libanon hinaus richtig vor den Karren zu spannen. Ziemlich wahrscheinlich ist daher ein baldiger „islamistischer“ Terrorangriff in Berlin oder Paris.

Glühende und wahrhaftige Aufklärer, echte Westler, sitzen derweil hinter Gittern. Israel Shamir hatte sich an die AUTO-Mitarbeiterin und Shamir-Übersetzerin Hanne Pfiz-Soderstrom mit der Frage gewandt, was Germar Rudolf zu seinem Tun motiviere. Auf Shamirs Frage antwortet nun Germar aus dem Gefängnis heraus, daß er Shamirs Desinteresse am Zweiten Weltkrieg nicht nur nachvollziehen könne, sondern dieses sogar teile. Er äußert sich über seine eigentliche und tiefste Motivation: „Niemandem werde ich erlauben, mich zum unterwürfigen Sklaven zu machen. Niemandem.“ Germar schreibt über seine Entwicklung: „Tatsächlich fühlte ich mich schuldig an meinem Zweifel, was mich ergrimmte, da es allem widersprach, was ich gelernt hatte: Hinterfrage Autoritäten, nimm Paradigmen nicht als Nennwert, Kritik ist ehrenwert, sowie alle anderen Ideale der Aufklärung.“

Der Widerspruch von aufklärerischem Anspruch und der brutal gegenaufklärerischen Wirklichkeit mit ihren Hunderten Gedankenverbrechern in westlichen Knästen ist kaum noch auszuhalten und drängt auf eine Klärung. Wo bleibt die Ehre der westlichen Menschen?

Kritik ist nicht mehr „ehrenwert“, wenn sie es je war. Oder nur bis zu einem bestimmten Punkt – bis zu dem Punkt, den absolut heuchlerische und skrupellose Machtpolitiker vorschreiben, denen die Aufklärung bei der Unterdrückung dessen, was die Menschen empfinden, das größte Hindernis ist.

Es ist höchste Zeit, daß die Ehre – und ihr Zusammenhang mit Ehrlichkeit und Wahrheit – wieder hergestellt wird. Darüber schreibt Peter Töpfer in seinem Aufsatz „Ehre und Treue“. Töpfer zeigt die Grundlage einer nicht-totalitären, freiheitlichen Gesellschaft auf: die Nicht-Existenz von sog. objektiver Wahrheit – Wahrheit könne nur etwas Subjektives sein. Totalisiere ein Subjekt seine Wahrheit, geschehe dies immer zur Beherrschung und Ausbeutung anderer Subjekte. Schon auf der Rede von „objektiver Wahrheit“ basiere der Totalitarismus, nicht erst auf dem Zwang zu deren Anerkennung.
http://tinyurl.com/hruhk

Afghanistan: Why NATO cannot win
By M K Bhadrakumar
Sep 30, 2006

The four-month-old Republic of Montenegro on the Adriatic Sea received its first foreign dignitary on Monday when US Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld arrived at its capital, Podgorica. Unknowingly, the tiny country of rugged mountains and great beauty in the Balkans with a population of 630,000 was being catapulted into the cockpit of 21st-century geopolitics.

Rumsfeld's mission was to request the inexperienced leadership in Podgorica to dispatch a military contingent to form part of the coalition of the willing in the "war on terror". Rumsfeld promised that in return, the US would help train Montenegro's fledgling army to standards of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO).

However, Prime Minister Milo Djukanovic could not make any commitments. Rumsfeld's proposal came at an awkward moment for the leadership in Podgorica, which had just scrapped the draft and was scaling down its 4,000-strong army to about 2,500.

This bizarre diplomatic exchange between the most awesome military power on Earth and the newest member of the "international community" brings home the paradoxes of the "war on terror" on the eve of its fifth anniversary. Three ministerial-level meetings of NATO have taken place within the space of the past month alone, specifically with the intent of ascertaining how troop strength in Afghanistan can be augmented.

US Marine Corps General James Jones, NATO's supreme commander of operations, has admitted that the fierce resistance put up by the Taliban and the burgeoning insurgency has taken the alliance by surprise. NATO forces have realized that an all-out war is at hand, rather than the peacekeeping mission that was imagined earlier. New rules of engagement have been accordingly drawn up for NATO contingents deployed in the southern provinces of Afghanistan - and soon to be extended to the whole country, where US soldiers are reportedly to be put under NATO control.

British commanders in southern Afghanistan have been given clearance to use the army's controversial Hydra rockets, which can target large concentrations of people with tungsten darts. The commanders are also permitted to resort to air strikes on suspected Taliban formations, conduct preemptive strikes and set up ambushes. Yet a British commander has been reported as telling the media, "The intensity and ferocity of the fighting is far greater than in Iraq on a daily basis."

The fatality rate of the 18,500-strong NATO force averages about five per week, which is roughly equal to the losses suffered by the Soviets in Afghanistan in the 1980s. Indeed, in withering comments to The Sunday Telegraph newspaper last weekend, Soviet commanders who oversaw Moscow's disastrous campaign have predicted that the NATO forces will ultimately be forced to flee from Afghanistan.

General Boris Gromov, the charismatic Soviet commander who supervised the withdrawal in 1989, warned, "The Afghan resistance is, in my opinion, growing. Such behavior on the part of the intractable Afghans is to my mind understandable. It is conditioned by centuries of tradition, geography, climate and religion.

"We saw over a period of many years how the country was torn apart by civil war ... But in the face of outside aggressions, Afghans have always put aside their differences and united. Evidently, the [US-led] coalition forces are also being seen as a threat to the nation."

A comparison with the 1980s is in order. The 100,000-strong Soviet army operated alongside a full-fledged Afghan army of equal strength with an officer corps trained in the elite Soviet military academies, and backed by aviation, armored vehicles and artillery, with all the advantages of a functioning, politically motivated government in Kabul. And yet it proved no match for the Afghan resistance.

In comparison, there are about 20,000 US troops in Afghanistan, plus roughly the same number of troops belonging to NATO contingents, which includes 5,400 troops from Britain, 2,500 from Canada and 2,300 from the Netherlands. Nominally, there is a 42,000-strong Afghan National Army, but it suffers from a high rate of defection.

General Jones has asked for 2,500 additional NATO troops. But the major NATO countries - Turkey, France, Germany, Spain and Italy - have declined to send more. In actuality, it is questionable whether 2,500 more troops would make any significant difference in a country of the size of Afghanistan and with such a difficult terrain.

Distinguished British soldier-politician Sir Cyril Townsend wrote in Al-Hayat newspaper this week, "A realistic military appreciation of the situation would be that to gain the upper hand against the Taliban and al-Qaeda, and to start winning over the southeast of the country, will require deployment of at least 10,000 extra, highly trained professional and well-equipped troops with matching air support."

Clearly, a huge crisis is shaping up for NATO. Its credibility is at stake. Sir Cyril does not foresee that the alliance will come up with the required military resources "to beat the Taliban on its own ground". No wonder Lieutenant-General David Richards, commander of NATO forces in Afghanistan and former assistant chief of the general staff of the British army, ominously warned in a recent television interview, "We need to realize we could actually fail here."

Most observers have pointed a finger at the developing crisis in Afghanistan almost exclusively in terms of the shortfalls in achieving a rapid, high-tech military victory over the Taliban. In the ensuing blame game, there is the recurrent criticism that Washington did not commit enough forces.

Some say that the Iraq war turned out to be an unfortunate distraction for the US administration from wrapping up and following up on the ouster of the Taliban regime in 2001. Others put the blame on the European member countries of NATO - that the Europeans are far too timid and self-centered to fight wars in faraway lands, even if it is for their ultimate good.

Widening somewhat the gyre of the blame game, almost everyone acknowledges that opium is eating away the vitals of the Afghan state as counter-drug operations have been a dismal failure.

And, of course, there is the perennial accusation that US regional policy during the administration of George W Bush has been on the whole negligent about "nation-building" and that Washington has been tardy in earmarking enough material and financial resources for Afghanistan's reconstruction (in comparison with East Timor or Bosnia-Herzegovina).

All such criticism may contain elements of truth. But germane to the crisis in a fundamental sense is the hard reality that no matter the oft-repeated factor of a reasonably secure cross-border sanctuary in Pakistan, the Taliban have indeed staged a comeback in essence as an indigenous guerilla force capable of waging a long-term struggle. That is to say, the central issue is that the US has simply failed to come up with a winning political and military strategy in Afghanistan.

Comparison has been drawn with the successful peacekeeping operations in the Balkans. General Wesley Clark, former supreme commander of NATO, wrote in Newsweek magazine recently, "In order to succeed, we must adopt some of the lessons and practices we put in place so painfully in the Balkans. We must acknowledge the magnitude of the task and pull in the full authority of the international community. NATO can do much more than just supply troops. We need to acknowledge that, yes, we do nation-building."

But again, the Afghan problem is vastly dissimilar from the dismemberment of Yugoslavia. First and foremost, there is the highly contrived nature of the US intervention in Afghanistan. In the immediate aftermath of the September 11, 2001, attacks on the US, in an international environment where "we are all Americans", as Le Monde famously wrote, no one asked any hard questions as to whether Washington's decision to attack Afghanistan was justified or not. The international community simply acquiesced.

But the fact remains that Washington, indeed, had the option to forgo direct intervention and instead to extend its decisive political, diplomatic and military support to the anti-Taliban Afghan groups that, under the compulsions arising out of the assassination of the Northern Alliance's Ahmad Shah Masoud, were finally rallying under the leadership of former king Zahir Shah and were just about ready by late September 2001 to announce the establishment of an Afghan government-in-exile.

The Afghan king himself was persuaded at long last to give up his reticence about returning to active politics after three decades of exile in Rome. That option, had it been pursued, would have opened the way for a quintessentially "Afghan solution" to the challenge posed by the Taliban regime - a solution that would have enjoyed the full sanctity of Afghan traditions and culture.

But the Bush administration deliberately chose not to take that option. Conceivably, Washington decided that only a spectacular military operation would assuage the US public, which was traumatized by the September 11 attacks, and highlight the decisive leadership in the White House in safeguarding national security.

Arguably, Afghanistan would also have been viewed by the Bush administration as a laboratory where Washington could test its doctrines of preemptive military strike, the "coalition of the willing", unilateralism, etc - doctrines that provided the political underpinning for the subsequent invasion of Iraq. Or, in the medium and long term, Washington estimated that short of a military presence inside Afghanistan and without a client regime installed in Kabul, the US would be unable to ease other regional powers from the Afghan chessboard and reorder the geopolitics of the region as part of its global strategy.

At any rate, the stratagem aimed at exploiting the Afghan problem to seize geopolitical advantages was not so apparent at the beginning. But it didn't take long before it became clear that the US agenda was to exploit the "war on terror" for establishing a client state in Afghanistan, and for gaining a sought-after military presence in Central Asia. And in the event, the US military presence incrementally paved the way for creating a base for NATO in the region.

There was a high degree of sophistry in the US military operations in October 2001 as well. In the initial stages, an impression was created deliberately that the US intervention would be confined to air operations and the induction of a limited number of special forces specifically for the purpose of advising and guiding the Northern Alliance militia.

Thus the Northern Alliance furiously protested when it first came to be know of the sudden arrival of US ground troops at Bagram airport in early November 2001, in the wake of the overthrow of the Taliban government.

Washington also gave different impressions to different interlocutors in the region regarding the nature of the post-Taliban regime it had in mind. Certainly, the mostly non-Pashtun Northern Alliance leadership was led to believe that the overthrow of the Taliban would automatically result in its return to the seat of power in Kabul from where it was evicted by the Taliban in 1996.

Conceivably, regional powers such as Russia, Iran and India, too, were persuaded to fancy that such an outcome was in the cards and that the transfer of power in Kabul to the Northern Alliance leadership would ultimately work to their advantage, given their past material, financial, political and diplomatic backing of the alliance as the spearhead of the anti-Taliban resistance during the period 1996-2001.

On the other hand, Islamabad was given assurances by Washington that a Pashtun-majority government in Kabul was in the making and that incrementally there would be a political accommodation of erstwhile Taliban elements in the emergent power structure. Islamabad no doubt sought and gained an assurance from Washington that under no circumstances would the Northern Alliance be allowed to grab power in Kabul in the post-Taliban phase.

All this while, Washington seemed to have had Abdul Haq, the famous mujahideen leader with long-standing links with US intelligence, as its first choice to assume the leadership in Kabul after the overthrow of the Taliban.

But in the event, Haq was assassinated by the Taliban, most likely with the connivance of Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence, which got wind of Washington's hidden agenda and feared that Haq wouldn't be amenable to Islamabad's persuasions once he was ensconced in power in Kabul.

Meanwhile, the Northern Alliance outwitted its US mentors. Contrary to the tacit understanding between alliance commanders and their American mentors to the effect that after the Taliban's ouster Kabul would initially remain a neutral city under United Nations control, the alliance militia occupied the capital and its leadership unilaterally installed itself in power. These leaders hoped (optimistically, as it turned out) that the US would have little choice but to accept the fait accompli.

Thus when the Bonn conference got under way in December 2001, Washington had a two-point agenda, namely to project a credible substitute for the late Haq as the leader of the new setup and, second, to do some arm-twisting to cajole the Northern Alliance to give up its leadership role in Kabul.

Nonetheless, when the US brought up Hamid Karzai's name in Bonn, there was widespread opposition by Afghan groups. In the perceptions of the Afghan participants at the Bonn conference, Karzai simply didn't have enough standing as a political leader in the Afghan scene, having sat in exile in the US for the past several years, and being at a serious disadvantage insofar as he did not belong to a major Pashtun tribe.

But the United States pressed ahead regardless with Karzai's name, given his closeness to the US establishment and his total dependence on US support. The US brought immense pressure to bear on Afghan groups present at Bonn to accept Karzai's leadership. It was with extreme reluctance that the Northern Alliance leader, president Burhanuddin Rabbani, finally handed over the levers of power to Karzai.

While abdicating from power in Kabul in early 2002, Rabbani said he hoped that it was the last time the proud Afghan people would be bullied by foreigners. Anyone familiar with Afghan ethos and character could foresee at that juncture that Karzai would find it next to impossible to consolidate his grip on power, let alone establish his authority over the entire country. Indeed, that is exactly what has happened over the past five years.

The repeated and brazen manipulations by the US during the past five years, especially during the parliamentary and presidential elections in Afghanistan held under election rules that were tailor-made for predictable results, failed to ensure that Karzai commanded respect in the Afghan bazaar.

US attempts to consolidate a Pashtun power base for Karzai have virtually failed. Equally, the episodic attempts to create dissension within the Taliban have also not worked. In turn, these failures led to large-scale Pashtun alienation. US efforts to marginalize the Northern Alliance and to enlarge the ethnic-Pashtun representation in Karzai's cabinet have not had the desired effect of meaningfully tackling Pashtun alienation, either. Arguably, they may have created latent resentment among Northern Alliance leaders, which lies below the surface for the time being.

In other words, there is a fundamental issue of the legitimacy of state power that remains unresolved in Afghanistan. At a minimum, in these past five years there should have been an intra-Afghan dialogue that included the Taliban. This initiative could have been under UN auspices on a parallel track.

The inability to earn respect and command authority plus the heavy visible dependence on day-to-day US support have rendered the Kabul setup ineffective. Alongside this, the Afghan malaise of nepotism, tribal affiliations and corruption has also led to bad governance. It is in this combination of circumstances that the Taliban have succeeded in staging a comeback.

What lies ahead is, therefore, becoming extremely difficult to predict. Even with 2,500 additional troops it is highly doubtful whether NATO can succeed in defeating the Taliban. For one thing, the Taliban enjoy grassroots support within Afghanistan. There is no denying this ground reality.

Second, the Taliban are becoming synonymous with Afghan resistance. The mindless violations of the Afghan code of honor by the coalition forces during their search-and-destroy missions and the excessive use of force during military operations leading to loss of innocent lives have provoked widespread revulsion among Afghan people.

Karzai's inability to do anything about the coalition forces' arbitrary behavior is only adding to his image of a weak leader and is deepening his overall loss of authority in the perceptions of the Afghan people, apart from strengthening the raison d'etre of the Afghan resistance.

Third, it is a matter of time, if the threshold of the Taliban resurgence goes unchecked, before the non-Pashtun groups in the eastern, northern and western regions also begin to organize themselves. There are disturbing signs pointing in this direction already. If that were to happen, NATO forces might well find themselves in the unenviable situation of getting caught in the crossfire between various warring ethnic groups.

Fourth, at a certain point it becomes unavoidable that regional powers will get drawn into the strife. The fact remains that all Afghan ethnic groups enjoy a contiguous presence across the borders in neighboring countries. There is considerable misgiving among regional powers already over Washington's hidden long-term agenda to bring Afghanistan, which has been historically a neutral country, under the NATO flag.

No amount of pious homilies about NATO's role and objectives can obfuscate the geopolitical implications of the Western alliance's occupation of a strategically important country far away from the European continent, which lies at the crossroads of vast regions that are becoming the battleground for global influence.

Without doubt, in the perceptions of regional powers, NATO's defeat in Afghanistan can only mean the scattering of the US blueprint of domination of Central Asia, South Asia and the Persian Gulf.

Antonio Maria Costa, head of the UN Office of Drugs and Crime, stated in testimony at the House International Relations Committee of the US Congress in Washington last week: "Foreign pressures are making Afghanistan the turf for proxy wars. The country is being destabilized by an inflow of insurgents and weapons and money and intelligence. There is collusion from neighboring countries, and this is a problem in itself."

M K Bhadrakumar served as a career diplomat in the Indian Foreign Service for more than 29 years, with postings including ambassador to Uzbekistan (1995-98) and to Turkey (1998-2001).
http://tinyurl.com/fj553

''Defense and Military Education: A Dimension of Chinese Power''
29 September 2006

The National Defense University (N.D.U.) of the People's Liberation Army (P.L.A.) is China's foremost military education institution. An average of 1,000 Chinese officers graduate every year in diverse fields of study. For many years after its founding in 1984, the N.D.U. has been relatively unknown to the outside world, with very few foreign officers being allowed to attend the more advanced courses.

Those who were accepted came primarily from countries perceived to be friendly to China such as Cuba, North Korea and various other third world states that usually had poor relations with the West. The very few Western officers who attended the N.D.U. were usually confined to short symposium type courses with very little of substance being offered.

Until recently, the N.D.U. was a very closed and discrete club, open only to China's military elites and its foreign "friends." To this day, the N.D.U. does not host a website where prospective students could obtain the most basic information about the university. Information is provided to future students directly by the Chinese military attaché in their respective countries, with students only gaining access to the school's site a few days after enrollment.

Despite these restrictions, the N.D.U., just like China, has been fast opening up to the world. From a very limited number of foreign students, the N.D.U. today graduates an average of 400 foreign officers every year. Military officers and senior civilian officials from more than 100 countries have graduated from its various courses.

Three main courses are open to foreign officers: the one year Defense and Strategy Course for senior military officers; the one year High Command Course; and the recently inaugurated Joint Command Course. Attesting to the N.D.U.'s increasing global outlook, the above mentioned courses are available in the following major languages: English, Spanish, French and Russian, with courses in the different languages being held simultaneously or alternatively.

In addition, various shorter courses are also available, such as the Young and Mid-Ranking Officer Course and the 45-day International Security Symposium. In order to carry out such an extensive and multilingual academic program, the university possesses a large number of competent interpreters, usually recently gradated P.L.A. cadets, for simultaneous translations. Lectures are generally fluent in the respective languages of the course in which they are allocated, although by rule the instructors lecture in Chinese and make use of interpreters.

The N.D.U. possesses quite modern facilities with both single and married officers' apartment blocks, fully furnished and equipped with air conditioning, a central heating system, cable TV and the latest model of China's most advanced computer, the Lenovo. A gym and other sports facilities are also available, and these facilities are always decorated by pictures of China's military products, perhaps in the hope of attracting some prospective buyers.

A series of visits to China's major historical sites are organized for the foreign students, in addition to visits to P.L.A. military facilities and industrial complexes such as its main arms corporation, the NORINCO Group. Visits to various locations outside Beijing are also organized, with Shanghai and the Three Gorges Dam the most popular among students.

Building Soft Power

Various factors are behind the opening of the N.D.U. and P.L.A. schools in general to the outside world. As mentioned above, China has been opening up to the world for nearly three decades, and the opening of its academies is but a natural part of this progression.

Second, Beijing feels the need to replicate to the largest extent possible the well established and far-reaching U.S. education and training programs that have allowed the United States to maintain strong links with various militaries around the world. These programs not only allowed Washington to develop close relations between its officers and their counterparts around the world, but to facilitate issues such as basing, arms sales, joint operations and alliance maintenance. China is increasingly realizing that mere weapons sales are not enough to secure its influence. It is, therefore, beginning to engage in a similar global military education program with an aim to train and influence the leaders of the countries where it has its interests

Third, today China possesses far more resources than it ever did in the past. This allows it to host such programs. Making use of its newfound wealth, China is working to build up its reputation and prestige as a center of military excellence among the world's militaries. The hope is that as the country's resources grow, China will be able to successfully replicate the large U.S. educational network and compete for the preferences of the world's militaries. Prestige is definitely an important factor, with some visits being clearly designed to impress the guests. Therefore, China's aim is to augment its soft power among the world's militaries, while at the same time reducing the soft power of the United States and its allies.

The Results

China's military education programs have given Beijing some tangible benefits with many of its graduates assuming senior positions in their respective countries. Among them is President Kabila of the Democratic Republic of Congo, in addition to a few chiefs of staff and cabinet ministers in Africa and Asia. While most countries still send their very best, the chief of staff material, to Western academies, many officers reaching less senior positions such as one star and two star generals are increasingly being trained in China.

All armies in Africa and a few in Latin America and Southeast Asia have N.D.U. graduates at the ranking of colonel or brigadier. In countries such as Nigeria, Poland, Nepal and Indonesia, the Defense and Strategy Course has become a promotion course, while in Indonesia it is also being use to compensate for the decrease in interaction with the American and Australian militaries and for the lack of vacancies at the country's top strategy school.

China is also assuming a major role in regions where the U.S. presence has been curtailed by domestic politics, such as in the cases of South America and some parts of the Middle East. From Venezuela alone, an estimated 30 officers have graduated from various P.L.A. academies in recent years.

The United States, however, is not alone; some of its major allies such as Australia are in a similar predicament. Canberra's relations with two of A.S.E.A.N.'s most important members, Indonesia and Malaysia, have been "complex," to say the least. In the case of Indonesia, relations are now at their lowest since 1999 when Australia led an international effort that culminated in the independence and separation of East Timor. As a result, the number of officers from these countries reaching Australian schools has diminished, while the numbers reaching P.L.A. institutions has increased.

To complicate matters further, the U.S. position as a defense and military education provider in Southeast Asia is not much better. Despite the partial restoration of military ties early this year, the American-Indonesian military relationship remains fragile and is plagued by strong suspicions on the part of Jakarta.

The United States still maintains its role as the major defense and military education provider in countries such as Thailand, the Philippines, and Singapore. The Chinese option has been growing, particularly in Thailand, although more as a result of economic and political reasons rather than academic excellence, with most Thai officers still preferring to go to the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia.

China's role as a defense education provider has also been on the rise in South Asia, a region traditionally dominated by India. The rise of anti-Indian sentiment in Bangladesh, coupled with the rise of Islamic fundamentalism, has led the Bangladeshi government to seek closer ties with China. In the past few years, literally hundreds of Bangladeshi officers graduated from various P.L.A. education institutions. China is currently the main supplier of weapons to its armed forces, supplying it with frigates, fighter jets, tanks, armored personal carriers and other equipment sold at "friendship prices."

Beijing's influence has also increased in Nepal, where decades-old resentment over alleged Indian colonial attitudes has paved the way for greater cooperation with the P.L.A. Last year alone, some 20 Nepalese officers graduated from Chinese military schools.

In South Asia, just like in Southeast Asia, Latin America and the Middle East, the emergence of a political atmosphere unfavorable to the traditionally dominant powers in these regions has allowed China to increase its influence in ways that may not otherwise have been possible. It remains to be seen if China's rising position will be able to survive political change of the very same nature that brought Beijing into the picture.

The rise of China's military education programs and its increasing global reach comes at a time when U.S. military education programs are contracting. For instance, of the four regional centers run by the American N.D.U., only two -- the Asia Pacific Center for Strategic Studies based in Hawaii and the George C. Marshall Center for European Security in Germany -- are properly funded. While it makes sense for the United States to invest more resources in Asia and Europe due to these regions' obvious importance, the neglect of Latin America and Africa in a period when China is devoting greater attention to these regions is short-sighted. As noted by a seasoned Latin American observer: "The United States runs the risk of losing contact with an entire generation of Latin American officers who one day will be in positions of great importance."

This is not to suggest, however, that China or the P.L.A. have some grand design to undermine U.S. interests in this area. Rather, China is acting within its state interests by taking advantage of a series of international and domestic circumstances that happen to be unfavorable to the United States in order to maximize its gains.

Conclusion

While China's top military institutions have improved both in terms of sophistication and scope, they still face serious problems. Even the N.D.U., the country's top military institution, has faced problems of poor and inconsistent curriculums and some material deficiencies such as poor libraries and poor audio visual facilities, particularly those for foreign officer courses. A sign of such a weakness has been the N.D.U.'S inability to have its Defense and Strategy Course awarded the level of master due to resistance from civilian universities over its alleged poor curriculum.

Despite these problems, China's military schools have seen an impressive renaissance with more attention being dedicated to the study of the military arts instead of the dry ideological tirades of the past. Its facilities are improving year by year, with various officers from developed countries expressing their surprise at the good conditions they encounter. While lagging behind U.S. academies in areas such as academic excellence, modern curriculum and teaching facilities, Chinese military schools are fast catching up and presenting themselves as credible alternatives for the world's military elites. This works to China's advantage by expanding its military influence and soft power capabilities.
http://tinyurl.com/klunh

Near RAF Wethersfield - Military Jets Chase UFO
Brian Vike - Director
HBCC UFO Research
9-27-6

HBCC UFO Research Note: This sighting below is a very important event/sighting and I am going to see about speaking to this gentleman over what he witnessed. Also I would like to request if anyone else in that area remembers this sighting, and all the activity would they please contact me here at HBCC UFO Research or UFOINFO.
Date: April 1978 (?)
Time: 0135hrs

Approach Direction: From the North East
Departure Direction: Straight up
Witness Direction: North East, then looking straight up

Description: Strange Event United Kingdom - April 1978

You know, I am sure many of you have had something strange or sometimes something happen that was so exciting or important happen to you that you said to yourself, I will never forget this day or date in my life. Well, I had a few of those but this event took the cake and I knew I would never forget that date but as amazing as the event was, I have forgotten the exact date but not the event because it was experienced with another person.

Now I know as soon as I expose this story (my event) people will say I am nutz or what ever else comes to mind about the story, at times I too wondered why or how I (we) was so lucky to have been witness to such an event that I still can't explain. The very day after the event, the very next morning I and SSgt "Mike B****" (Maintenance Operations, Weapons Controller) reported this event to the USAF, OSI at RAF Bentwaters, Suffolk, United Kingdom and that was the last we ever heard about it.

I have to admit, it is not an easy story to tell, over the years I have been told it was lights, stars or a helicopter. I can't tell you as many of you will have to search your hearts and minds and know that when you see something or participated in something and you have no physical prove, you just have to live with the fact it happened and let it go at that. I sure hope a few of you have had something happen you could not explain but regardless, it happened and you can't prove it but did have a witness with you. It feels so odd to have to defend something so strange, it makes you wonder why nothing was done or ever exposed about it, one of life's crazy stories I guess but I felt the need to share it.

When I was stationed at RAF Bentwaters, Suffolk, England from January 1977 to January 1980 I witnessed what had to be called a UFO Sighting. I know, I know, it sounds crazy but never the less, it happened. One of my assignments after the F4 to A-10 aircraft conversion was a volunteer assignment as a board controller at the RAF Bentwaters, Maintenance Operations Center, better known as the MOC .

Trying to find local housing (apartment or small house to lease or rent) near or around the RAF Bentwaters community was almost impossible. You had to know someone that was moving and try to negotiate talking their place if the landlord had not already signed an agreement to lease it to somebody else. So of course, I like most young SSgts back then had signed up for and hoped for base housing to become available, but that did not happen for almost two years. However, there was Base Housing available at another base about sixty (60) miles away, a place called RAF Wethersfield, it was a USAF Communications site that housed one of many NCO Leadership School. It was a very small base whose runway was shut down most of the time, only opened for visiting TDY troops and their flight activities so it was quiet and lots of housing was available.

It was offered to me, I knew other guys that were living there and they all carpooled before it became so popular and well known to the general public. Anyhow, my wife and I drove to that base one day, we liked what we saw and we accepted the offer to take one of those homes, but it was about an hour and fifteen minute drive each way.
Damn good thing there was a duel carriage way (A-12 highway) nearby or the drive would have been far worse. Anyway, I joined the car pool too, and we all took turns driving our vehicles back and forth to work at RAF Bentwaters while sharing the cost of fuel. I was working the swing shift the night of this event; normally the hours were from 1530hrs to 2400hrs daily. This week (the week of this event) three of us were driving with SSgt "Mike B****" (he lived across the street from me, the very same housing area and we also worked together at the MOC, lucky for us as it turned out).

Two of the guys lived in a town called Ipswich, which was on the way to base, we would pick them up or drop them off from time to time (shared the cost of gas since they did not live in our area but it was on the way), every penny helped, fuel was expensive even then.
Anyway, after dropping these two guys off, Mike and I still had about a forty minute ride home. We had just passed through the little town of Finchingfield just off the main road the A-12, headed towards RAF Wethersfield (our home). We drove about another five or six minutes as we approached the crest of a small hill, you could see in the background many miles away, the American base called RAF Mildenhall (it was about thirty or so miles away but at night it lit up the entire sky).

Anyway, we are in Mike's VW Bus, nice big open front window, great view of the road ahead, I notice this really bright light near Mildenhall (least I thought it was from that area). I watched it for a few seconds; it appeared to get bigger and brighter. I remember saying to Mike, Mike, look at that light, it is the brightest landing light (least I thought it was) I had ever seen, it lit up the entire sky near the base. I thought it was a C-5 or maybe a C-141 with new, bright landing lights (I had never seen anything so bright from so far away) before.

We both looked at for a few moments longer, since Mike was still driving and it was dark, he needed to watch the road too but I noticed it appeared to be headed our way. I said Mike look, it is headed this way! He pulled over, he wanted to see what kind of aircraft this was, the lights got brighter and it was headed our direction. We got out of the van, just as we did that, within seconds (I mean this) it was right over our heads and there was no noise, none at all. The entire sky above us was so bright, we could not look up at the object it was so weird, no noise, no shape could be seen of whatever this thing was.

We both looked at each other and said, what the hell is this ? We could not believe this, we kept trying to look up at it but could not because it was so bright, we felt nothing, no humming, no noise, no movement of the grass around, nothing was happening, it was like we were in a void of some kind. It hovered over us for a few more seconds, then I heard a noise from behind me, it was a jet engine sound. I looked up, put my hands over my eyes to see better and I saw two British F4 s headed right towards our location. They got so close, we could see the Union Jack flag panel on their aircraft fuselage. They were deploying photo flash cartridges and we could hear and see what they were doing.

They were taking pictures of this thing (not that they needed more light, this thing was extremely bright) as it was. Mike yelled out to me, What the hell is happening here ? I did not know either but a moment later, what ever this thing was took
off to the west towards London. It was like looking at a light saber or something because it left a single line of light in the
sky as it headed away from us, it was like someone drew a white line in the sky, it was instantaneous, I could not believe it. One second it was above us, the next it was over London (you could see the lights of the city from our location).

The British F4's took off after it, they kicked their aircraft into burner trying to catch or chase this thing. It was amazing
to witness, they never caught it but were headed towards London too when all of a sudden, this thing appeared over our heads again (no kidding, it was like in the wink of an eye) that fast. We tried to look at it again but it was useless to do so, I turned my head and saw the F4's headed back towards us again (I guess they were still taking pictures of this thing). We were right under it when it shot straight up; I mean it, straight up. All we saw was a white line in the sky until we could follow it no longer, still going straight up without a sound.

It was the damnist thing that ever happened to me or Mike for that matter. We waited for it to come back, it did not so we were about five minutes from Wethersfield, we just drove home. As we approached the base main gate, the American and British Security Guards there were going nutz with excitement, they too had seen whatever this thing was. They watched the whole thing as it happened too, he saw the whole thing but did not see (us) the van because of the distance involved. We told him what happened to us, we still could not believe it ourselves. They wanted us to file a report with the MOD Police (Minister of Defense) on base, of course, we did.

I woke my wife when I got home, she thought I had been drinking, of course, I had not. I decided to turn on the BBC radio as it was now two o'clock in the morning. The BBC radio stations were flooded with calls about a UFO sighting over London and fighters that were reported chasing it. It was an amazing night to say the least, of course I (we) also filed a report with the RAF Bentwaters OSI. They (OSI) took the report and that was that, we never heard another thing about it. During the rest of the tour, Mike and I talked about it often but never really understood what happened that night. I (we) know it must have been a UFO, least that is what we think it was (so did all those folks in London).

All the guys at work gave us major nonsense (crap) over it (I guess that is understandable) but just after I left that base in
Jan 1980, a so called landing occurred just outside the RAF Bentwaters in the local forest (I missed that event, I had been reassigned to Nellis) just before it. But I will never forget that evening but I have forgotten the exact date, I would have bet money that never would have happened (forgetting the date that is). Strange but that whole experience is still with me like it happened yesterday, strange crazy stuff to say the least. I just felt the need to share it, I know many folks won't believe it (thinking I am whacked) but at least Mike and I know it happened, that was one strange evening.

Anything like this ever happen to any of you??

Color/Shape: Could not tell, it was far too bright

Height & Speed: I have no idea, it was like watching the blink of an eye, it left a trail of light behind it, like drawing a white line in the dark sky.

TV/Radio/Press: BBC Radio was buzzing at the 0200hrs report, London was hoping with reports called in from what I remember.

UFOINFO:- http://www.ufoinfo.com Official Archives for UFO Roundup, AUFORN Australian UFO Reports and Experiences, UFO + PSI Magazine plus archives of Humanoid Sighting Reports (Albert Rosales), Filer's Files, UFO News UK.
http://tinyurl.com/gbsae

Ohrfeige für die gesamte politische Klasse in Deutschland: Studie offenbart Werte-Kluft zwischen Politik und Bürgern

28.09.2006 - 08:30 Uhr

Hamburg (ots) -

Stiftung "Wertevolle Zukunft" präsentiert erste Ergebnisse ihrer Wertestudie "Ethik-Monitor"

Ehrlichkeit ist Trumpf - so lautet das Ergebnis einer aktuellen Emnid-Umfrage im Auftrag der Hamburger Stiftung "Wertevolle Zukunft". Nach der für sie wichtigsten Tugend befragt, nannten mehr als die Hälfte der Bürger den Wert Ehrlichkeit an erster Stelle. Zugleich bezweifeln die Befragten die Relevanz des Wertes Ehrlichkeit für Politiker massiv. Gerade einmal 29 Prozent von ihnen stufen den Wert an erster Stelle einer Werte-Skala ein. Laut Einschätzung der Befragten zählen für Politiker eher Werte wie Pflichtbewusstsein (52%) und Anstand (50%). Solidarische Werte wie Fairness (32%) und Mitgefühl (29%) schreibt man Politikern offenbar selten zu.

Für die Studie bat die Stiftung "Wertevolle Zukunft" circa 1.000 Befragte darum, neun Werte nach deren persönlicher Wichtigkeit zu staffeln. Danach sollten sie die Wichtigkeit dieser Werte für die Gesellschaft, für Politiker sowie für ihren Arbeitgeber einschätzen. Anhand der Daten bildete ein Forscherteam um den Bamberger Politikwissenschaftler Prof. Dr. Joachim Behnke einen Werte-Index, der das Verhältnis der Werte-Ordnungen zueinander abbildet. Dabei stellten sich gravierende Unterschiede der Wertestruktur der Bevölkerung insbesondere zu den Werten der Politiker heraus. Es kommt nahezu zu einer Umkehrung der Werte-Ordnung.

Prof. Dr. Joachim Behnke konstatiert eine "tiefe Vertrauenskrise der Bürger in die politischen Institutionen". Rund 50 Prozent der Befragten schenken der Bundesregierung sowie dem Bundestag "kein bis überhaupt kein Vertrauen". Das ist in etwa die gleiche Prozentzahl wie bei "Fremden, denen man das erste Mal begegnet" und bei "großen Wirtschaftsunternehmen".

Im Vergleich der Einschätzung verschiedener Institutionen sind Politiker und Parteien sogar das Schlusslicht: Während Arbeitgeberverbände und Wirtschaftsführer mit nur 25 Prozent Ablehnung noch relativ gut abschneiden, halten 30-35 Prozent der Befragten gar nichts von Parteien und Politikern. Prof. Dr. Joachim Behnke: "Diese Ohrfeige war vorhersehbar, aber das Ausmaß der Krise nicht abzusehen. Selbst Arbeitgeberverbände schneiden besser ab als Politiker! Das ist ein Armutszeugnis für die gesamte politische Klasse."
Die Stiftung "Wertevolle Zukunft" möchte mit dem Ethik-Monitor einen Beitrag zur Werte-Diskussion in Deutschland leisten. Der Gründung der Stiftung im Jahre 2005 durch den Unternehmer Christian Steinberg liegt die Überzeugung zugrunde, dass moderne pluralistische Gesellschaften für Vielfalt, demokratische Partizipation und Gemeinwohl einige kollektiv verknüpfende Leitideen und Werte benötigen. Die Stiftung unterstützt und leitet deshalb Projekte, Initiativen und Forschung im Bereich Wirtschaftsethik.
http://tinyurl.com/om5o4

Magnitude 7.2 Quake Triggers Tsunami on Indonesia's Java
28 Sep 2006
by Mitch Battros - ECM/ECTV

The tsunami followed a 7.2-magnitude quake that struck deep beneath the Indian Ocean approximately 240 kilometers (150 miles) southwest of Java's western coast.

A powerful earthquake sent a two-meter (yard) high tsunami crashing into a beach resort on Indonesia's Java island Monday, killing at least five people and damaging hotels and houses. Indonesian President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono confirmed the casualties in a radio broadcast.

People fled to a nearby hill to escape the wave on Pangandaran beach in west Java, a woman identified as Teti told el-Shinta radio station.

"All the houses are destroyed along the beach,'' she said, adding that at least three people were killed.

The tsunami followed a 7.2-magnitude quake that struck deep beneath the Indian Ocean approximately 240 kilometers (150 miles) southwest of Java's western coast at 3:24 p.m. (0824 GMT), causing tall buildings to sway in the capital Jakarta and at least one other city.

Earth Changes Newsletter/earthchangestv.com

Moving Foreign Investment Forward: A Strange PR Pick for Iraqi Kurdistan
Submitted by Diane Farsetta on Wed, 09/27/2006 - 09:25.
Topics: Iraq | public relations | right wing | international

Some weeks are slow on Move America Forward's email list. Others are bustling. September 15 to 21, 2006, was an example of the latter. Six emails were sent, including two from "The Other Iraq," at the address "KDC@RMRWest.Net."

The emails are noteworthy because they illustrate synergy between two clients of the Republican-associated Sacramento public relations firm Russo Marsh & Rogers (RM&R): Move America Forward, a conservative cheerleader for the Bush administration's "war on terror," and the Kurdistan Development Corporation, an "investment holding and tradings company" formed in partnership with the Kurdistan Regional Government of northern Iraq (and presumably the KDC of the above email address).

The first of the "other Iraq" emails began, "We wanted to send you this short note to let you know that a delegation from Iraqi Kurdistan is back in the United States - continuing our campaign to tell the American public about 'The Other Iraq.'"

The message, sent on September 15, continued, "Americans helped us to win our freedom from the oppressive rule of Saddam Hussein. Thank you so very much for that. ... So far we've been to Washington, D.C. and New York and now Nashville, Tennessee. We're heading westward across America to tell our story and attract American support and investment in the new Iraqi Kurdistan."

The second email, sent September 19, invited those who "can help play a role in the rebuilding of our region's future, or [who] wish to learn more information on investment or business opportunities" to email "The Other Iraq" campaign. But most of the message focused on, as the subject line described them, "poll numbers on Iraq you haven't seen."

The poll was conducted in January 2006 by the Program on International Policy Attitudes (PIPA), a joint project of the University of Maryland's Center for International and Security Studies and the Center on Policy Attitudes. Most of the poll figures cited in the "other Iraq" email are correct, if lacking context. One, however, is demonstrably false.

The email claimed that no Iraqi Kurds agreed with the statement, "It is offensive to me to have foreign forces in my country." PIPA's report on the poll states that, of the 35 percent of Iraqis who favored U.S. forces leaving within six months, seven percent of Iraqi Kurds took the position because of the offensive nature of foreign troops, while four percent of Iraqi Kurds wanted U.S. troops out because their presence "attracts more violent attacks and makes things worse."

Apparently those Iraqi Kurds were not deemed sufficiently pro-American by RM&R and/or the Kurdistan Development Corporation to merit mention.



RM&R's work promoting Iraqi Kurdistan has been reported previously. In July 2006, as part of "a national media blitz ... to attract investment and tourism," the Kurdistan Development Corporation launched print and cable TV ads promoting "The Other Iraq," while its development office embarked upon a multi-city U.S. tour.

(Image from the "Thank You" ad of The Other Iraq's ad campaign RM&R was behind the ad campaign. A spokesman told the Washington Post that the ads were part of a "pretty open-ended" deal that's likely to bring the firm "millions of dollars over a couple of years." RM&R also promoted the U.S. tour, including a July 27 San Francisco press conference that featured the Iraqi Kurd delegation and parents of U.S. soldiers killed in Iraq. "The gold star families that were invited are all supporters of the war," noted San Francsico's KGO-7.

When asked by Free Speech Radio News reporter Aaron Glantz about the complementarity of his firm's work for the Kurdistan Development Corporation and the pro-Iraq War group Move America Forward, RM&R head Sal Russo said, "There's not a relationship, other than we have a lot of clients and those are two of them."

In contrast to the July delegation, the Kurdistan Development Corporation's September visit was nearly totally ignored by news outlets. The sole article PR Watch found -- by The City Paper of Nashville, TN -- explained, "Most of the group's time will be spent promoting a new foreign investment law that touts free markets and economic incentives for foreign investments in Kurdistan." Kurdistan Development Corporation chair Bayan Sami Abdul Rahman told The City Paper, "In Kurdistan, we need everything. Whether it's hospitals, better roads or improving our school system ... these needs present opportunity for investors and American companies."

Nijyar H. Shemdin, the Kurdistan Regional Government's representative to the United States, Canada and the United Nations, told PR Watch that the Iraqi Kurd delegation visited the United States for just over a week. "The theme of the delegation was thank you, America," he said. "There is another Iraq, which is safe and secure, and you are welcome to invest there. The Kurdish parliament recently passed the investment law, and in October will ratify an investment law on oil and natural resources."

The members of the September delegation, according to Mr. Shemdin, were himself, Ms. Rahman, Bill Garaway -- and RM&R's Sal Russo.

Is RM&R a Wise Investment?

There is no doubt that Iraqi Kurds are grateful for the U.S. removal of Saddam Hussein. Human Rights Watch estimates that at least 50,000 -- and as many as 100,000 -- Iraqi Kurds were killed during the Hussein regime's genocidal Anfal military campaign of 1986 to 1989.

It's also true that the Kurdish region of northern Iraq is more peaceful, and in some ways more developed, than the rest of the country. "Kurdistan has so much to offer" the rest of Iraq, Gulf War veteran and Education for Peace in Iraq Center director Erik Gustafson told PR Watch. He added, "investment is crucially needed, but there are questions about how it's done." With regard to natural resources, he stressed the risks involved with production sharing agreements that "surrender sovereign control over oil resources to foreign corporations and allow much of the country's oil wealth to go abroad."

In response to questions about the Kurdistan Development Corporation's "The Other Iraq" campaign, Gustafson reflected that there have been "so many failures" associated with U.S.-led reconstruction efforts in Iraq that the Kurdistan Regional Government may be trying to attract private investors to make up for the missteps and diminished spending of the U.S. government. "Given that most Americans think of the entirity of Iraq as a monolithic quagmire, Iraqi Kurds will have to work hard to build confidence in the profitability of investing in Iraq's development," he pointed out. "The Iraqi diaspora can be one source of investment, but I think major U.S. corporations and wealthy private investers are higher on the itinerary."
Sal Russo with Iraq War banner
RM&R's Sal Russo at a Move America Forward event (photo by "ajolympian2004")
Last year, RM&R's Joe Wierzbicki told journalist Bill Berkowitz that his firm was interested in the Kurdish Development Corporation account because "of all the different groups in Iraq that have a vision for the future, the vision of the Kurds is closest to ours. It's important to recognize that the Kurds are not hostile to the West."

But why are the Iraqi Kurds working with RM&R?

RM&R's Move America Forward campaigns have included opposing the Michael Moore movie "Fahrenheit 9/11," supporting John Bolton's nomination as ambassador to the United Nations, and organizing a "Truth Tour" of Iraq, for conservative talk radio personalities. The firm's other work is with election campaigns, nearly all for U.S. Republican politicians. On the "agency experience" section of its website, RM&R lists Republicans George Pataki of New York, John Shimkus of Illinois, George Deukmejian and Howard "Buck" McKeon of California, and George Nethercutt of Washington as past clients.

Searching the RM&R website for the words "investment," "economic," or "development" yields no hits -- with the exception of one RM&R staffer's undergraduate minor in economics. A Nexis news database search confirms that RM&R and its previous incarnations (Russo Marsh Raper, Russo Marsh & Copsey, and Russo Marsh & Associates) do campaign media consulting for conservative candidates and issues. They don't do -- or at least haven't done until now -- promotion of foreign investment.

The strange pairing of RM&R and the Kurdish Development Corporation -- which aims "to promote, facilitate and establish business and investment opportunities in the Kurdistan Region in Iraq" -- can be explained in one of three ways: either the Iraqi Kurds don't realize RM&R's area of experience, or RM&R is branching out into new areas, or the Kurds believe that ties with U.S. conservative politicians will best facilitate foreign investment in their homeland. When asked about the choice of RM&R, Mr. Shemdin deferred to Ms. Rahman, who did not immediately respond to PR Watch. Stay tuned for her explanation.
http://tinyurl.com/mxdzq

The US Government's Usage of Atomic Bombs - Domestic - WTC
By Ed Ward, MD

September 25, 2006

Declassified August 1958: "Mere fact that the U. S. has developed atomic munitions suitable for use in demolition work." Declassified January 1967, "The fact that we are interested in and are continuing studies on a weapon for minimizing the emerging flux of neutrons and internal induced activity." Declassified March 1976, "The fact of weapon laboratory interest in Minimum Residual Radiation (MRR) devices. The fact of successful development of MRR devices."

The factual evidence indicates that our government is using and has used 3rd or possibly 4th generation hydrogen bombs domestically and internationally. The evidence for international usage is not quite as strong as the domestic usage, but when domestic usage is considered, the international usage seems inescapable. The process of exclusion based on the known facts leaves only one viable option for the destruction of the World Trade Center (WTC) buildings - a relatively pure hydrogen bomb.

Just some of the facts are: widespread cancer in the responders, molten steel, melted cars, steel beams hurled hundreds of feet, aerosolized metals, vaporized steel witnessed and video, aerosolized and pulverized concrete, elevated tritium levels, vanishing (vaporized) victims, only sliver fragments of victims on roof tops, EMP - Electro Magnetic Pulse effects on communications, hundreds of eyewitness testimony of ancillary explosions by heroic rescuers and victims, massive dispersal of debris, demolition expert states hydrogen bomb needed for this type of demolition, audio of a massive explosion prior to collapse, video of ancillary explosions, audio of ancillary explosions, significant reduction in debris pile, ancillary thermate found in wreckage, shockwave of a mini yield nuclear blast knocked people off their feet, vaporization of 200,000 gallons of water, removal of wreckage without investigation, only remnants of fire in one tower minutes after the plane collision, unprecedented history of 3 skyscrapers collapsing secondary to fire, early miscalculation stating WTC building 7 'pulled', towers fall at demolition or free fall speed, foreknowledge of WTC 7 immediate collapse, slow-motion video evidence of plane appendage with smoke and explosion immediately prior to impact of both planes, unprecedented NORAD non response to variant flights, FEMA drill scheduled for same day, military 'exercise' of exactly what was taking place to prevent NORAD response, most of NORAD protection planes sent far away in another 'exercise' to prevent response, prevention of examination of wreckage by those assigned to investigate, seismic evidence of a mini yield nuclear explosion, Cheney takes over NORAD response command, Cheney prevents NORAD response, WTC towers designed for 757 collision and fire, 911 used falsely for previously planned war, government fabrication of 'evidence' correlation for starting war, hundreds of people found themselves trapped by locked doors and missing escape routes above and below the impact zone, and not all inclusively, but finally, Bush brands anyone noting any of these facts a terrorist.

The spectrum and percentages of cancer are massive. There are at least 4 classifications of blood-cell cancers: leukemia, lymphoma, Hodgkin's and myeloma. There are many more classifications of soft tissue cancers. There is brain cancer. There is breast cancer. For most of these there are subclassifications of many different types of specific cancer in each, so far not publicly disclosed. There are huge percentages of respiratory distress and loss of function. Multiple reports of 'irregular cycles' (miscarriages?). Most likely there will be several more types of cancer to follow. In particular, responders should be checked for thyroid cancer and function. There has been no noting of birth defects which also needs to be done. There is one thing and only one thing that can cause all these cancers and problems - RADIATION.
In response to this myriad of disease, a statement of environmental mercury has been claimed. That claim is not verified in testing of air and particle debris samples by private citizens and organizations. It is possible the mercury quotes are from the federal source of science, the United States Geological Survey's analysis of the WTC dust debris. The USGS's leached analysis did show mercury at the 3rd lowest concentration of metals at the mean value (mv) of 0.011 parts per Billion (ppB). The most abundant element concentration in the leaching tests was Strontium at 1,000 ppB (1 ppM) - 100,000 times more than the mercury value. It appears that the leaching of the sample was only partial and inadequate as the reader will see from the spectrometry values.

Why would only mercury be quoted when there were so many other more dangerous elements at higher concentrations than mercury? While the regular elements like Copper - mv 136 ppM, Silver - mv 1.66 ppM, and Vanadium - mv 31 ppM, some of the other significant elements were: Barium - mv 533 ppM, Strontium - mv 727 ppM, Cerium - mv 91 ppM, Yttrium - mv 57 ppM, Lanthanum - mv 46 ppM, Molybdenum - mv 11 ppM, Thorium - mv 9 ppM, Uranium - mv 3 ppM, Beryllium - mv 3 ppM, and Cesium - mv 0.6 ppM - partial listing. For readers that are not familiar with most of these elements, here is a link to their relevance.
There is also a claim of environmental benzene that 'permeated' the area in jet fuel as the cause of all of these problems. Once again, we have the quoting of the miraculous jet fuel that burns up in a massive fireball in the first few minutes, then like Christ's feeding the multitudes, still causes a massive fire inside that reaches the temperatures of a Hades that weakens massive fire proofed steel beams and trusses, then resurrects itself on the permeated ground to cause cancer in one hour of limited exposure.

In less than 1 hour, the first WTC building had collapsed and covered Manhattan, in at least 1/3 of a Million Tons of particulate debris. Unless the jet fuel makes a final appearance and is again resurrected by NIST in it's 3rd miracle, benzene is buried under 1/3 of a million tons of particulate debris after 56 minutes of exposure. Benzene is also a component of gasoline. The assertion that cancer was the result of 56 minutes of exposure to minimal amounts of benzene is ludicrous. If that was true, everyone in the US would be suffering from cancers. As the 3rd WTC building falls, Manhattan is covered in two Billion pounds of pulverized and aerosolized building.
Two billion pounds seemed like an extremely large amount of particulate matter from buildings whose total weight has been quoted at around 3 billion pounds. Debris removal has been quoted at 1.2 billion pounds. Based on these rough numbers 2/3rds of the building was indeed turned to dust or vaporized.

"Live loads on these [perimeter] columns can be increased more than 2,000% before failure occurs." "One could cut away all the first-story columns on one side of the building, and part way from the corners of the perpendicular sides, and the building could still withstand design loads and a 100-mph wind force from any direction." Engineering News-Record, April 2, 1964

Take a look at a collapsed 10 story building in Pakistan. Note the height and size of the collapsed building's remnants compared to the other 10 story buildings. The debris pile is about 30 feet, approximately 1/3 of the height of the erect building. This ratio is consistent with a collapsed building's rubble height. Note the almost complete lack of fine particles. The 47 story WTC 7's building debris should have contained at least five times (approximately 15 stories) the amount of the Pakistan debris as WTC 7 was also built with significantly stronger materials. Yet, WTC 7 remains are casually noted in the government propaganda article as a 2 story debris pile. Look at the Pakistan debris 'collapsed' picture again, then imagine that debris with 4 more piles on top of it and finally try to imagine the awesome power it would take to break it into 53 micron or smaller dust particles.


The only estimates of the two 100 story WTC building debris piles are 'several stories'. In the very few area photographs of the debris piles published, the amount of debris in the range of several stories is minimal at best. There is also quoting of debris 6 stories high, however, if the reader looks at the rare pictures, the only debris of that height are portions of outer beam skeleton towering significantly higher than the general debris. Not one official measurement of the debris piles is noted. The building residue height is deceiving on 2 levels. First, all of the buildings had craters of a depth of 'several stories'. Secondly, since the craters were in tiered sub-level flooring, the area of the bottoms of the craters would be significantly smaller than the area covered at ground level.

In a failed demolition, a 20 story concrete building, Zip Feed Mill in South Dakota, of significantly weaker construction than the WTC buildings, takes a 4 story dive while the top 16 floors remain intact.


Of the cumulative facts previously noted that deal specifically with a major explosion and it's effect, the only single possibility for all is a thermonuclear bomb placed by the US government. Even when taken individually, the only possibility for some of the facts is a thermonuclear bomb. The next logical step is "Do bombs with the needed characteristics exist?"

The government's answer to that question is a super-top-secret response that will not be given. Both political parties sequestered Operation Northwoods and more for 40 years, so they are certainly not going to answer the question truthfully. The following evidence clearly shows a mini yield semi-pure hydrogen bomb existed in 1958 and that it has had 40 years of refinement. The graphic in the upper right corner depicts the only published diagram of an atomic bomb in which public general knowledge of atomic weaponry is known. This is not the bomb that would be required for the WTC demolition. The bomb is a 2nd generation atomic bomb of the 'hydrogen bomb' category. The H-bomb pictured is not a pure hydrogen bomb which is actually very closely related to the already developed 'neutron bomb'. In reality, this 2nd generation H-bomb is nothing more than a fission bomb used for a trigger with hydrogen fusion used for extra power. This bomb produces the results of which the general public is aware - massive power, radiation and millenniums of radioactive devastation. It is at least 30 to 40 year old, late 2nd generation technology that has been phased out for lower yield 3rd generation atomic weapons which have a longer half life, easier maintenance and an inserted energy source.

Note the use of DU in the weaponry. DU is used as the casing and as the container for the fusion reaction which becomes part of the fissionable material. This is important in the current international 3rd generation H-bomb usage and the hybrid fusion bomb. At first it was believed that the DU casing and the DU fusion container would most likely not be part of the late 3rd generation or 4th generation weaponry used in the WTC demolitions as it is too dirty (long term radioactive residue) for the pure hydrogen bomb needed. However, subsequent information of dust analysis, hybrid fusion, old known facts of pure fusion bombs, early low yield semi-pure warheads, neutron bombs, and knowledge that debris would be removed as classified information makes either scenario viable.
According to brave activist, Howard Morland, in his article 'The Holocaust Bomb', second generation atomic bombs got their start in 1950 and came to fruition in 1956 with Eisenhower's announcement of a 95% clean bomb. In 1958 the Mk-41C was tested for a 9.3 Megaton yield, 4.8% of the energy was from fission with 95.2% from fusion. Less radioactive (more fusion and less fission energy) or semi-clean H-bombs were known then and were used for testing purposes only. The more powerful, mostly fission bombs were deployed for usage in a cognitive effort to produce maximum destruction on 'enemies' for generations and no forethought of the worldwide consequences. Among various other types of hydrogen bomb warheads, the W54 nuke was developed in 1961. The W54 was a micro-nuke that weighed 51 pounds and could be fired from a slightly modified ordinary bazooka. Different versions of the W54 ranged from .01 kt to 1 kt yield. Between the mid 1950's and the mid 70's both types (large yield dirty and small yield clean), of 2nd generation H-bombs were refined.

Focused nuclear explosions were envisioned in 1959 as a possible concept for propulsion of the spacecraft Orion. The mere directing of the yield was obviously known prior to 1959. Samuel Cohen has stated that a low yield neutron bomb may be tailored to direct yield and proposed the concept more than 35 years ago. An underground detonation causes shaping of the direction of yield as well.
Around 1960, the relatively pure H-bomb was modified for selective effects creating the first 3rd generation H-bomb - the Neutron bomb, Enhanced Radiation Warhead, or a mostly fusion bomb. The neutron bomb's energy was mostly based on fusion using Deuterium/Tritium with only a small fission component to ignite the fusion reaction. The neutron bombs are designed to release at least 80% of its yield as neutrons at the expense of blast and heat as compared to previous fission-fusion warheads. It was not until around 15 years ago that the existence of the neutron bomb was noted. It was during this period that a trial regarding Chinese espionage forced the revelation of the neutron bomb. Shortly thereafter, Reagan deployed the W70 version with a yield range of 0.8 kt to 1.6 kt. At least 2 years after the neutron bomb had been developed and tested, declassified May 1963, "The mere fact that the U. S. is "interested in pursuing" a program to determine the characteristics of an "enhanced radiation" weapon (neutron bomb)." The standard policy seems to be to develop the weapon, inform congress for development of the weapon and then to inform the public after they have been informed there is a need for the weapon.

Very little has been released about the specific selective refinements of 2nd and 3rd generation weapons in the last 40 years since their development. The fact refinement was taking place is proven by the Orion spacecraft and the neutron bomb. EMP effects have been another area of concern and refinement. While these effects were noted in 1950's testing, there was elevated interest in 1962 with the high altitude (HEMP) detonation producing a massive EMP effect. In November 1972, the following sentence was declassified: "The fact of existence of weapons with tailored outputs, e.g., enhanced x-ray, neutron or gamma-ray output, that we are hardening our weapons to enhanced weapon outputs and that high-Z materials are used in hardening nuclear weapons against high-energy x-rays." Note - the date is the declassification date, not the development date.
How small can a nuclear reaction be? Through hydrodynamic experiments for triggering fusion, extremely lows yield nuclear explosions have been generated on the magnitude of "several Pounds of TNT." As noted above, in 1961 .01 kt was unveiled in 1961. In 1956, the Tamalpais with a yield of 0.072 kt was declassified.

Prior to the demolition of the WTC buildings, the largest imploded building, Hudson's Department Store was 2.2 million square feet with 33 levels and required 2,728 lbs of explosive. The WTC buildings were significantly stronger than the Hudson's building, but it is doubtful more than a 0.01 kt bomb would be needed for the 47 center columns designed to hold many times the weight of the buildings.

This program produced (partial list) the following information for a regular 0.01 kt yields, air ignition: Fireball max light radius = 25.4 meters, Max time light pulse width = 0.011 seconds, Max fireball airburst radius = 10.6 meters, Time of max temperature = 0.0032 seconds, Area of rad. exposure = 0.12 sq. miles; Blastwave Effects: Overpressure = 5 lb/sq. inch (160 mph) radius = 0.09 km, 1 lb/sq. inch radius = 0.26 km; Underground ignition: Crater diameter = 56 feet with a Richter magnitude of 3.52. Thermal radiation damage range is significantly reduced by clouds, smoke or other obscuring materials. Surface detonations are known to decrease thermal radiation by half. A neutron bomb produces much less blast and thermal energy than a fission bomb of the same yield by expending its energy by the increase in the production of neutrons. Even the older neutron bombs produce very little long term fallout, but made considerable induced radiation in ground detonations. The half life of induced radiation is very short and is measured in days rather than years.

Summing up known information, an underground explosion of a pure (most likely) or semi-pure, Minimum Residual Residue direction focused 0.01 kt yield hydrogen bomb with selected enhanced radiation dispersal - most likely neutron since that radiation would be absorbed by the ground and building, and would decrease the blast and temperature effects.


In 1993, Joe Vialls exposes some facts about single explosions that were very similar to the 2001 WTC bombing. The article, "Micro Nukes in London," notes the sudden usage of massive explosions in business districts by the IRA with a brief mention of the 1993 bombing of the WTC. In the supposed first mega-bombing by the 'IRA', an eyewitness stated, "The ground shook under our feet. There was a brilliant white flash and a tall vertical column of smoke." Significant information about the Special Atomic Demolition Munition (SADM - the general class of the W54 warhead). While the government was working on the usage of a conventional bomb to the corporate media, there was accidental filming of investigators of the bombing in full radiation protective gear. Description of the crater created by the second explosion reveals a hole 60 feet wide and 40 feet deep. Quotes of physicists' Galen Winsor, John McPhee and Theodore Taylor are prophetic for the usage of micro nukes. Taylor specifically notes the future usage of an extremely small micro nuke being used in the WTC in the year 1973.


Another crater 22 feet wide and 5 feet deep is noted in the article "Bali Micro Nuke - Lack of Radiation Confuses Experts." Within 48 hours the Bali government found traces of C4 explosive. Next came the revised explanation of explosives on top of gas containers. After that failed to explain noted facts, the next theory was explosives with napalm. The final explanation from London quoted a reliable source that an IRA style bomb mixture was used. Still, there were significant problems with the story as the IRA had detonated 1,000 pounds of the mixture and there was no crater produced. The US bomb, BLU-82 - used for clearing helicopter landing zones in the jungles of Vietnam - contains 6.3 tons of high grade military explosive with an aluminum additive for increased heat, but does not create a crater. The 1/4 inch steel encased explosive is parachuted to its target and detonated 1 to 2 feet above ground. Approximately 40 people close enough to be vaporized simply vanished without a trace. Insights on Israel's .01 kt Dimona nuke are also related in this article. According to the information presented, the bomb uses highly enriched Plutonium 239, 99.78% pure, and only emits alpha radiation which is invisible to most Geiger counters.

Another Vialls' article dealing with the supposed vehicle bombing of the Australian embassy in Jakarta, "Zionists Nuke the Australian Embassy in Indonesia," reveals significantly more information on the nuclear attributes of the explosion. A surveillance camera caught the underground nuke explosion and is included in the article. There are pictures of the resultant mushroom cloud compared to a typical nuclear cloud. The crater left by the explosion was 18 feet in diameter and almost 10 feet deep. Pictures and information of the American Special Forces detonation of two trucks loaded with 1,000 pounds of Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil (ANFO) compound are shown. Multiple links to Vialls' special coverage of ‘terrorist's' bombings throughout the world are included at the end of his article.

Any terrorist truck bomb with less load capacity than 6.3 tons of explosive that creates a crater is a thermonuclear explosion until proven otherwise.

Based on the above information it is quite clear that our government has murdered citizens, friends and families. Our government used their tyranny to further destroy our God given rights affirmed by the Constitution and to extend their fascist powers worldwide in war. Once you have seen the facts, you can no longer say you are innocent of being an accomplice unless you act by trying to end the tyranny, murder and destruction by this government.

Either act to end it or know that you are an accomplice of traitors, tyranny, murder, maiming, and torture. The following three paragraphs will show you how and where to react to the extent of your degree of involvement. There are other ways to resist. Find one that is effective if you don't like any of my options. If you do nothing, you will never escape the disdain and dishonor of your inaction. Expect no sympathy when your name is called to be the next sacrificial lamb of this government's tyranny. The time is NOW for Action!

For almost a century, both democrats and republican regimes have eroded the rights of The People and strengthened the authority and powers of government with the assistance of the corporate press. The public can no longer vote for the lesser of 2 evil parties. Third parties have failed to form a viable coalition toward a legitimate national candidate. Those looking for return of Constitutional rights must unify and choose the best candidate for return of those rights regardless of political party affiliation. Currently voting is nothing more than a farce and will continue to be so until there is no longer a secret vote, or until the Brennan recommendations for electronic voting are enforced. Preferably, both voting reforms should be initiated to stop this charade of voting for a candidate.

The best hope for this nation appears to be the organized philosophy of Debra Sweet, in The World Can't Wait campaign for the strength of The People to be seen and felt on October 5, 2006 in a Day of Mass Resistance. At first there were concerns this was merely another democrat ploy organization for a regime change and not a regime removal. Subsequent research resolved most of those concerns by the noting of democrat participation in our current rule by elitists. This interview by Maryland's US senate candidate, Kevin Zeese, notes that the removal of the Bush regime is merely the first step in a regime removal movement on the neo-fascists in both parties. Hopefully, this is just the first of a series of demonstrations and actions to force the return of Constitutional rights and peace by The People to have those rights returned. The USA Today full page ad on September 21, 1006, calls for taking off work and demonstrating for your rights at high noon on October 5, 2006. If you value your rights enough to actually do something about them, I urge you to join this organization and participate in the first step on a path to a Constitutional government.

If you live in the New Orleans area and would like to participate on October 5, 2006, contact: edward19(at)cox.net . No demonstration planned in your area? Organize your own.

(Reporter's note: The embedded links in this article contain a tremendous amount of information. The use of these links is highly recommended. While researching this article, it was noted that there is a dearth of pictures regarding some of the information presented. If you have any pictures regarding any of the facts presented, please send them to edward19(at)cox.net.)
http://tinyurl.com/r29y8

HOW TO STOP THE NEW WORLD ORDER

By Joan Veon
July 12, 2006

For the last 13 years as I have covered global meetings and studied the ever shifting economic and political structure of this New World Order of ours, I have been very saddened to realize that we the people have absolutely no voice in government. Over and over again, the president passes executive orders that bypass Congress and if that was not bad enough, our elected representatives have determined that “they know better than you and me.” Most of the change that is occurring today is because elected officials have decided that we the people are not smart enough to understand and we are being bypassed by them. If that were not bad enough, they go along to get along instead of opposing presidential policy that is out of sync with the Constitution.

Furthermore, we have seen the structure of government change as government assets are carved up and sold to the highest bidder through various privatization schemes. Then there is the co-managing of government by corporations and non-governmental organizations known as public-private partnerships. In fact the future structure of government is public-private partnerships. Just ask the people of New Orleans, just look at the Chicago Skyway and the Indiana Toll Road, just look at President Bushes space program of “Moon, Mars and Beyond.” Just look at the report by the Center for Strategic and International Studies on “Public Works, Public Wealth” which basically says government needs deeper pockets: corporations to the rescue! Can you imagine having to pay a toll to use any part of the road you now travel on? Guess again, corporations are about to fight for the right to convert our roadways to toll ways and for any part of infrastructure to be public-private partnership! What gold there is in “them there hills”! This is the tip of the iceberg.

Government as we know it is changing as it gives away its power to the highest bidder. Just recently, Norway overthrew their Democratic Socialist government so they can privatize more of their state assets! What that means is that every time a public-private partnership is set up, representative government diminishes. Yes, that’s right. What will happen after all our assets have been divided up among the corporations? You and I will still be paying our taxes to keep the shell of government afloat so they can meet the United Nations Millennium Development Goals of reducing poverty in the world by 50% or to provide foreign aid to bribe various third-world governments in order to comply with the New World Order. Basically, the United States is becoming a feudalistic state. In medieval Europe, feudalism was a system in which the serfs were privileged to live on the estate of a duke or prince in order to be protected by him and his castle moat. In return, the serfs they gave a portion of their crops and paid a monthly wage for this opportunity.

Just when I think we have no power, I saw Wall Street and the Federal Reserve reverse their steps last week, and realized WE THE PEOPLE HAVE POWER—IT IS THE ONLY POWER THE MONEY MONSTERS UNDERSTAND: CONSUMER SPENDING! In order to understand our power OVER THE NEW WORLD ORDER, we must understand the present economic system that has come into being. There are four components: the Markets, Capitalism, the Federal Reserve, and a paper-monetary system.

The MARKETS

Last week, we saw a classic case of how Wall Street and the Federal Reserve needing to save the economy from you and me. All of a sudden, it was announced on September 11 that the oil and gold market rise was over. That same day, CNBC’s Larry Kramer forecasted that oil will never go back to $75bbl, and that it is time to buy drug stocks. The price of gas at the pump began to drop and according to CNBC the next day, “Consumers are feeling better, more secure, and richer over lower energy.” CNBC then went on to show SUV’s and tell us, “Maybe it is time to buy an SUV.”

We were then told that GM and Ford are going to lay off and close plants. Ford announced they will no longer manufacturer the gas-guzzling SUV which has been the favorite of Americans for the past 10 years.

Between higher interest rates, growing consumer debt spurred on by lower interest rates, and $75bbl. oil, Wall Street changed its tune. In fact they did a little dance. Here and there we have been told that the housing market is slowing down. Some of America’s largest homebuilders now have one year’s supply of new homes. First Toll Brothers, now KB Homes. The housing markets in California, Nevada and Florida have slowed tremendously in light of higher mortgage rates and the Fed’s determination to fight the same inflation they have created.

Wall Street would have us believe that the reason for oil dropping from $75bbl to $60 bbl, almost overnight, is a result of the new oil reserve found in the Gulf, even though it will take 7-10 years to bring it on line. The real truth is they are in trouble.

CAPITALISM

As a result of my experience as an investment professional, I determined several years ago that capitalism is an “ism” like socialism, Fabian socialism, communism, and Marxism. The nature of capitalism is that it has to have new markets, new products, and new customers constantly and continuously, otherwise it will fall and the market will drop and the economy will go into a recession or depression. Capitalism needs constant turnover over money. How fast money changes hands will determine how strong demand is for a product. Capitalism, therefore, is like the game of Pac Man. In that game, the winning goal is to get the Pac Man to eat as much of its enemy before it is eaten, in other words, survival of the fittest. In this regard, Marx was right.

Another thing about capitalism, a famous economist by the name of Joseph Schumpeter wrote a book in 1942 by the name of Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy in which he said “[I]n dealing with capitalism, we are dealing with an evolutionary process…capitalism is a form of economic change and not only never is, but never can be stationary.” There it is. Capitalism must have a new product, a new consumer, and a new market.

Currently the SUV’s have tanked as a result of the high cost of energy. Look at the prospects for auto companies: sell a new, innovative fuel efficient car to all those families who have SUVs!!! There will be pain for both the company which needs to retool and downsize, and for the family which will now get a greatly reduced trade-in for their gas-guzzler. But for the economy, a new demand has been created that will stimulate it—for a while. Basically this benefit also has a negative.

The downside of capitalism is seen in the fact that capitalism over produces. Right now both GM and Ford have a huge inventory of the old gas guzzling models and not enough of the new efficient models. Dealers also have too many SUVs which they will end up taking a loss since there is no longer the demand for the big one. You see, capitalism cannot determine how long the market will demand a particular product or sometimes the variable that will change the demand. The same is true with home builders. With 45 year low interest rates, they could not build them fast enough. Now with higher mortgage rates, there is about a year’s supply of inventory.

THE FEDERAL RESERVE

The Federal Reserve is a private corporation that was voted the job of managing the monetary system of the United States in 1913 by a quorum of insider legislators who waited for their opposition to go home for the Christmas holidays on December 24 at 11:45 p.m. Basically the Federal Reserve is not federal nor does it have reserves. The truth is that they create money out of thin air and then they charge the U.S. government for borrowing it at “current” interest rates. All you have to do is take a look at the paper money in your wallet. It is a “Federal Reserve Note—This note is legal tender for all debts, public and private.” The Federal Reserve is not the U.S. Treasury. It is a central bank or private corporation controlled by its owners who are private. The Federal Reserve does not issue an annual report nor does it pay taxes on their taxable income. President James A. Garfield said in 1881 that “Whoever controls the volume of money in our country is absolute master of all industry and commerce…and when you realize that the entire system is very easily controlled by a few powerful men at the top, you will not have to be told how periods of inflation and depression originate.”

Dr. Carroll Quigley, Bill Clinton’s mentor at Georgetown University wrote about the purpose of central banks in his book, Tragedy and Hope:

[T]he powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to Create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and economy of the world has a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements.

Perhaps what we have seen happen in the last few weeks is the change in market cycles that benefit those in control of creating them. After the crash of the NASDAQ in which $7T changed hands from those who “bought and held” to those who sold, the Federal Reserve dropped interest rates to 45 year lows to stimulate the economy. In early 2005, they began to increase interest rates from 1% to its current rate of 5 ¼%. In doing so, they have changed the economic climate for homes. As a result of easy credit, is the consumer tapped out and not able to buy more which is what the capitalistic system needs?

PAPER MONEY SYSTEM

In the United States, taking the dollar off the gold standard occurred in two steps: In 1933, Roosevelt confiscated all gold bullion held by private individuals but he allowed foreign countries who had gold dollar certificates to cash them in at the “gold window.” Then in 1971, President Nixon closed the gold window and refused to convert a foreign country’s demand for gold by using the gold backed dollars. At that time, the world system decided to join the U.S. and use a fiat monetary system of plain paper. This unaccountable system of finance benefits only the central banks of the world. Governments can borrow, the central banks can print and charge interest on higher and higher governmental debts. Dr. Carroll Quigley wrote in Tragedy and Hope,

When a currency is off the gold standard, fluctuation of exchange [which is then created], can go on indefinitely. The unbalance of international payments is worked out by a shift in exchange rates.

The bottom line is the dollar has dropped in value since 1971 by over 70%. Why? Our government deficits escalated to over $11T at this time.

Furthermore, in a paper monetary system, usury becomes the order of the day. For Americans, we have seen directly what usury is. In 1980, our government passed the Monetary De-Regulation Act in which they removed ceilings and floors on interest banks had to pay and charge on savings. Bankers can now pay the “going” rate of interest rather than a minimum amount. As an example, on savings accounts banks are paying ¾ of 1% while charging up to 9% on auto loans and 8.25% on second mortgages, besides 18-35% on credit cards. Is this fair? No. Time to stop it.

The bottom line is that Wall Street and our central bank made a huge mistake by raising interest rates at the same time when energy was going up. What they now know is that the power of the consumer is gone—or is it? They are not able to put gas in their SUVs and they are not buying new ones. Furthermore, they cannot afford a new home which has doubled in price as a result of 45 year low interest rates. In other words, there is very high inventory of SUVs by all the auto dealers and the home builders.

However this is GOOD NEWS BECAUSE IT IS THE CONSUMER WHO HAS SPOKEN. We have the power to bring the system which they created down. Let’s use their system to stop them. It is very simple: STOP BUYING AND STOP CHARGING!!!

We have not been using our power properly. Instead, we have agreed to their terms and their system. The Consumer is over extended. While we may not be up to our eyeballs in debt, it is time to get out of their system. We can use their system to make demands to change their hold on us. They need you and me to constantly buy, to determine that we need to look like the magazine pictures of what is acceptable on any given day, they need you and me to prop up their monstrous capitalistic system by buying newer and bigger so they can earn more interest. They need you and me to march to their tune. IT IS TIME TO STOP AND TELL THEM TO MARCH TO OUR TUNE. All this without a bullet being fired.

You know what they tell co-dependents. Get healed and then your marriage will change. We can change this evil, feudalistic system by not buying and not charging, emergencies excluded. This is what needs to be done:

1. Get financially well. If you have debt, stop buying until you pay OFF your current debts. If you need something new, start visiting the consignment shops. There are different level of consignment shops from Goodwill to high-ended clothing shops.

2. When you have finished paying off your credit cards, learn to live within your means. We have all been guilty of believing the beautiful advertisements that tell us we too can be beautiful with a new house, new car, new furniture, new kitchen, new shoes, new dress, new tools, etc. Joy comes from within.

3. For things you need, start going to flea markets, neighborhood garage sales, antique stores, and auctions. Read the “For sale” ads. The idea is NOT TO BUY IN THE DEPARTMENT STORES, but from one another. Create an alternative to their system.

4. When you send your credit card payment, write a note saying you can’t afford 18% to 35% and for that reason you are going to close your account. Tell MasterCard and Visa that you are not going to pay 18% any more. Keep one open for emergencies.

5. For Christmas, a retailer’s biggest opportunity to get people to buy, make your Christmas presents this year, next year, and the year after.

6. Start going to your county council meetings and vote down new spending appropriations. The answer is NO to further economic projects that will increase our debt. Tell them NO to usurious interest rates. NO to new bond projects that will increase our burden of debt for many years to come. Vote out the high spenders who advocate “economic growth.”

7. Write to your Congressman and Senator and tell them to repeal the 1980 Monetary De-Regulation Act and return interest rates on credit cards to fair rates instead of Mafia level interest rates and while you are at it, tell them to repeal the Federal Reserve Act.

8. Tell your neighbors, spread the word. STOP BUYING AND STOP CHARGING. Let’s break their dysfunctional system
http://tinyurl.com/pzqll

Destabilization Plans Revealed in Venezuela
27 Sept. 2006

CARACAS.- Venezuela’s state security agencies have detected plans of a destabilization process in the country to be set in motion if opposition presidential candidate Manuel Rosales remains without a prayer to win the December 3 elections.

The revelation came in a commentary in the Vea newspaper, and also assures that extra measures have been taken to protect the life of President Hugo Chavez.

“A new element has been added: a possible connection with the sophisticated Israeli secret service, Mossad, capable of doing absolutely anything,” assured the journalist.

Chavez warned Saturday that US President George W. Bush had ordered his assassination after the Venezuelan president’s speech at the UN General Assembly last Wednesday. In his address, Chavez dubbed Bush as the “devil.”

Chavez also noted that there is an undermining process in progress through the manipulation of opinion polls on the presidential elections.

There is an interest in disclosing false numbers pointing to a supposed advance by opposition candidate Manuel Rosales, said Chavez who described Rosales as the “candidate of the [US] empire.”

FOREIGN MINISTER URGES THE UN TO HOLD INQUIRY ON HIS DETENTION

UNITED NATIONS.- Venezuelan Foreign Minister Nicolas Maduro, informed UN Secretary General Kofi Annan, about his 90-minute detention on Saturday at JFK International Airport, reported Prensa Latina news agency.

Maduro returned to his country’s mission in Manhattan after being detained at the airport terminal and even threatened with a beating by the police, according to his statements at an improvised press conference.

“We were the target of an illegal detention,“ said the Venezuelan foreign minister, who explained that he was asked to be submitted to a body search.

Maduro said that his ticket and passport were retained, and although they were finally returned to him, it was already too late for him to reach the plane that would take him back to Caracas.
http://tinyurl.com/kyffs

Putin creates new axis in Europe to oppose USA's global hegemony
26.09.2006

The agreements concluded by Putin, Chirac and Merkel in Paris will show a considerable influence on the global energy policy. The new European 'axis of energy' has become a response to Washington's aspiration to dominate the whole world. Apparently, Russia's European preferences will inspire the White House to launch a massive anti-Russian PR campaign.

US politicians have become famous for their passion for the notion of axis. It has become a tradition for each US president to create his own axis of something: axis of evil, axis of cooperation, friendship, etc. The latest axis was created without Washington's participation. The Paris-Berlin-Moscow axis appeared in Europe last week. It can be interpreted as a link of international politics run by three superpowers - Russia, France and Germany.

To all appearance, the agreements achieved in France will influence the world energy policies. President Putin said that German Chancellor Angela Merkel raised a question about giving the European orientation to Russia's giant Shtokman gas field. 'I can say that Gazprom is considering the opportunity now. The decision will be made shortly,' President Putin said.

The Shtokman gas field is one of the largest gas deposits in the world. Its reserves make up 3.2 trillion cubic meters and 31 million tons of gas condensate. It is possible to extract about 70 billion cubic meters a year, which means that the field reserves may last for 50 or even 70 years. It was previously believed that liquefied gas would be delivered to the USA, where Gazprom initially planned to develop one-tenth of the US market and subsequently enlarge its share to 20 percent.

Putin's statement is not just an official phrase to summarize the results of the talks. It marks the change of the development strategy. The success of the talks can be explained with mutual economic interests and close political views. It is an open secret that Russia, France and Germany stand against the establishment of the unipolar world structure. The three countries share similar positions regarding the events in the Middle East and Iran too. To crown it all, special relations with Russia can bring the leading place for France and Germany in Europe.

Russia is developing relations with Old Europe against the background of USA's concerns with Moscow's home and foreign policies. There are monstrous regimes in the world that can continue with their evil deeds for a long time, making many democratic countries crawl in front of them just because they need to have oil and gas for their living.

Russia is not interested in selling its energy sources only. The country is interested in entering European markets, gaining access to up-to-date technologies and participating in European enterprises. It is worthy of note that Russia has recently acquired five percent of stocks of the European Aeronautic Defense and Space Company (EADS). This corporation depends on the deliveries of Russian-made titanium.

Russia's integration in the European economy on the base of competitive advantages raises concerns with US-oriented European government. The US administration will most likely stir up another international scandal in Europe, dwell upon the subject of energy blackmail, or deprive the EADS concern of its orders in the United States.

The European axis (Paris-Berlin-Moscow) is a normal reaction of experienced politicians to USA's hegemony. The USA has become a defense machine making its way to global reign. The agreements in France show that 'Old Europe' approaches Russia as an independent and attractive center of power.
http://tinyurl.com/ke7oe

U.S. economy losing its global dominance
By Shobhana Chandra and Matthew Benjamin
Bloomberg News

Europe, Japan and emerging economies around the world are weaning themselves from dependence on the American consumer, and economists say it is just in time.

Demand in the U.S. economy is slowing as the housing market falters, a development that the International Monetary Fund on Sept. 14 called a key risk to global expansion.

If so, it is a risk that the biggest exporting nations are better prepared to weather now than five years ago.

"Domestic demand in so many other parts of the world is picking up," said Jim O'Neill, head of global economic research at Goldman Sachs Group in London. "If there ever was a good time for the U.S. to slow, this is it."

The share of global exports purchased by U.S. consumers and businesses fell to 17.9 percent in 2005 from 21.8 percent in 2000 as demand increased in the European Union, Japan and emerging markets in Asia and Eastern Europe. Exporting nations in Europe and Asia are poised to grab a larger share of world markets with trade agreements that do not include the United States.

The European Union said this month it would seek bilateral trade deals with China and South Korea. In August, Japan proposed a 16-nation economic bloc, including 10 Southeast Asian nations, China, Japan, South Korea, India, Australia and New Zealand.

"That will expand trade amongst these countries at the expense of trade with the U.S.," said Michael Mussa, a former chief economist of the International Monetary Fund who is now with the Institute for International Economics in Washington.

Of course, the world is far from becoming immune to the ups and downs of the U.S. economy, said Jay Bryson, global economist at Wachovia in Charlotte, North Carolina. "The U.S. is still one of the largest drivers of growth," Bryson said. "We're probably decades away from people saying the U.S. won't matter."

The United States remains the biggest importer by far, buying $1.7 trillion in goods and services from the rest of the world last year, more than double the amount that second-place Germany took in, according to the Economist Intelligence Unit, a London-based research company.

Still, said Joseph Stiglitz, a Nobel laureate economist who teaches at Columbia University in New York, "the U.S. is no longer the single pivotal player to world trade that it was, because China and India and other nations have become a major part of the engine of global growth the past five years."

The 2001 U.S. recession struck a blow to the rest of the world. The economy in Taiwan contracted 2.2 percent that year, its worst slump on record, as exports tumbled. The economies of Japan, Singapore, Malaysia and Thailand were hurt, too. Recessions in Argentina and Mexico deepened, while growth in Germany and Italy slowed.

Now, as the U.S. economy decelerates, other economies are expanding.

U.S. economic growth is expected to slow to 2.6 percent in the final three months of 2006 from 5.6 percent in the first quarter, according to a Bloomberg News survey of economists. Growth in consumer spending - representing more than two-thirds of the U.S. economy - will slow to 2.7 percent from the first quarter's 4.8 percent gain.

The euro region is on track this year for the fastest growth since 2000, led by Germany, the largest economy in Europe. Domestic demand in Japan is reviving after seven years of deflation, and the Chinese economy grew in the second quarter at the fastest rate in more than a decade.

"It is better for the U.S. not to be in a dominating position, and to have other countries rising faster," said Robert Kuhn, a senior adviser to Citigroup in New York and the author of "The Man Who Changed China: The Life and Legacy of Jiang Zemin." "Diversification will make the system more robust."

China including Hong Kong has in the last three years overtaken the United States to become the biggest trading partner to Japan and South Korea. The share of Japanese exports purchased by the United States dropped to 22.9 percent last year from 30.1 percent in 2000. Some Japanese shipments to China, though, were unfinished goods ultimately destined for U.S. consumption.

Similarly, the proportion of European Union exports going to the United States declined to 7.9 percent last year from 9.1 percent in 2000. While important to trade for the 25-nation EU, the United States has lost its preeminence there, said the European Central Bank president, Jean-Claude Trichet.

"As regards trade links, the United Kingdom is more important for the euro area than the United States," Trichet said in an Aug. 31 interview.
http://tinyurl.com/fgfmb



May 3, 2004 by the New York Times
US Is Losing Its Dominance in the Sciences
by William J Broad

The United States has started to lose its worldwide dominance in critical areas of science and innovation, according to federal and private experts who point to strong evidence like prizes awarded to Americans and the number of papers in major professional journals.

Foreign advances in basic science now often rival or even exceed America's, apparently with little public awareness of the trend or its implications for jobs, industry, national security or the vigor of the nation's intellectual and cultural life.

"The rest of the world is catching up," said John E. Jankowski, a senior analyst at the National Science Foundation, the federal agency that tracks science trends. "Science excellence is no longer the domain of just the U.S."

Even analysts worried by the trend concede that an expansion of the world's brain trust, with new approaches, could invigorate the fight against disease, develop new sources of energy and wrestle with knotty environmental problems. But profits from the breakthroughs are likely to stay overseas, and this country will face competition for things like hiring scientific talent and getting space to showcase its work in top journals.

One area of international competition involves patents. Americans still win large numbers of them, but the percentage is falling as foreigners, especially Asians, have become more active and in some fields have seized the innovation lead. The United States' share of its own industrial patents has fallen steadily over the decades and now stands at 52 percent.

A more concrete decline can be seen in published research. Physical Review, a series of top physics journals, recently tracked a reversal in which American papers, in two decades, fell from the most to a minority. Last year the total was just 29 percent, down from 61 percent in 1983.

China, said Martin Blume, the journals' editor, has surged ahead by submitting more than 1,000 papers a year. "Other scientific publishers are seeing the same kind of thing," he added.

Another downturn centers on the Nobel Prizes, an icon of scientific excellence. Traditionally, the United States, powered by heavy federal investments in basic research, the kind that pursues fundamental questions of nature, dominated the awards.

But the American share, after peaking from the 1960's through the 1990's, has fallen in the 2000's to about half, 51 percent. The rest went to Britain, Japan, Russia, Germany, Sweden, Switzerland and New Zealand.

"We are in a new world, and it's increasingly going to be dominated by countries other than the United States," Denis Simon, dean of management and technology at the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, recently said at a scientific meeting in Washington.

Europe and Asia are ascendant, analysts say, even if their achievements go unnoticed in the United States. In March, for example, European scientists announced that one of their planetary probes had detected methane in the atmosphere of Mars — a possible sign that alien microbes live beneath the planet's surface. The finding made headlines from Paris to Melbourne. But most Americans, bombarded with images from America's own rovers successfully exploring the red planet, missed the foreign news.

More aggressively, Europe is seeking to dominate particle physics by building the world's most powerful atom smasher, set for its debut in 2007. Its circular tunnel is 17 miles around.

Science analysts say Asia's push for excellence promises to be even more challenging.

"It's unbelievable," Diana Hicks, chairwoman of the school of public policy at the Georgia Institute of Technology, said of Asia's growth in science and technical innovation. "It's amazing to see these output numbers of papers and patents going up so fast."

Analysts say comparative American declines are an inevitable result of rising standards of living around the globe.

"It's all in the ebb and flow of globalization," said Jack Fritz, a senior officer at the National Academy of Engineering, an advisory body to the federal government. He called the declines "the next big thing we will have to adjust to."

The rapidly changing American status has not gone unnoticed by politicians, with Democrats on the attack and the White House on the defensive.

"We stand at a pivotal moment," Tom Daschle, the Senate Democratic leader, recently said at a policy forum in Washington at the American Association for the Advancement of Science, the nation's top general science group. "For all our past successes, there are disturbing signs that America's dominant position in the scientific world is being shaken."

Mr. Daschle accused the Bush administration of weakening the nation's science base by failing to provide enough money for cutting-edge research.

The president's science adviser, John H. Marburger III, who attended the forum, strongly denied that charge, saying in an interview that overall research budgets during the Bush administration have soared to record highs and that the science establishment is strong.

"The sky is not falling on science," Dr. Marburger said. "Maybe there are some clouds — no, things that need attention." Any problems, he added, are within the power of the United States to deal with in a way that maintains the vitality of the research enterprise.

Analysts say Mr. Daschle and Dr. Marburger can both supply data that supports their positions.

A major question, they add, is whether big spending automatically translates into big rewards, as it did in the past. During the cold war, the government pumped more than $1 trillion into research, with a wealth of benefits including lasers, longer life expectancies, men on the Moon and the prestige of many Nobel Prizes.

Today, federal research budgets are still at record highs; this year more than $126 billion has been allocated to research. Moreover, American industry makes extensive use of federal research in producing its innovations and adds its own vast sums of money, the combination dwarfing that of any other nation or bloc.

But the edifice is less formidable than it seems, in part because of the nation's costly and unique military role. This year, financing for military research hit $66 billion, higher in fixed dollars than in the cold war and far higher than in any other country.

For all the spending, the United States began to experience a number of scientific declines in the 1990's, boom years for the nation's overall economy.

For instance, scientific papers by Americans peaked in 1992 and then fell roughly 10 percent, the National Science Foundation reports. Why? Many analysts point to rising foreign competition, as does the European Commission, which also monitors global science trends. In a study last year, the commission said Europe surpassed the United States in the mid-1990's as the world's largest producer of scientific literature.

Dr. Hicks of Georgia Tech said that American scientists, when top journals reject their papers, usually have no idea that rising foreign competition may be to blame.

On another front, the numbers of new doctorates in the sciences peaked in 1998 and then fell 5 percent the next year, a loss of more than 1,300 new scientists, according to the foundation.

A minor exodus also hit one of the hidden strengths of American science: vast ranks of bright foreigners. In a significant shift of demographics, they began to leave in what experts call a reverse brain drain. After peaking in the mid-1990's, the number of doctoral students from China, India and Taiwan with plans to stay in the United States began to fall by the hundreds, according to the foundation.

These declines are important, analysts say, because new scientific knowledge is an engine of the American economy and technical innovation, its influence evident in everything from potent drugs to fast computer chips.

Patents are a main way that companies and inventors reap commercial rewards from their ideas and stay competitive in the marketplace while improving the lives of millions.

Foreigners outside the United States are playing an increasingly important role in these expressions of industrial creativity. In a recent study, CHI Research, a consulting firm in Haddon Heights, N.J., found that researchers in Japan, Taiwan and South Korea now account for more than a quarter of all United States industrial patents awarded each year, generating revenue for their own countries and limiting it in the United States.

Moreover, their growth rates are rapid. Between 1980 and 2003, South Korea went from 0 to 2 percent of the total, Taiwan from 0 to 3 percent and Japan from 12 to 21 percent.

"It's not just lots of patents," Francis Narin, CHI's president, said of the Asian rise. "It's lots of good patents that have a high impact," as measured by how often subsequent patents cite them.

Recently, Dr. Narin added, both Taiwan and Singapore surged ahead of the United States in the overall number of citations. Singapore's patents include ones in chemicals, semiconductors, electronics and industrial tools.

China represents the next wave, experts agree, its scientific rise still too fresh to show up in most statistics but already apparent. Dr. Simon of Rensselaer said that about 400 foreign companies had recently set up research centers in China, with General Electric, for instance, doing important work there on medical scanners, which means fewer skilled jobs in America.

Ross Armbrecht, president of the Industrial Research Institute, a nonprofit group in Washington that represents large American companies, said businesses were going to China not just because of low costs but to take advantage of China's growing scientific excellence.

"It's frightening," Dr. Armbrecht said. "But you've got to go where the horses are." An eventual danger, he added, is the slow loss of intellectual property as local professionals start their own businesses with what they have learned from American companies.

For the United States, future trends look challenging, many analysts say.

In a report last month, the American Association for the Advancement of Science said the Bush administration, to live up to its pledge to halve the nation's budget deficit in the next five years, would cut research financing at 21 of 24 federal agencies — all those that do or finance science except those involved in space and national and domestic security.

More troubling to some experts is the likelihood of an accelerating loss of quality scientists. Applications from foreign graduate students to research universities are down by a quarter, experts say, partly because of the federal government's tightening of visas after the 2001 terrorist attacks.

Shirley Ann Jackson, president of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, told the recent forum audience that the drop in foreign students, the apparently declining interest of young Americans in science careers and the aging of the technical work force were, taken together, a perilous combination of developments.

"Who," she asked, "will do the science of this millennium?"

Several private groups, including the Council on Competitiveness, an organization in Washington that seeks policies to promote industrial vigor, have begun to agitate for wide debate and action.

"Many other countries have realized that science and technology are key to economic growth and prosperity," said Jennifer Bond, the council's vice president for international affairs. "They're catching up to us," she said, warning Americans not to "rest on our laurels."
http://tinyurl.com/f95vj

COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS, HARVARD, OTHER UNIVERSITIES WORKING ON PLAN TO END UNITED STATES

THE NEW WORLD DISORDER
N. American students trained for 'merger'
10 universities participate in 'model Parliament' in Mexico to simulate 'integration' of 3 nations
September 25, 2006

American University Professor Robert Pastor
WASHINGTON – In another example of the way the three nations of North America are being drawn into a federation, or "merger," students from 10 universities in the U.S., Mexico and Canada are participating annually in a simulated "model Parliament."

Under the sponsorship of the Canadian based North American Forum on Integration, students met in the Mexican Senate for five days in May in an event dubbed "Triumvirate," with organizers declaring "A North American Parliament is born."

A similar event took place in the Canadian Senate in 2005.

The intentions of organizers are clear.

"The creation of a North American parliament, such as the one being simulated by these young people, should be considered," explained Raymond Chretien, the president of the Triumvirate and the former Canadian ambassador to both Mexico and the U.S.

Participants discuss draft bills on trade corridors, immigration, provisions of the North American Free Trade Agreement and produce a daily newspaper called "The TrilatHerald."

The 10 universities taking part include Harvard, American University, Carlton University, Simon Fraser, Universite de Montreal, Ecole nationale d'administration publique, Monterrey TEC, CIDE, Monterrey University and Instituto Mexicano de la Juventud.

Officials taking part have included James Williams, the former U.S. ambassador to Canada. The North American Forum on Integration says the annual event enjoys the support of the U.S. Embassy in Canada, the Canadian Embassy in Mexico and the North American Development Bank. It also has been supported by at least one U.S. news organization – the Houston Chronicle.

NAFI says it is "a non-profit organization devoted to developing North American dialogue and networks and at publicizing issues raised by North American integration."

The board of directors of NAFI include Robert A. Pastor, professor and director of the Center for North American Studies at American University and vice chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations Task Force on North America. He has testified before the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations on the idea of merging the United States, Mexico and Canada in a North American union stretching from Prudhoe Bay to Guatemala.

"What we need to do," Pastor instructed, "is forge a new North American Community. ... Instead of stopping North Americans on the borders, we ought to provide them with a secure, biometric border pass that would ease transit across the border like an E-Z pass permits our cars to speed through tolls."

Pastor is the author of "Toward a North American Community," a book promoting the development of a North American union as a regional government and the adoption of the amero as a common monetary currency to replace the dollar and the peso.

As vice chairman of the May 2005 CFR task force, he is an architect of the Building a North American Community" plan that presents itself as a blueprint for using bureaucratic action within the executive branches of Mexico, the U.S. and Canada to transform the current trilateral Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America into a North American union regional government.

The CFR report is a five-year plan for the "establishment by 2010 of a North American economic and security community" with a common "outer security perimeter." Some see it as the blueprint for merger of the U.S., Canada and Mexico. It calls for "a common economic space ... for all people in the region, a space in which trade, capital and people flow freely."

The CFR's strategy calls specifically for "a more open border for the movement of goods and people." It calls for laying "the groundwork for the freer flow of people within North America." It calls for efforts to "harmonize visa and asylum regulations." It calls for efforts to "harmonize entry screening."

In "Building a North American Community," the report states that Bush, Mexican President Vicente Fox and Canadian Prime Minister Paul Martin "committed their governments" to this goal March 23, 2005, at that meeting in Waco, Texas.

Pastor believes the U.S. and Canadian government should divert significant new taxpayer funding to solving the problems of the poor in Mexico.

"If Canada and the United States contributed just 10 percent of what the European Union spends on aid for its poorest member, and if Mexico invested it wisely in infrastructure and education, then Mexico could begin to grow at twice the rate of its northern neighbors, and North America would have found the magic formula to lift developing countries to the level of the industrialized world," he said in 2002.

The next Triumvirate model parliament conference will be in the United States – in either New York or Washington, according to a spokeswoman for the North American Forum.

It's not just the mock "parliament" sessions involving students of the three countries that raises concerns among those suspicious about political and social "inertia" moving the U.S. into a European Union-style merger with its northern and southern neighbors.

Earlier this month, a high-level, top-secret meeting of the North American Forum took place in Banff, Canada – with topics ranging from "A Vision for North America," "Opportunities for Security Cooperation" and "Demographic and Social Dimensions of North American Integration."

Pastor was listed as a confirmed participant in that meeting, along with Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, former Secretary of State George Shultz, former Central Intelligence Agency Director R. James Woolsey, former Immigration and Naturalization Services Director Doris Meissner, former Defense Secretary William Perry, former Energy Secretary and Defense Secretary James Schlesinger and top officials of both Mexico and Canada.

Opposition is mounting to such meetings, policy papers and presidential directives leading to what some critics characterize as "NAFTA on steroids." The concerns began in earnest March 31, 2005, when the elected leaders of the U.S., Mexico and Canada agreed to advance the agenda of the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America.

Perhaps the most blistering criticism came earlier this summer from Lou Dobbs of CNN – a frequent critic of President Bush's immigration policies.

"A regional prosperity and security program?" he asked rhetorically in a recent cablecast. "This is absolute ignorance. And the fact that we are – we reported this, we should point out, when it was signed. But, as we watch this thing progress, these working groups are continuing. They're intensifying. What in the world are these people thinking about? You know, I was asked the other day about whether or not I really thought the American people had the stomach to stand up and stop this nonsense, this direction from a group of elites, an absolute contravention of our law, of our Constitution, every national value. And I hope, I pray that I'm right when I said yes. But this is – I mean, this is beyond belief."

No one seems quite certain what that agenda is because of the vagueness of the official declarations. But among the things the leaders of the three countries agreed to work toward were borders that would allow for easier and faster moving of goods and people between the countries.

Coming as the announcement did in the midst of a raging national debate in the U.S. over borders seen as far too open already, more than a few jaws dropped.

Rep. Tom Tancredo, R-Colo. and the chairman of the House Immigration Reform Caucus as well as author of the new book, "In Mortal Danger," may be the only elected official to challenge openly the plans for the new superstate.

Responding to a WND report, Tancredo is demanding the Bush administration fully disclose the activities of the government office implementing the trilateral agreement that has no authorization from Congress.

Tancredo wants to know the membership of the Security and Prosperity Partnership groups along with their various trilateral memoranda of understanding and other agreements reached with counterparts in Mexico and Canada.

Why the secrecy?

Geri Word, who heads the SPP office, told WND the work had not been disclosed because, "We did not want to get the contact people of the working groups distracted by calls from the public."

The concerns about the direction such powerful men could lead Americans without their knowledge is only heightened when interlocking networks are discovered. For instance, one of the components envisioned for this future "North American Union" is a superhighway running from Mexico, through the U.S. and into Canada. It is being promoted by the North American SuperCorridor Coalition, or NASCO, a non-profit group "dedicated to developing the world’s first international, integrated and secure, multi-modal transportation system along the International Mid-Continent Trade and Transportation Corridor to improve both the trade competitiveness and quality of life in North America."

The president of NASCO is George Blackwood, who earlier launched the North American International Trade Corridor Partnership. In fact, NAITCP later morphed into NASCO. A NAITCP summit meeting in 2004, attended by senior Mexican government officials, heard from American University's Pastor.
http://tinyurl.com/otu9r



WHOSE LAND IS IT, ANWAY?

Reflections on Patriotism
Sam Smith

This land is your land
This land is my land
From California to the New York island
From the redwood forest to the Gulf Stream waters
This land was made for you and me

-- Woody Guthrie

Before September 11, patriotism wasn't doing all that well. You might have noticed it at the ballpark, as the "Star Spangled Banner" was turned into a novelty number and the guy next to you continued munching on his hot dog as you stood at attention. Less obvious, however, was that in the media and the nation's talk it just didn't seem to matter that much.

One reason was that learning about the country and its values had been widely displaced in school by things like driver, drug, and sex education. Social studies, history, and civic education were in decline as we taught our kids how to behave as individuals rather than how to be part of a community.

Immigrants didn't get much help either, as neither of the two great acculturating institutions of the past - the church and the political machines - held the influence they once had.

Richard Croker, a tough 19th century county boss of Tammany Hall, had grown almost lyrical when he spoke of his party's duty to immigrants:

"They do not speak our language, they do not know our laws, they are the raw material with which we have to build up the state . . . There is no denying the service which Tammany has rendered to the republic. There is no such organization for taking hold of the untrained, friendless man and converting him into a citizen. Who else would do it if we did not? . . . [Tammany] looks after them for the sake of their vote, grafts them upon the Republic, makes citizens of them."

Alexander B. Callow Jr. of the University of California has written that Boston pol Martin Lomansey even met every new immigrant ship and "helped the newcomers find lodging or guided them to relatives. James Michael Curley set up nationalization classes to prepare newcomers for the citizenship examination . . . Friendly judges, anticipating election day, converted their courts into naturalization mills, grinding out a thousand new Americans a day. . . . Flags were waved, prose turned purple, celebrations were wild on national holidays. . . . Patriotism became a means for the newcomer to prove himself worthy."

But there was a darker side, one that often comes to the fore when patriotism is prominent: "Enemies of the organization and reformers in general were identified as opponents of true patriotism and American ideals." Like other isms, patriotism is easily driven more by hatred of the Other than by positive love of one's own. This is why Osama bin Laden, the KKK, and various movements of American nationalism have typically recruited from among society's weakest and most insecure.

Today, immigrants, like other Americans, are far more likely to learn their civics from TV - the main source of news of three-quarters of the public - than from a ward boss, priest, or teacher. The results make Tammany Hall look good. For example, a 1998 poll found that while three-quarters of all teenagers knew the zip code for Beverly Hills, only 25% could name the city in which the Constitution was written. Ninety percent could identify Tim Allen as the star of "Home Improvement" but only 2% knew that William Rehnquist was the Chief Justice. And it's not getting better; just recently the Boston Globe reported that MTV has begun playing excerpts of videos because when they play the whole thing - all three and a half minutes - ratings start to go down.

It is worth noting that those pols who "grafted immigrants upon the Republic" were all Democrats. They saw no conflict between their love of country and an economic populism so radical it would ban them from today's C-SPAN. To them, the palaces of the Morgans and Carneigies were not the same as the place called America. Americans had not yet been indoctrinated into the false notion that the revolution was fought to let corporations do whatever they want. And Democrats had not yet turned over bragging rights for faith, family, and home to the right wing.

Consider these words from a Democratic President Woodrow Wilson, speaking to a group of newly naturalized citizens: "You have just taken an oath of allegiance to the United States. Of allegiance to whom? Of allegiance to no one, unless it be God. Certainly not of allegiance to those who temporarily represent this great government. You have taken an oath of allegiance to a great ideal, to a great body of principles, to a great hope of the human race."

By the end of the century, our presidents saw it differently. Bill Clinton told a 1995 Michigan State University commencement shortly after the Oklahoma City bombing, "There's nothing patriotic about hating your government or pretending you can hate your government but love your country." And in a few years, George Bush's attorney general would imply that even criticizing government policy was unpatriotic.

How had loyalty to government come to replace loyalty to ideals, place, and people in the pantheon of patriotism? In part because the American elite had decided that nations no longer mattered all that much. It was government we needed to honor lest our parochialism interfere with corporate multi-nationalism. In 1992, Strobe Talbott had written in Time Magazine, "Within the next hundred years . . . nationhood as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single, global authority . . . All countries are basically social arrangements, accommodations to changing circumstances. No matter how permanent and even sacred they may seem at any one time, in fact they are all artificial and temporary."

Talbott was expressing a centrist consensus later confirmed by that Washington favorite, Francis Fukuyama: "Globalization will not be reversed." And by Vaclav Havel, approvingly quoted in the New York Review of Books referring to nations as "cultlike entities charged with emotion."

It was not just a matter of words. No assault on American sovereignty has been more successful than that carried out in recent years by the globalization movement, using such mechanisms as NAFTA and the WTO. That which, over the course of our history, the British, Mexicans, Confederates, Spanish, Germans and Japanese had been unable to do was now being accomplished by a handful of lawyers armed only with cell phones, fax machines and the support of politicians willing to trade their country's nationhood for another campaign contribution.

And it wasn't just happening to America. By the 1990s, about half the top economies of the world were not nations, but corporations. Trade had replaced ideology as the engine of foreign affairs. Politics, nationhood and the idea of place itself was being supplanted by a huge, amorphous international corporate culture that ruled not by force but by market share. This culture, in the words of French writer Jacques Attali, sought an "ideologically homogenous market where life will be organized around common consumer desires."

Yet now, suddenly, we speak of patriotism again. Why did so many need the Viagra of violence to demonstrate love for their land? Where was this love when NAFTA and the World Trade Organization were being forced down our throats? Where was it as corporations raped our waters and forests and infected our crops? Where was it when the young took to the streets to defend old American values against a new world order? And where was this love of America during the long "war" on drugs as a growing number of politicians, police, and financial institutions served as allies to the drug lords?

It now feels odd to this Vietnam era vet, whose great-great-great fought with his four brothers in the Revolution and whose parents both lost brothers in World War I, to be lectured on patriotism by those who until the morning of September 11 had evinced so little interest in loyalty to any larger entity than themselves and their careers.

To be sure, the sudden rise in patriotic self-branding is not entirely a spontaneous reaction to the tragic events. It has also been the direct result of intense government and corporate propaganda capitalizing on these events and on a long-cultivated shift by which Americans have been reduced to being spectators and consumers, rather than actual citizens, of their government. We have been taught to cheer rather than act, to wear logos rather than think, and to purchase rather than control and influence. At a moment calling for the most rational vision and thought, our leaders - from the White House to CNN - have instead chosen to turn this tragedy into a Super Bowl of national affairs in which our only assignment as Americans is to choose the right team and cheer it on.

This is a dirty business that does a huge disservice to the country they purport to honor. Remember: these are the people who, in the months before September, not only were assuring us that our future lay in giving up our national independence for the greater good of a corporate-dominated global culture, but who arrested our young people who dared suggest this was not right, and who ridiculed anyone who spoke with feeling of the need to protect America's sovereignty on behalf of its workers, its environment, and its civil liberties.

These people have further failed us by creating a world so filled with hatred for our land. They have failed us by not protecting us against the consequences. They have failed us by selling out our interests to the highest multinational bidder. And now they fail us again, by presuming that they know how best to love this land and imputing disloyalty to those who doubt them. They are in no position to say who is a good American. While we pledge allegiance to the republic for which America stands, we do not have to pledge allegiance to the empire and its failed policies for which America is now suffering. There are few finer, albeit painful, expressions of loyalty than to tell a friend, a spouse, a child, or a parent that what they are doing may be dangerous or wrong. If our country is about to run into the street without looking, there is absolutely nothing disloyal about crying, "Stop!"

Besides, true patriotism is an act of love, not hate. It is service not revenge, contributions not cheers, participation not prohibition, and debate not salutes.

To find the real America buried in our hearts, we have to turn off the amps of propaganda and hype, the reverb and distortion of our fears and failures, and listen to the country unplugged. Some of the best things can only be heard when everything else is still.

There are lots of different ways to think about America. Some people like to call America a "nation of laws," but that sounds like we just spend our days obeying regulations - the sort of place only an attorney could love.

Other people think of America as a government, or as a geographical subdivision, which is fair enough but fails to give the real flavor of the place or explain the strong feelings many Americans have for their land.

But it is also a triptych of environment, people, and ideals

An Environment

An environment is more than a place; it is a condition, it is sustenance, it is shelter, it is a thousand invisible threads tying us to that which lies way out there.

The natural habitat of America long overwhelmed anything that could be built by mere humans, a fact that shaped our character and our culture. It has, to be sure, created oddities: we have become the most ecologically wasteful of nations yet have given the world some of its finest environmental writings. We have preserved some of the world's great natural spaces, but only after virtually exterminating those who lived there. The grandeur of our land has at times made us profligate, at other times humble and religious. We are deeply romantic about the wilderness yet have been ruthless in its exploitation.

In the past one hundred years or so we have learned how to replace nature with systems, technology, machines and institutions. For a long time it seemed to work. It appeared that America had a lifetime pass to progress. That Americans could do even better than nature.

But a few decades ago, things started to go awry. Our cities began to disintegrate. Families broke up with startling frequency. Real income slid and jobs drifted overseas. The environment became less a cornucopia and more a problem. Our non-natural systems no longer seemed as wonderful as they once had.

As these artificial systems failed us, some Americans began returning to natural ones, finding in them a wisdom and sustenance the constructed systems could not provide. Farmers rediscovered non-chemical ways to protect their crops. Communities and businesses began to recycle and seek self-sufficiency. Individuals began downshifting their consumption and lifestyles. And planners discovered long-ignored benefits in treading more softly on the earth.

Even after two hundred years of frequent and massive mistreatment, the American environment is still vital enough to welcome us back, asking only that this time we play by its rules. Its message is simple: that we do not have to belong to artificial systems; we can belong to the land itself.

A People

We can also define ourselves as a people. Because of the variety of our backgrounds, it is not, however, a primeval past or cultural similarity that binds us but rather a shared present and future.

Sometimes -- such as in times of massive disaster -- we act on this communality. We suddenly and without instruction mobilize ourselves to help those miles away, recognizing for a few days or a few months that they are also one of us. We do the same thing when we're having fun; at a concert or a festival we feel a bond with everyone sharing the same experience. And when an admired leader dies, we grieve together.

As with the environment, though, we are inconsistent. America remains one of the most favored destinations for those seeking freedom and a better life, yet the newcomer often finds hostility as well as freedom, discrimination as well as opportunity.

In the end, it is not the culture from which we came but the one each of us is helping to create that will matter. It is our common fate rather than our disparate pasts that will ultimately describe, redeem, or destroy us.

Ideals

What we take for granted -- that a nation and a people should be organized around a set of principles -- was once considered revolutionary and even today remains remarkable. It also takes a lot of work and a lot of argument. But it is one of the things that best defines America.

As with our personal ideals, our country has repeatedly failed to live up to what it proclaims. But while we may not always practice what we preach, at least we do not preach what we practice. The mere existence of our principles and the willingness of large numbers of Americans to work for them gives the country a special character.

In short, America is not the answer; it is only a good place to look for the answer. America has never been perfect; it's just been a place where it was easier to fix things that were broken. The ability to repair ourselves has long been one of our great characteristics as a people and a nation.

Each of us can express love for America in their own way. The Green may do so through care of our environment. The libertarian or anarchist may do so by preserving our faith in liberty. The progressive or socialist may do it by insisting that America's promise of social justice be fulfilled. The conservative may do it by preserving the good. The deeply religious may do it through personal witness. The oppressed may do it through protest and leading us towards our ideals. The cop may do it through upholding the laws of the land - including the most important one, the Constitution. The artist may paint it, the musician sing about it, the teacher teach it.

Most of all, being an American means nobody gets to tell you how best to be an American. As Woodie Guthrie pointed out, this land may be your land, but it is mine as well.
http://tinyurl.com/zudlt

MURDER SCENT
26 Sept. 2006

by Constantin von Hoffmeister

I feel sorry for Jean Baptiste Grenouille. I do not feel pity. He does not deserve pity. He murders a score of virgins and a hooker, and one feels sympathy for his genius. In his latest film PERFUME: STORY OF A MURDERER (based on the novel by Patrick Sueskind), director Tom Tykwer of RUN LOLA RUN fame establishes an epic panorama with monumental shots of a Paris so filthy one longs to spend time in the Sun King's gardens to recover. Newcomer Ben Whishaw plays Grenouille with an innocent intensity that tells the viewer to consider the circumstances that made Grenouille a serial killer. But is he really a serial killer? A misunderstood artist more likely. Like the infamous poet-murderer Pierre Francois Lacenaire, Grenouille does not feel like regular people do. He smells scents of wood, stone and glass but the scent of a woman is the scent that fixes his fate. Once created, a perfume of his can change one's mood and alter bad tempers into friendliness. The editing exalts, cuts between shots of flasks and shots of bodies, as the music inspires to root for Grenouille in his noble quest to dominate those who do not love him. The film is a symbolist poem on celluloid, with images that evoke scents that evoke emotions, deep, exalted and musky. Like Grenouille is indifferent to death but partial to the sense that promises lust, he is a man with a vision not unlike Herman Goering's who liked to hunt and kill and eat (and certainly smell) good food. Except that Grenouille is the good guy in the story of his troubled but unique life, torn symbolically and literally. What is the life of a peasant woman to the existence of a human miracle like Grenouille? Nothing, and hence the murders are justified. The viewer is an innocent accomplice of Grenouille, seeing but not smelling what he smells (boiling flowers and lush garbage). Why is there a negro next to a White woman in the orgy sequence? Ah, must be an import from French New Guinea.

DER CHINESISCHE KOLOSS

Wie sieht die Vollendung der jüdischen Weltherrschaft aus?

„ Die biblische Parabel des Josef und seiner Brüder, in riesenhaften Proportionen vergrößert, spielt sich jenseits des Weltmeeres ab. Aus dem übers Meer verjagten Bruder, dem Fronsklaven der sweatshops, ist ein Herrschender im mächtigsten Reiche der Erde geworden, der seine einst reichen Brüder von bitteren Not rettet.

Der amerikanische Immigrant, ˚der Stein, den die Baumeister missachtet hatten, ist zum Grundstein geworden˚, auch zum Grundstein für ErezIsrael!

Und Ahasver* blicktträumend in das apokalyptische Bild der in die Wolken ragenden zahllosen babylonischen Türme am Hudsonufer*.... die unerhörten Menschenmassen, die in diesen Riesenwaben wie Bienen ein- und ausschwärmen, Kinder seines Volkes, die in kaum einem Menschenalter aus Ghettobewohnern zum größten Baumeister aller Zeiten heranwuchsen... und erkennt den Ratschluß des Herrn.

Und es zeigt sich ihm die kleine, weltbeherrschende Insel Albion*, die mit weiser Regierungskunst fünf Weltteile nach ihrem Willen lenkt... er sieht daselbst Söhne seines Volkes aufsteigen zu gefeierten Meistern dieser Staatskunst... und erkennt den letzten Zweck der Erscheinung.

Es reißt der Vorhang vor der Zukunft... und Ahasver sieht ungeahnte Visionen... ein mächtiges Judentum in der Mitte Asiens, gefeiert als Helfer an der Auferstehung des chinesischen Kolosses, dessen Riesenschatten über dieganze Welt hinfällt.... es flammen märchenhafte Köpfe auf....

Die Schrecken des Galuth verschwinden.

Israel ist eins geworden trotz seiner Zerstreuung. Doch die geistige Achse der Menschheit wird Jeruschalajim.

Alle diese gewaltigen Quellen geistiger, sittlicher und materieller Kräfte rauschen zusammen und fließen der Urheimat zu!

Ahasver erahnt erschüttert die Zusammenhänge des großen Geschehens, er schreitet mit neuem Mute an dem Meilenstein 5698 vorüber, und zukunftsfreudiger als je murmelt er seinen uralten Segensspruch wieder: ‚.... das der Erlösung und des Heiles!’“

(Quelle: Neujahrsartikel der„Jüdischen Presszentrale Zürich“, Nr. 511, 1928)

Ahasver = der Jude
Türme am Hudsonufer= New York
Albion = England
(yahoo.group)

Is there anybody out there? How the men from the ministry hid the hunt for UFOs

· MoD tried to cover-up secret investigation unit
· 10,000 eyewitness reports 'mostly due to weather'

James Randerson, science correspondent
Monday September 25, 2006
The Guardian

The Ministry of Defence went to extraordinary lengths to cover up its true involvement in investigating UFOs, according to secret documents revealed under the Freedom of Information Act.

The files show that officials attempted to expunge information from documents released to the Public Records Office under the "30-year rule" that would have revealed the extent of the MoD's interest in UFO sightings.

In particular, the ministry wanted to cover up the operation of a secret unit dedicated to UFO investigations within the Defence Intelligence Staff. UFO conspiracy theorists have likened the unit, called DI55, to a sort of "Men in Black" agency for defending the Earth against invasion but the released documents show this is far from the truth. One 1995 memo from DI55 to the MoD's public "UFO desk" said: "I have several books at home that describe our supposed role of 'defender of the Earth against the alien menace' - it is light years from the truth!"

The files were made public following FOI requests by David Clarke, a lecturer in journalism at Sheffield Hallam University and his colleague Andy Roberts.

"These documents don't tell us anything about UFOs but they do show how desperate the MoD have been to conceal the interest which the intelligence services had in the subject," said Dr Clarke.

The trail begins with a request, in 1976, from a UFO enthusiast called Julian Hennessy for access to the MoD's records on UFO sightings. A note from the UFO desk to the MoD's head of security on March 23 shows that officials intended to refuse him access on the grounds that the files contain confidential information and "very little of value to a serious scientific investigator".

But the note continues: "This is not to say that the investigation is not taken seriously. The branches have their own methods - and [the public UFO desk] has no 'need to know' about them - but we are aware that DI55 for example sometimes makes extensive inquiries.

"It is undesirable that even a hint of this should become public and we are currently consulting the [Air Historical Branch] on ways of expurgating the official records against the time when they qualify for disclosure [at the Public Records Office]."

Hearing of the background to his fob off 30 years ago Mr Hennessy, who is a local magistrate, was not surprised. "Everything led me to believe there was a major cover up going on," he said."They didn't want to let the public know just how interested they were in these phenomena."

Attempts to alter the public record went on into the 90s. In a note dated April 28 1993 from DI55 to the public UFO desk the unnamed author argued the unit's involvement should be excised from records due to be released under the 30-year rule. But the cat was already out of the bag. A clerical error in 1983 had meant that the distribution list was incorrectly left on a publicly released UFO-related document, so UFO enthusiasts were already asking questions.

"Since then they have obviously been bombarded by people saying who is this DI55, what do they do, what is the extent of their involvement," said Dr Clarke.

Eventually, DI55 decided to allow its involvement to be made public. A note from DI55 to the public UFO desk on 5July 1995 said: "I see no reason for continuing to deny that the [Defence Intelligence Service] has an interest in UFOs. However, if the association is formally made public then the MoD will no doubt be pressured to state what the intelligence role/interest is. This could lead to disbelief and embarrassment since few people are likely to believe the truth that lack of funds and higher priorities have prevented any study of the thousands of reports received."

At this point someone, presumably from the public UFO desk, has scribbled "ouch!" in the margin.

"The lengths they went to to remove any mention of the Defence Intelligence Staff's central role in investigating sightings suggests they had something to hide," said Dr Clarke. "But what they were hiding was not evidence of ET visits but embarrassment at the fact they were never allowed to spend public money on investigating the subject in any depth." The full extent of DI55's involvement has subsequently been made clear by a report released to Dr Clarke in May and reported in the Guardian. That threw up a 500-page document which brought together everything the unit knew about UFOs, or Unidentified Aerial Phenomena (UAPs) as the MoD prefers, including more than 10,000 sightings. It said the existence of UAPs was "indisputable", but blamed the most vexing sighting on airborne "plasmas" formed during "more than one set of weather and electrically charged conditions", or during meteor showers.

Sighting aliens or otherwise?

August 10 1965 A man reported seeing a crimson ball fly out of the side of a hill in Warminster, Wiltshire. A fortnight later, another man photographed a UFO in the centre of Warminster. In 1994 it was claimed the photo was a hoax and the object was made from a cotton reel and a button.

Boxing Day 1980 A UFO reportedly crash landed in Rendlesham forest, Suffolk, near the Woodbridge US air force base. The incident was nicknamed Britain's Roswell in a reference to the famous UFO sighting in New Mexico in 1947. Witnesses said the craft was covered in markings similar to Egyptian hieroglyphs and aliens emerged from it. An airman later confessed the incident was a hoax.

November 28 1980 Policeman Alan Godfrey reported seeing a six-metre wide dome-like object hovering in the air in Todmorden, West Yorkshire. He returned to the site with colleagues and they found the area where the object had supposedly been hovering was dry even though the rest of the road was wet because of earlier rain.

Early 1990s A string of sightings by residents in north Scotland of a UFO regularly flying overhead at great speed. Documents released earlier this year suggested the aircraft was a spy plane called Aurora, designed by the Americans to take covert pictures of the Soviet Union.

May 2006 The MoD released details of Project Condign, a four-year secret study into possible explanations for UFOs. The report concluded that many sightings could be explained as by glowing "plasmas" of gas created by charges of electricity.
http://tinyurl.com/et2zo

US report says Iraq fuels terror
24 September 2006
The New York Times newspaper has published what it says are the findings of a classified US intelligence paper on the effects of the Iraq war.

The document reportedly blames the three-year-old conflict for increasing the threat of terrorism and helping fuel Islamic radicalism worldwide.

However, a White House spokesman said the newspaper report was "not representative of the entire document".

The paper has not seen the report, but spoke to people familiar with it.

The BBC's defence correspondent Rob Watson says this is not the first time the US intelligence community has said that the war in Iraq has made the problem of Islamist extremism worse.

Indeed it had warned that might happen even before the US-led invasion in 2003.

But, our correspondent says, this latest finding, known as a National Intelligence Estimate, is the most comprehensive report yet, based on the considered analysis of all 16 of the US intelligence agencies.

According to the New York Times, which has spoken to officials who have either read it, or been involved in drafting it, the report says the invasion and occupation of Iraq has spawned a new generation of Islamic radicalism that has spread across the globe.

It also warns that Islamic militants who have fought in Iraq could foment radicalism and violence when they return to their home countries, much as returning Jihadis did after the war against the Soviet Union in Afghanistan in the 1980s.

Al-Qaeda threat

It reportedly concludes that, while al-Qaeda may have been weakened since the 11 September 2001 attacks, the radical Islamic movement worldwide has strengthened with the formation of new groups and cells who are inspired by Osama Bin Laden, but not under his direct control.

But White House spokesman Peter Watkins hit back at the newspaper's report, saying: "Their [terrorists'] hatred for freedom and liberty did not develop overnight, those seeds were planted decades ago.

"Instead of waiting while they plot and plan attacks to kill innocent Americans, the United States has taken the initiative to fight back."

However, the report will make uncomfortable reading at the White House, our correspondent says.

In a series of recent speeches, President George W Bush has been portraying the war in Iraq as the central front in the war on terrorism. This report implies while that may be true, that it is a front of America's own making.

In the past, Mr Bush has dismissed such reasoning by arguing that Islamic militants had hated the US long before it invaded Iraq, or even Afghanistan for that matter.
http://tinyurl.com/j6wk2

Ahmadinejad's Gauntlet
The U.S. and Iran Need Each Other Too Much Not to Find Accommodation

By David Ignatius
Sunday, September 24, 2006; Page B07

NEW YORK -- The most telling moment in a conversation here last week with Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad came when he was asked if America would attack Iran. He quickly answered "no," with a slight cock of his head as if he regarded the very idea of war between the two countries as preposterous.

Ahmadinejad's confidence was the overriding theme of his visit. He was like a picador, deftly sticking darts into a wounded bull. As he moved from event to event -- TV and print interviews, a chat with the august Council on Foreign Relations, his lecture to the U.N. General Assembly -- he displayed the same flinty composure. It sometimes seemed as if he owned New York, dispensing his radical bromides like a tidy, compact version of Fidel Castro. I sensed the same certainty that was expressed by Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini back when this confrontation began in the late 1970s: "America cannot do a damn thing."

Questioning the NIE
» Robert Kagan "Simply counting the number of new terrorist recruits does not help to measure and rank the motives that drive people to become terrorists.

* Dionne: No Silent Majority for Bush
* Cohen: When the Camera Lies About 9/11
* PostGlobal: How Free Is Your Press?

OPINIONS SECTION: Editorials, Toles
Who's Blogging?
Read what bloggers are saying about this article.

* 'Just World News' by Helena Cobban
* Once otkaznik always otkaznik
* Wot Is It Good 4


Full List of Blogs (4 links) »

Most Blogged About Articles
On washingtonpost.com | On the web

Save & Share

* Tag This Article


Saving options
1. Save to description:
Headline (required)
Subheadline
Byline
2. Save to notes (255 character max):
Subheadline Blurb None
3. Tag This Article

Over the course of a week's time, I had an unusual chance to sit with both President Bush and President Ahmadinejad and hear their thoughts about Iran. The contrasts were striking: Bush is groping for answers to the Iran problem; you sense him struggling for a viable strategy. When I asked what message he wanted to send the Iranian people, Bush seemed eager for more contact: He spoke of Iran's importance, of its great history and culture, of its legitimate rights. He made similar comments in his speech Tuesday to the U.N. General Assembly.

Ahmadinejad, meanwhile, is sitting back and enjoying the attention. He's not groping for anything; he's waiting for the world to come to him. When you boil down his comments, the message is similar to Bush's: Iran wants a diplomatic solution to the nuclear impasse; Iran wants dialogue; Iran wants more cultural exchanges. At one point, Ahmadinejad even said that "under fair conditions," he would favor a resumption of diplomatic relations with the United States.

But if the words of accommodation are there, the music is not. Instead of sending a message to the administration that he is serious about negotiations, Ahmadinejad spent the week playing to the gallery of Third World activists and Muslim revolutionaries with his comments about Israel and the Holocaust. This audience hears the defiant message between the lines: America cannot do a damn thing.

Ahmadinejad is the calmest revolutionary I've ever seen. Sitting in a plush easy chair in his suite at the InterContinental hotel, he barely moves a muscle as he makes the most radical statements. His feet don't jiggle, his hands don't make gestures, his facial expression barely changes. His eyes are the most expressive part of his body -- sparkling one moment, glowering the next, focusing down to dark points when he is angry.

An interview with Ahmadinejad is an intellectual ping-pong match. He bounces back each question with one of his own: Ask about Hezbollah's attacks, and he asks about Israel's attacks. Question his defiance of the United Nations, and he shifts to America's defiance of the world body. In more than an hour of conversation with me and Lally Weymouth of Newsweek, he didn't deviate from his script. Indeed, some of his comments in the interview were repeated almost word for word when he addressed the General Assembly a few hours later. This is a man adept at message control.

The common strand I take away from this week of Iranian-American conversation is that the two countries agree on one central fact: Iran is a powerful nation that should play an important role in the international system. Bush put it to me this way: "I would say to the Iranian people: We respect your history. We respect your culture. . . . I recognize the importance of your sovereignty." Here was Ahmadinejad's formulation, when I asked how Iran could help stabilize Iraq: "A powerful Iran will benefit the region because Iran is a country with a deep culture and has always been a peaceful country."

That's the challenge: Can America and Iran find a formula that will meet each side's security interests, and thereby allow Iran to return fully to the community of nations after 27 years? Iran can't achieve its ambitions as a rising power without an accommodation with America. America can't achieve its interest in stabilizing the Middle East without help from Iran. The potential for war is there, but so is the bedrock of mutual self-interest. The simple fact is that these two countries need each other.
http://tinyurl.com/jflf9

Iran's Star Rising in the Next World Order (Part I)
Friday, September 22, 2006
Cross posted at the front page of My Left Wing.

Venezuala's President Hugo Chavez is wrong about one thing. George W. Bush is not the devil. Dick Cheney is.

But Chavez has been right about darn near everything else, including whose side to take in the next world order.

The "new" world order began about the time the Berlin Wall fell and America became a benevolent global hegemon. The "next" world order started at the approximate moment U.S. psychological operations troops staged the toppling of Saddam Hussein's statue in Baghdad and America turned into a barbecue republic.

The singular phenomenon that kick-started the next world order was the failure of the best-trained, best-equipped armed force in history to restore order to a country it had invaded. The neoconservatives who had taken over the U.S. government had based its aggressive foreign policy on the efficacy of military might, and the quagmire in Iraq proved that military might was no longer an effective tool of national power.

That was a green light for the counter-U.S. coalition of global, balance and emerging powers to gel. At the recent UN summit, we saw an unmasking of the energy alliance between China, Russia, Venezuela and Iran. China is the big bopper in this strategic dope deal, but the lynchpin is Iran as personified by its rising star Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.

While President Chavez's speech before the UN General Assembly was largely boorish, President Ahmadinejad's remarks to that body were nothing short of brilliant. In eloquent, measured fashion he admonished the rest of the world to join him in telling the United States of America to pound sand up its canyon, and the rest of the world subtly but perceptibly smiled and nodded "yes."

What's It All About, Dickie?

The neoconservative policy on Iraq, as formulated by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), was never about weapons of mass destruction or terrorism or Saddam Hussein. It was about controlling the world energy market by establishing a permanent military base of operations in the heart of the oil rich Middle East.

The Iran situation is similar. We don't know for sure if Iran intends to develop nuclear weapons at some point in the future, but that really isn't the concern. Charter PNAC member and de facto U.S. Emperor Dick Cheney couldn't give a quail's last chirp about a couple more a-bombs in the world. All the attention the administration and its echo chamberlains are focusing on weapons is for the purpose of keeping the proles scared and voting Republican. It also distracts the proles from seeing what Cheney's actual motives are.

Cheney's real problem is that he broke his promise to his big oil buddies by letting his pal Don Rumsfeld spray the Iraq situation into the fan. That gave China and its partners the opening they needed to crack the western world's control of the energy market. If Iran, with help from Russia and China, can develop a mature, independent nuclear energy industry, and if those three countries, along with Venezuela, can take over the energy sources for Asia, eastern Europe, the Middle East and South America, British Petroleum and Mobil Exxon will start going the way of Ford and General Motors.

Cheney doesn't want to bomb Iran's nuclear facilities to keep it from having nuclear weapons. Cheney wants to keep Iran from having a nuclear energy industry.

Fail Safe Diplomacy

I can't tell if Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice is a Dubya-class simpleton, if she's being used as a fall girl by Cheney, or a combination of the two. But I do know that her attempts at "diplomacy" are designed to guarantee war, and suspect that much of the rest of the world knows that too.

Her cease-fire flip-flops in the Israeli-Hezbollah conflict were transparent stratagems. She stiff-armed a cease-fire agreement to give the Israeli Defense Force time to accomplish its military objectives; then she pushed for a cease-fire when it became apparent that the Israelis were tactically and strategically getting their cans kicked.

And by setting unreasonable conditions for direct negotiations between the U.S. and Iran, she all but ensured that negotiations can't take place. Telling a nation it can have a nuclear energy program as long as it doesn't enrich its own uranium is a bit like saying "you can have an automobile industry but you have to make your cars in our country and you have to let us make them for you." Moreover, she's demanding that Iran give up its "inalienable right" to develop peaceful nuclear technology guaranteed by the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty.

The Rovewellians have taken to calling Ahmadinejad "crazy," but if he's crazy, he's crazy like a fox. The only thing that could convince me he's crazy like a crazy would be if he caved on the Bush administration's demands that he give up his uranium enrichment capability.

Cheney and John Bolton and Doug Feith and the rest of the crazy neocon braintrust know Ahmadinejad won't back down. In fact, they're counting on it. That will give them the justification to say, "We tried diplomacy and it didn't work," and proceed with plan A.

Which will be crazy like a warren of March Hares.
http://xrl.us/rwhw




Iran's Star Rising in the Next World Order (Part II)
Saturday, September 23, 2006
Cross posted at the front page of My Left Wing.

(Part I examined the underlying motives of the push for war with Iran. Part II discusses how the run up to a possible Iranian confrontation parallels what we saw with Iraq and examines how, if at all, we can arrive at a better conclusion than we did last time.)

Plan A

Plan A for Iran looks remarkably like Plan A for Iraq. As Larisa Alexandrovna of Raw Story reported on August 18, Cheney has formed an "Iranian Directorate" comprised of fellow neoconservative ideologues to shake and bake the intelligence on Iran similarly to the way his Office of Special Plans manufactured Saddam Hussein's WMD capabilities.

As in the run up to Iraq, much of the mainstream media is cooperating in the pre-war propaganda operation. In its September 25 issue, TIME Magazine ran two articles that were reminiscent of its cooperation with Cheney's office to discredit former Ambassador Joe Wilson's assertion that the administration's claim of a Hussein-Nigeria uranium connection was a hoax.

But TIME is not alone--much of the rest of the so-called "liberal media" has jumped on the Iran bandwagon. MSNBC is one of the worst offenders. Wednesday, September 21st, the cable news network devoted the entire morning to trotting out neoconservative mouthpieces like Mary Matalin and Anderson Williams and let them recite the entire menu of the administration's talking points.

It's Hard to Stop a Train

Seymore Hersh of The New Yorker revealed in April 2006 that despite its "publicly advocating diplomacy," the Bush administration had "…increased clandestine activities inside Iran and intensified planning for a possible major air attack."

In July, Hersh reported that high level uniformed officials at the Pentagon had a "problem" with young Mister Bush's Iran policy.

Inside the Pentagon, senior commanders have increasingly challenged the President’s plans, according to active-duty and retired officers and officials. The generals and admirals have told the Administration that the bombing campaign will probably not succeed in destroying Iran’s nuclear program. They have also warned that an attack could lead to serious economic, political, and military consequences for the United States.

Hersh's sources also said that military and intelligence experts are concerned that there's no tangible proof that Iran is lying when it says it doesn't seek to develop nuclear weapons.

A crucial issue in the military’s dissent, the officers said, is the fact that American and European intelligence agencies have not found specific evidence of clandestine activities or hidden facilities; the war planners are not sure what to hit…

…“There is a war about the war going on inside the building,” a Pentagon consultant said. “If we go, we have to find something.”

Hersh also quoted a former four-star general, seemingly embarrassed by the retired general and flag officer community's reticence to speak out against the Iraq invasion before the fact, as saying, "The system is starting to sense the end of the road, and they don’t want to be condemned by history. They want to be able to say, ‘We stood up.’ ”

At this, point, lamentably, it appears that the senior leadership in the Pentagon has decided to take a seat.

Stand Up, Sit Down, Fight, Fight, Fight!

America's intelligence agencies and Dick Cheney's handmaidens in the Iranian Directorate probably aren't going to find any proof of Iran's intentions to develop nuclear weapons because there probably isn't anything to find. That's probably why Ahmadinejad looks so smug and confident when he tells the world that Iran has nothing to hide.

And that's probably because whatever Iran's nuclear intentions are, they have nothing to hide yet. As one high ranking active duty general told Hersh, “The question we face is, when does innocent infrastructure evolve into something nefarious?”

That's unknowable. It's entirely possible that if Iran ever develops nuclear weapons, we won't find out about it until they tell us--that's pretty much how the North Korea situation played out. So it's likely that if we do strike Iran, it will be based on a worst-case guess, and that's going to be tough to justify to the rest of the world.

The consequences of striking Iran without tangible justification would be devastating. Depending on how a strike operation goes, we could take a lot of battle damage, which would harm our strategic military credibility even further that it is subsequent to our failed experiment in Iraq. What's more, such a move would profoundly diminish our economic and diplomatic clout.

In a nutshell, the goal of Realpolitik or "realistic foreign policy" is to strengthen your alliances, divide your enemies, and convince everybody else to stay out of the way. The Bush administration's pursuit of the neoconservative ideological policies has united our adversaries, pushed formerly non-aligned states into our adversaries' camp, and convinced former allies like the western European states to take a largely neutral position.

If we pull the trigger in Iran we'll shoot off another of our few remaining toes, and we won't have a friend left in the world but Israel. The senior military types who have been pushing back at the idea of attacking Iran understand this better than their civilian bosses, and that's a sad comment on contemporary America.

Our military is politically savvy and our politicians are militaristic.

Unfortunately, as Alexandrovna noted in a September 21 article, it looks like the military types have decided to be good soldiers and march to their civilian boss's orders.

The Pentagon's top brass has moved into second-stage contingency planning for a potential military strike on Iran, one senior intelligence official familiar with the plans tells RAW STORY…

…"The JCS has accepted the inevitable," the intelligence official said, "and is engaged in serious contingency planning to deal with the worst case scenarios that the intelligence community has been painting."

The military might conceivably block an ill advised war with Iran through a "passive coup" of mass resignations and requests for retirement. For such a revolt to work, the four-stars would have lead the charge, but if Alexandrovna's source is correct, it appears the four-stars have decided, once again, to roll over for their civilian masters.

That isn't too surprising. They didn't become four-stars by telling Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld "no."

And if shove comes to biff, Congress can't really block Bush, Cheney, and Rumsfeld from whacking Iran either, because the War Powers Resolution of 1973 essentially gives a President authority to commit forces to combat for 90 days without interference.
http://xrl.us/rwhx


Iran's Star Rising in the Next World Order (Part III)
by Jeff Huber
Sun Sep 24, 2006 at 10:00:06 PM EST
Cross posted at the front page of My Left Wing.

(Parts I and II examined the underling motivations of neoconservative foreign policy on Iran. Part III discusses why U.S. military action against Iran would be the end of the "world order" as we know it.)

From the First World Order to the Next

A pretty old but not half bad joke goes that when Adam woke up in the Garden of Eden and saw Eve for the first time he said, "Stand back. I don't know how big this thing's going to get."

I have no inside knowledge of what the contingency plan for the air strike against Iran looks like, but I have a fair idea of how these things work, and I'm pretty certain that any operation against Iran will be mighty big and hard as a diamond cutter to execute properly.

Commentary :: ::
Given the predictable negative diplomatic and economic consequences of a major air operation against Iran based on fuzzy pretexts, the potential pay-off has to be huge. As I wrote in earlier segments of this series, the real objective of any major operation against Iran won't be to deny their ability to manufacture nuclear weapons. It will be to eliminate Iran's potential to develop a nuclear energy program. In order to do that, Don Rumsfeld's boys will have to be able to take out everything they can find or get at related to Iran's nuclear technology program, and make sure it stays out for a long time.

That's got to involve a lot of targets, and in any major air operation the total target set has to go well beyond the primary objectives. If you want to bomb a lot of stuff, you have to bomb a lot of other stuff so you can a) get at the stuff you really want to bomb and b) live to bomb another day.

Also consider that any air operation against Iran will also involve U.S. naval forces--aircraft carriers and surface combatant cruise missile shooters--so we'll have capital ships in harm's way. Any master attack plan worth its salt will also have to include Iranian ports and the ships in them, coastal missile batteries, facilities that fuel and supply those ships and coastal batteries, and so on and so on and so on. I have read that the master attack plan contains 1,500 targets. I don't know how accurate that number is, but would not be surprised if the size of the actual target set is quite a bit larger.

The bottom line is that in order to give a penny's worth of damage to Iran's nuclear industry we'll have to put a ton's worth of hurt on them.

And we won't come out of such a conflict unscratched. Even if only one or two combatant ships suffer significant battle damage--which is a conservative prediction--that will be the first time the mighty U.S. Navy has suffered a casualty in conventional, toe-to-toe combat since World War II.

The Writing on the Wall

A seldom mentioned aspect of the current Middle East situation is that like the Vietnam conflict, it's a proxy war between the United States and its adversaries China and Russia. And as in Vietnam, China and Russia are sitting on the sidelines while America grinds itself down militarily. By committing itself to operations in a third theater of war in the Middle East, the Bush administration would be once again playing into America's foreign adversaries' strategy.

No matter how much an extensive air strike operation might destroy, Iran will still have its oil, and China will still be more than happy to buy it, and Russia will be tickled pink to reap part of the profits by helping Iran rebuild its nuclear energy program and other infrastructure.

The UN Security Council was never likely to go along with sanctions against Iran, and Bush's appointment of John Bolton as U.S. Ambassador to the UN pretty much guaranteed they won't impose any. Similarly, the Bush administration's insistence that Iran stop its uranium enrichment as a precondition to direct talks ensured that direct talks wouldn't take place.

How are the other players dealing with this impasse? They're blowing off the United States.

If foreign news sources are correct, the EU3 and Russia have agreed to begin talks without U.S. involvement. That should get your attention, because it means America's last allies have jumped to the other side.

The U.S. will not get Iraq or Afghanistan under control--at least not any time soon. Regardless of how combat operations against Iran might go, the big winners will be China, Russia, and yes, Iran.

The ancient Chinese general and philosopher Sun Tzu said, "Thus it is that in war the victorious strategist only seeks battle after the victory has been won, whereas he who is destined to defeat first fights and afterwards looks for victory."

The Dick Cheney neoconservatives who shaped the Bush administration's foreign policy are desperately looking for a victory to justify the defeats from their previous fights. Unfortunately, they don't think like Sun Tzu, so they still believe they can "win" by starting another ill-advised war, and they are unable to understand that they have already lost.

The prize in the next world order is control of global energy. That's what the Iraq invasion was really about. If there were a single enlightened, influential voice in or around the administration, it would tell young Mister Bush to reverse course immediately, and take steps to supplant China and Russia as Iran's energy partner (which is what Bush should have been doing all along).

Unfortunately for America, the influential policy shapers are the likes of Cheney, John Bolton, Bill Kristol and Charles Krauthammer, and the only thing they have in common with great Asian strategists like Sun Tzu is a fear of losing face. My fear is that if they manage to manipulate America into another act of military lunacy, our country will have squandered its gains of the last century before this one is a decade old.

The neoconservatives seem hell bent for Naugahyde to ensure that the United States goes out not with a whimper, but with a very big, very loud bang. My advice to young Americans who want to succeed in the next world order?

Learn Mandarin and Farsi.

Commander Jeff Huber, U.S. Navy (Retired) writes from Virginia Beach, Virginia. Read his commentaries at ePluribus Media and Pen and Sword.
http://xrl.us/rwhy

More Evidence “al-Qaeda” is a CIA-ISI Contrivance
Friday September 22nd 2006, 7:32 am

Don’t expect our corporate media “op-ed” stenographers to deviate from their Pentagon and neocon generated scripts and connect the dots now that another in-your-face link between “al-Qaeda” terrorism and state-sponsored terrorism (one in the same) has surfaced.

“Omar Khyam, an accused leader among seven men charged in 2004 with stockpiling half a ton of explosives in an Al Qaeda-linked bombing plot, took the stand Tuesday long enough to refuse to continue his testimony. The judge temporarily adjourned the trial, which began in March,” reports the Los Angeles Times. “On Monday, Khyam stunned his own lawyer when he declared that his relatives in Pakistan had been intimidated in recent days by agents of the powerful Inter-Services Intelligence agency, which has a shadowy history of contacts with Islamic extremist networks.”

No mention here of the “shadowy” fact the ISI is a branch office of the CIA. “A number of officers from the ISI’s Covert Action Division received training in the US and many covert action experts of the CIA were attached to the ISI to guide it in its operations against the Soviet troops by using the Afghan Mujahideen, Islamic fundamentalists of Pakistan and Arab volunteers,” writes B. Raman for the South Asia Analysis Group. These “Arab volunteers” and “Islamic fundamentalists,” of the most virulent strain (Saudi Wahhabism), are now known as “al-Qaeda,” a wily and phantasmal enemy specifically designed to serve as a forever enemy, an elusive Goldsteinesque enemy explicitly engineered to pose a threat in perpetuum.

“Despite longtime allegations that Pakistani agents have trained Islamic militants and protected fugitive Al Qaeda leaders, Khyam’s testimony provided a rare account in a Western courtroom about the ISI’s role in militant training camps,” the Times continues. “His accusation also raised concerns that Pakistani intelligence officials might be seeking to disrupt a significant prosecution of alleged Islamic extremism in Europe.”

Of course, this stands to reason, as “Islamic extremism,” long ago blueprinted on a CIA drawing board, has demonstrated its transcendent usefulness and must be protected at all cost. One miserable patsy will not get in the way and no doubt Omar Khyam’s family is now in danger, thanks to his detrimental revelation.

“If the allegations about intimidation are true, they raise troubling implications for the trial and the other pending cases involving British suspects of Pakistani origin with alleged connections to terrorist networks in Pakistan—as well as family ties there.”

According to Jane’s Information Group, the ISI “was modelled on Savak, the Iranian security agency, and like Savak was trained by the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and the SDECE, France’s external intelligence service.” SAVAK, according to Sam Ghandchi, who experienced the secret police’s brutality firsthand, specialized in shoving broken bottles in the rectums of political dissidents, murdering “pregnant activists, and all other forms of killing and rape.” SAVAK was a law unto itself, possessing the legal authority to arrest, detain, interrogate, and torture dissidents indefinitely. SAVAK operated its own prisons in Tehran, such as the Qezel-Qalaeh and Evin facilities. Because it operated autonomously, without checks and balances, it serves as a standard-bearer for secret police around the world.

“Kashmir, along with Bosnia-Herzegovina and the Russian republic of Chechnya, is one of the battlegrounds that has provided a multinational flow of aspiring Islamic militants to Al Qaeda and its allies,” the Times reports, once again neglecting to connect the dots.

For instance, as Michel Chossudovsky notes, the “Bosnian pattern,” as described in a Republican Party Committee congressional report published in 1997, “was replicated in Kosovo” with “the complicity of NATO and the US State Department. Mujahideen mercenaries [recruited, trained, and financed by the CIA and ISI] from the Middle East and Central Asia were recruited to fight in the ranks of the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA) in 1998-99, largely supporting NATO’s war effort…. Confirmed by British military sources, the task of arming and training of the KLA had been entrusted in 1998 to the US Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) and Britain’s Secret Intelligence Services MI6, together with ‘former and serving members of 22 SAS [Britain’s 22nd Special Air Services Regiment], as well as three British and American private security companies.” This pattern was also put to work in Macedonia and Chechnya.

Omar Khyam has revealed but another glimmer of the precise nature of the “al-Qaeda” terror network, information useful for connecting dots but that will of course be studiously ignored by our corporate media stenographers. “Khyam has revealed more information than was expected,” remarked Sajjan Gohel of the Asia-Pacific Foundation, billed as a counter-terrorism think tank. “He has given a lot of insight into how very many British Muslims have been recruited…. I think everyone was shocked. The question now is whether the whole truth will come out.”

Of course, it does not matter if “the whole truth will come out,” as it is irrelevant, especially for a society unable to connect the dots and, really, not wanting to connect the dots and learn the truth, as this particular truth interupts sit-coms and football games.

For every person who looks beyond the official story and gleans the indisputable truth about “al-Qaeda” and various other intelligence contrivances engineered by the Pentagon, CIA, MI-6, Mossad, et al, there are literally millions of people who buy into the official explanation, or rather Brothers Grimm machination—the Muslims, represented by the dead Osama and al-Zarqawi, are out to get us and an incessant “clash of civilizations” is required, with attendant police state and tyranny at home.

Indeed, the “whole truth,” according to our neocon rulers, is nothing less than base “appeasement” of “bad guys,” those who wish us harm. Soon enough, especially after the imminent shock and awe of Iran, espousing the truth will result in Gestapo door knocks—with battering rams manned by ninja-clad thugs tossing stun grenades—at three in the morning, thus shuffling “fifth columnists,” as Sen. Lindsey Graham would likely describe the readers of this blog, off to Rex 84 camps where waterboarding and secret military tribunals are the order of the day.
http://kurtnimmo.com/?p=569

Confession No. 16: Former Bishop of Gautemala Claims Jesuits Control the Vatican and Are the Real Spiritual Controllers of the New World Order
Bishop Gerard Bouffard says the Jesuit General, Fr Peter Hans Kolvenbach, gives the marching orders to the Pope. He also backs up the accusations made by the late Fr. Alberto Rivera about the evil Jesuit Order.
25 Sep 2006

By Greg Szymanski

Former Bishop Gerard Bouffard of Guatemala said the Vatican is "the real spiritual controller" of the Illuminati and New World Order while the Jesuits through the Black Pope, Jesuit Gen. Fr. Peter Hans Kolvenbach, actually control the Vatican hierarchy and the Roman Catholic Church.

Bishop Bouffard, who left the Church and is now a born again Christian living n Canada, based his conclusion after working six years as a Vatican priest, assigned the task of passing daily, sensitive correspondence between the Pope and the leaders of the Jesuit Order residing at Borgo Santo Spirito 5 near St. Peter's Square.

"Yes, the man known as the Black Pope controls all major decisions made by the Pope and he in turn controls the Illuminati," said Bishop Bouffard last week on Greg Szymanski's radio show, The Investigative Journal, at www.gcnlive.com where archives of the startling statements can be heard in their entirety.

"I know this to be true since I worked for years in the Vatican and traveled with Pope John Paul II. The Pope takes his marching orders from the Black Pope as the Jesuits also arte the leaders of the New World Order, with the task of infiltrating other religions and governments of the world in order to bring about a one world fascist government and a one world religion based on Satanism and Lucifer.

"People can't imagine how evil and how much destruction they have caused and will cause while, at the same time using the perfect cover of hiding behind black robes and professing to be men of God."

Bishop Bouffard's first hand knowledge of the evil lurking within the hierarchy of the Vatican and particularly the Jesuit Order confirms the testimony of other researchers, including Bill Hughes, author of the shocking books The Enemy Unmasked and The Secret Terrorists, as well as preeminent researcher of the Jesuit Order, Eric Jon Phelps, author of Vatican Assassins.

Besides painting a dark picture of the Black Pope in Rome, Bishop Bouffard claims the evil power of the Jesuits extends throughout the world, including solid infiltration of the U.S. government, the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and major religious organizations.

Bishop Buffard claims the Jesuits act like the perfect chameleons, taking on the identity of Protestants, Mormons, Baptists and Jews with the intention of bringing about the downfall of America as well as bringing the country under a one world religion based in Jerusalem and under the control of their leader, Lucifer.

"I know first hand that the Vatican controls and monitors everything in Israel with the intention of destroying the Jews," said Bishop Bouffard, adding the true purpose of the Jesuit Order is to orchestrate and control all leaders of the world in order to bring about a major worldwide conflict which will eventually destroy America, the Middle East and Israel. "They destroy everything from within and want to bring about the destruction of the Catholic Church, as well, in order to usher in a one world religion based on Satanism. This is also seen in the way priests worship in the Mass, actually worshipping the dead. Also, signs of Satanism are seen in many outward symbols, customs and vestments displayed by the Church."

After his service in Rome, Bishop Bouffard spent time in Africa and Guatemala, rising to a position of power within the Church. However, with this religious power came affiliation and membership as a Freemason, becoming a 37 Degree Masonic member, something supposedly frowned upon in the Roman Catholic Church since, according to Canon Law, membership in a Masonic Lodge brings immediate excommunication.

According to Bishop Bouffard, Freemasonry is used by the Church to carry out its secret plans, as many other high-level priest, bishops, cardinals and even popes have joined secret societies along with others in positions of power in other religions and governments, many working together to further the evil Illuminati agenda.

And his statements back up reports which surfaced in Italian and French newspapers in the early 1980's, reporting more than 150 high level priests with membership in Freemasonry, including the P2 Masonic Lodge and other secret societies.

"I finally was born again and denounced the Catholic Church," said Bishop Bouffard, who now is a practicing Christian following the word of God through the Bible. "We must always pray for our leaders by openly denouncing evil and exposing the Jesuits for what they really are."

After leaving the Church, Bishop Bouffard also made amends and asked the late Jesuit priest, Fr. Alberto Rivera for his forgiveness. Fr. Rivera was one of the few Jesuit priests with the courage to expose the evil intentions of the Society of Jesus, coming forward telling how he worked as one of the Jesuit Order's infiltrators in America with the job of infiltrating Protestant and Baptist churches with the intent of destroying them from within.

"When I was a bishop and still loyal to the Church, I once wrote a letter denouncing Fr. Rivera and advocating his death," said Bishop Bouffard. "When I realized the truth, I searched out Frt. Rivera and asked his forgiveness. We became good friends and I know he was telling the truth. He was an honest many who also found God.

"I know the Jesuits tried to change the truth, saying he never was a priest and destroying all evidence backing that up. They have tried to do the same to me, but Fr. Rivera was telling the truth without question. I know that for a fact and even was with him several weeks before his death. He was suffering terribly after being poisoned with acid. Like I said, you can't imagine the suffering and destruction that has been caused and will be caused by the Jesuits"

In an article entitled Alberto: the Big Brou-haw-haw, an unknown writer who followed Bishop Bouffard career and his connection with Fr. Rivera had this to say, including the Vatican's difficulty in trying to cover-up both Rivera and Bouffard's accusations:

"Then there's the corroborating testimony provided by Fr. Gerard Bouffard. He was a high ranking bishop born in Quebec, Canada. He rose from lower levels of his orders to become an assistant for many years to Popes such as Paul VI and John Paul II. He converted to protestantism and claims he was the man who received the order to eleminate Rivera. In a documentary called Unveiling the Mystery Behind Catholic Symbols, Bouffard shows a fancy 18-carat gold plated pen containing a special disappearing ink with which the Holy Office authorities sign top secret documents. He claims, "With this pen that I am holding, I signed the order to kill Dr. Rivera". Pretty dramatic cloak and dagger stuff! His previous high profile position would make him an easy target for discrediting... Yet the silence is deafening.

"The Vatican also has its own credibility problems to contend with. From a historical context, Alberto's claims to be a Jesuit working undercover to destroy protestant churches is not as far flung as it might seem. The Jesuits were created in 1541 by Ignatius De Loyola for that very purpose (although some Jesuits dispute this, naturally). They engaged in countless dirty tricks, assassinations, and treasonous plots during their hay day. The Office of the Inquisition was an out growth of their mission which resulted in the torture and/or murder of millions of innocent people for "heresy". That department has since been renamed The Holy Office, but the Jesuits have never bothered with a name change. How much their goals have changed with time is also a uncertain. Neither organization is very transparent and both serve the interests of the Pope. Bad reputations are not easily forgotten.

"If Alberto's story is a lie, it's brilliant piece of fiction with amazing consistency. There are certainly other conspiracies that have been dreamed up which are equally vivid and intricate. The JFK assassination conspiracy and the UFO /Majestic 12 conspiracy come foremost to mind. But these conspiracies were created and improved by hundreds of people over a long period of time, then pieced together and rearranged until they formed a plausible narrative. After twenty or so years of "public input" and revisions, a semi-"official" version is adopted. If any particular part of it is proven to be false, it morphs into a slightly different version without the disproven parts.

"Alberto had none of these resources. His own story came from him alone. It wasn't revised and honed for decades by committee before Chick published it. On the contrary, it was published in its entirety and then sublimated with additional volumes (five more comics) giving more names and dates but no retractions. If he in fact "made it all up", then he certainly deserves a prize for literary genius. Especially as far as his own biographical intrigues are concerned (move over Baron von Munchausen?).

"After twenty years of investigation, all the Pope's resources have failed to "prove" Alberto was a fake. Of course, Alberto failed to "prove" his allegations against the Vatican as well. So at best, the contest is still a draw. Maybe future developments will yield something dramatic. But don't count on it. We'll probably never know if Alberto was really "real" unless the Pope were to come straight out and confess it. (And that stands about as much of a chance of happening as a flying saucer landing on the White House lawn.) It is definitely delicious food for thought, however, and far more scary than any premise aired on X-files.

To read a defense of Alberto from the Chick site, go here:

http://www.chick.com/reading/books/199/0199cont.asp

Throughout history, the Jesuit Order has been tied together with war and genocide, being formally removed from many countries, including France and England. As researchers claim the Jesuits are the real spiritual controllers of the New World Order, author Phelps has also called for the Order's banishment in this country.

However, with more than 28 major universities from coast to coast, the Order has created a strong political and financial foothold here, including secret control of the CFR and control of many banks like Bank of America and the Federal Reserve banking system, making Phelps' call for banishment a difficult if not improbable task.
http://xrl.us/rwh2

Israel's Elbit wins US security contract
Yaakov Katz, THE JERUSALEM POST Sep. 22, 2006

A consortium led by Boeing, the second-largest US defense contractor, and including Israel's Elbit Systems has won the first piece of a $2 billion government contract to develop and provide new technological means to secure the US borders and curb illegal immigration, officials said Thursday.

The contract, valued at $80 million, is the first part of a multibillion-dollar Homeland Security Department plan to help secure US borders with Mexico and Canada. The final bill's total is unknown, a department official said, because it hinges largely on whether Congress will approve spending about $1 billion to build a fence on the Mexican border. Until then, the contract will be given to Boeing in phases, the department official said.

Chicago-based Boeing was among several major defense companies competing for the job. While other companies' proposals relied more heavily on using flying drones to patrol the border, Boeing focused on a network of 1,800 high-tech towers, equipped with cameras and motion detectors that could feed live information to Border Patrol agents.

Elbit serves as a member of the consortium through Kollsman Inc., its US subsidiary. Kollsman's expertise in Homeland Security includes the integration and development of innovative electro-optical systems for surveillance and tracking, optical fiber technology for security, video communication and control systems alongside image-processing and smart systems for electronic fences.

Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAVs) of the Hermes family of UAVs and the Skylark man-packed UAV, which are used for military and homeland security applications, are also part of the capabilities Kollsman brought to the consortium.

"US citizens and the federal government are very concerned about vulnerabilities on the porous US northern and southern borders," said Elbit Systems of America President & CEO Tim Taylor. "The strategic and technological strengths we bring to the Boeing team will help restore the safety and security that Americans have known for so long."

The contract, part of the Secure Border Initiative, is the government's latest attempt to use advanced technology to solve the illegal immigration problem, which lawmakers have called a national security issue and which has given new attention in light of the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks.

Homeland Security gave companies chasing the contract - including Lockheed Martin Corp. and Northrop Grumman Corp. - freedom to come up with their own ideas for how best to apply new and developing technologies to the problem.
http://xrl.us/rwh3

The Top-Secret Warplanes of Area 51

Bill Sweetman

For a closer look at the exotic aircraft the Air Force might be cooking up at Area 51, launch the photo gallery: http://xrl.us/rwh5



On a trip to las vegas in 2004, observing from my east-facing hotel room in the pyramidal Luxor Hotel at daybreak, I watched a fleet of six unmarked 737s make commuter flights to nowhere. These aircraft depart every weekday morning from a tidy, anonymous terminal on the western side of McCarran International Airport. A long line of cars pours into a 1,600-spot parking lot as the jets pull away from the terminal, taxi to the runways, and head out into the desert sky. At the end of the day, the shuttle flights return and the lot empties. The passengers go home and tell their families nothing about what happened at work that day.

Cut to April 4 this year. San Diego is hit by a rumbling shock that isn’t an earthquake. It is ruled out by the media as a sonic boom after military operators claim it is not one of their aircraft. San Diego Union-Tribune reporter Alex Roth does some digging and comes up with six puzzlingly similar incidents around the country since 2003.

Fast-forward to July, at the Farnborough International Airshow in southeastern England. Frank Cappuccio, the avuncular vice president of Lockheed Martin’s secretive Skunk Works division, opens a press conference by introducing what he calls a promotional video, “something to show the kids and families about what we do.” Two minutes into the show, a gray, cockpit-less airplane that nobody has seen before—it looks like a B-2 bomber’s chick—soars over a backdrop of stony, barren hills and mountains.

All these events are linked. They are the visible signs of an invisible, parallel world within the universe of aerospace and defense: the classified, or “black,” world of secret military programs. Those unmarked 737s were ferrying employees to the flight-test center near Groom Lake, Nevada, known to the public as Area 51. The gray airplane is Polecat, a next-generation stealth unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV)—Cappuccio’s video was his sly way of unveiling the program. Those earthquakes? Quite possibly sonic booms from a long-suspected hypersonic attack vehicle, a sleek aircraft that has consumed the imaginations of black-project enthusiasts and military analysts, including me, for two decades. Though seemingly dormant in recent years, the program appears to be on the move again, and with a renewed vigor that has me feeling, somewhat unsettlingly, a bit like the aerospace industry’s own Ahab.
Is speculating on top-secret military technology a national security risk? Tell us what you think on the PopSci Blog. The black airplane world has, without question, produced the most significant advances in aviation technology. In the 1950s, it spawned the U-2 spyplane, which flew higher and farther than anyone had thought possible. It gave birth a decade later to the SR-71 Blackbird, the exotic, revered speed king. It also produced the slow but stealthy, origami-like F-117 fighter.

But for aerospace sleuths, there’s been little activity recently in the form of declassified vehicles that might hint at current efforts. (Classified programs can be unveiled to aid in broad combat deployment or when the technology appears in other programs.) The F-117 came out of the black world during the first Iraq war 15 years ago, and only three aircraft have been introduced since. One was Polecat. Another was Northrop Grumman’s ungainly reconnaissance aircraft Tacit Blue, nicknamed “the Whale.” The third was Boeing’s Bird of Prey, which tested visual stealth strategies, including shaping that minimizes shadows and contrast and, rumor has it, body illumination that allows it to blend into its background.

This dearth of unveiled prototypes does not mean, however, that the black-aircraft community is dormant. In fact, all signs point to steadily increasing activity. Google Earth reveals a newly constructed additional runway and multiple new hangars and buildings at the base. The usual vague, untraceable allocations in congressional budgets that often signal classified programs are on the rise, and modern technological innovations are now enabling aircraft designs that might have floundered in the black world for years. Further, there are significant gaps in the military’s known aviation arsenal—gaps that the Pentagon can reasonably be assumed to be actively, if quietly, trying to fill.

The need for such secrecy is simple: It is essential to preserving technological surprise. The Pentagon wishes to prevent enemies from developing strategies to counter the technology. The challenge is to figure out what precisely is happening—without betraying national security—because the bigger the black world gets, the better it conceals its activities. What follows is inescapably an educated guess, arrived at by analysis of the available evidence, at the tantalizing designs being cooked up on the sly at Area 51, including a radical special-forces transport, a stealthy UAV, an agile new bomber, and my own white whale—the mythical, hypersonic dragster and presumed source of those faux earthquakes: Aurora.
Is speculating on top-secret military technology a national security risk? Tell us what you think on the PopSci Blog. Delivering Special Forces Behind Enemy Lines
One of the best pointers to a secret program is an obvious gap in the “white world” force, and one of these gaps is a stealthy, short-runway transport airplane. The U.S. Air Force’s special operations community has talked for many years about stealthy transports that could take off and land vertically or on a few hundred feet of level ground (a soccer field is the classic example).

The new V-22 Osprey tilt-rotor transport is a partial answer to that problem, but the military would really like something faster, so it can fly farther into and out of enemy territory, and the Osprey’s big rotors quickly betray it to radar. So far, there is no sign of unclassified, white-world money developing such a vehicle. In 1992, however, Skunk Works engineers filed a patent application for such an aircraft. (New aircraft can take years to develop. A 14-year-old patent filing could easily represent a current program.)

Tailless, with a blended wing and body, the aircraft is powered by six jet engines driving rotor-like lifting fans ensconced in wide, round bays in the wings. For takeoff and landing, doors and Venetian-blind vanes cascade open, and the fans lift the airplane vertically. While cruising, the engines drive smaller, forward-thrusting fans. Why six engines? The engines and fans are interconnected by an elaborate system of cross-shafts so that any engine can deliver power to either side of the airplane. With six engines, the airplane can complete a mission if one fails.

Is something like that out there today? The job of a vertical-takeoff-and-landing aircraft still needs doing, perhaps now more than ever before, and, barring antigravity solutions from the friendly aliens at Area 51, an aircraft like this is one of the few ways to get it done. Technologically, it is probably benefiting from the innovations behind the Osprey’s power-sharing engines—in that aircraft, if one engine fails, the second still drives both propellers—and the development of the shaft-driven vertical-lift fan in the new F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, or JSF.
Is speculating on top-secret military technology a national security risk? Tell us what you think on the PopSci Blog. New UAVs: Unmanned, Invisible, Unlimited
Although manned fighter jets and bombers have long dominated classified programs, unmanned vehicles are rising as quickly in the black as in the white world, particularly because the Air Force lacks any kind of stealth-reconnaissance aircraft. It plans to replace the U-2 spyplane with the Global Hawk UAV, but even though the Global Hawk has the advantage of being robotic—that is, capable of longer flights and expendable, since there’s no human on board—it doesn’t fly as high and can’t carry the same hefty high-performance cameras as the U-2. Nor does it carry a jammer to spoof enemy missiles.

Polecat, just outed from the black world, is part of the answer. Lockheed Martin representatives talk about an operational version with U-2-like altitude and payload, along with technology to avoid visual detection (including features seen on the Bird of Prey) and, perhaps, an automated system that detects a contrail behind the airplane and tells the flight-control system to change altitude.

Other stealthy UAVs have probably been tested—among them, possibly, armed UAVs. It is known, for example, that engine maker Williams International delivered the first dozen or so of its new FJ33 small jet engines to the U.S. government four or five years ago, but no known project uses that engine. A recent report in Jane’s International Defence Review described another, larger vehicle that uses different engines from Polecat, apparently recycled from a 1960s UAV program. The article speculated that the engines are probably General Electric J97s, built for a UAV called Compass Arrow.

Why reuse old jet engines? There is only one good reason. The J97 was unusual in that it was designed to operate at up to 80,000 feet, an altitude at which most jet engines cough, stall, and quit. The Air Force does not send the stealthy B-2 and F-117 over hostile territory in daylight, because those planes could be easily spotted. But at 80,000 feet, six miles above a fighter’s cruising altitude, the sky is almost as black as night, and a UAV could survive at high noon. I suspect that both Polecat and the second, larger stealth UAV are currently undergoing high-altitude flight-testing at Area 51.

Some UAV projects may be much slower than even the stealth birds. A Boeing patent filed in 2004 describes a vehicle that is a cross between an airship and an airplane—employing both buoyant lift from helium gas and wing lift generated by forward speed, and capitalizing on recent developments in on-board solar power generation and autonomous flight control.

What would be the advantage of such a vehicle? For one thing, it would have long flight endurance, measured in days or weeks rather than hours. For another, airships can easily be made to accommodate very large and sensitive antennas. If you want to locate weak or sporadic radio transmissions—such as cellphones or scattered satellite phones used by insurgent groups—the airship is an ideal platform.
Is speculating on top-secret military technology a national security risk? Tell us what you think on the PopSci Blog. Revived Avenger Offers Stealthy Ground Attacks
Another surprising gap in U.S. capabilities is the lack of an all-weather, stealthy ground-attack aircraft. The Joint Strike Fighter is supposed to do that, but not until 2014. The new F-22 Raptor, mostly an air-to-air fighter, will be able to do some of it eventually, but that jet carries a relatively modest 2,000-pound bomb load. The F-117 Stealth fighter can be flown only in clear nighttime weather—it has no radar to bomb accurately through clouds, and its black coating easily betrays it to ground spotters.

Fellow black-project sleuth Jeffrey Richelson, author of the 2001 book The Wizards of Langley and one of the leading historians of U.S. intelligence efforts, guessed in a recent conversation that a behind-the-scenes tour of Groom Lake might reveal a revived program to plug that gap sooner than 2014, when the JSF flies.

A hint about possible all-weather attack vehicles now in testing—ones available sooner than 2014 and capable of carrying significant bomb loads—could reside, aerospace historian Peter Merlin pointed out, in a test pilot’s unclassified biography. Daniel Vanderhorst, who flew Northrop’s Whale and six other secret aircraft in a 20-year career, evidently “tested modified landing gear and conducted initial tests of internal weapons bays and weapon separation tests.” What’s unusual about this is that most prototypes are simple aircraft without weapon bays, which suggests that this airplane was closer to an operational type. Specifically, I’m guessing, it could be an extension of the heavy-payload, all-weather attack jet A-12 Avenger II, which then–Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney canceled in 1991 because it was overbudget and not meeting its technological goals.

The flying-wing, carrier-based stealth-strike airplane was being developed under a tightly classified but not-quite-black program. The jet was only 11 months from first flight, and nobody has ever disclosed what happened to the partly built prototypes. If one of them had been completed and tested in a revived black program, most likely in the early 1990s, it could have pointed the way toward the F-117 replacement that Richelson suspects is flying now. Unlike the other stealth aircraft, an operational A-12 descendant would combine stealth ground-attack capability with the ability to shoot back at enemy fighters, packing a pair of anti-radar missiles and two AIM-120 air-to-air missiles.
Is speculating on top-secret military technology a national security risk? Tell us what you think on the PopSci Blog. Providing On-Demand Worldwide Attack
Lastly, there’s Aurora. The name itself is mysterious, evoking something you may or may not have seen. This code name leaked out of an unclassified budget document back in 1985. Such a vehicle—a ramjet-powered reconaissance and strike aircraft capable of flying at least five times the speed of sound and deploying anywhere in the world in a matter of hours—has been high on the government’s wish list. Aurora is certainly possible. The basic propulsion unit, the ramjet, is no more than a tapered tube with a fuel injector and burner in the middle and a thrust nozzle at the end. Basic ramjet-powered missiles have topped Mach 6. A wealth of aerodynamic data and test flights suggest that a wedge-shaped aircraft would work at these speeds.

I first heard about this kind of program in the mid-1980s, and the first public hint of the project popped up in 1988, when the New York Times reported that the Air Force was developing a spyplane capable of better than Mach 5—nearly twice as fast as the SR-71, then the world’s fastest airplane.

Two years later, the Blackbird was retired. In June 1991, the first in a series of unexplained shock waves rolled across the Los Angeles basin, rattling doors and windows and making people think of earthquakes. But they were not earthquakes, and the military adamantly denied that any of its vehicles caused the booms. In May of this year, I consulted with Dom Maglieri, an ex-NASA sonic-boom expert who has played a key role in the development of low-sonic-boom aircraft. We studied 15-year-old seismograph data from the California Institute of Technology, whose uniquely sensitive sensors could actually track the booms. “The data showed something at 90,000 feet, Mach 4 to Mach 5,” Maglieri says now. The booms did not look like refracted, “over the top” booms, as other reports had indicated—booms from aircraft miles away that had traveled up through the atmosphere and bent down toward Los Angeles. The booms looked like direct overflights by a supersonic airplane that no one admitted to owning. “The signatures are awfully different,” Maglieri says.

Shortly after the first set of waves appeared, Chris Gibson, an oil engineer and well-known aircraft-recognition expert, contacted me. In August 1989, Gibson said, he had been working on a North Sea rig when a colleague called him outside to see a formation of airplanes overhead. Clearly silhouetted against the sky were two F-111 bombers, a KC-135 tanker and—in refueling position behind the tanker—an unidentifiable delta-shaped airplane, about 90 feet long, a near-perfect match for unclassified studies of high-supersonic cruise airplanes.
Is speculating on top-secret military technology a national security risk? Tell us what you think on the PopSci Blog. This evidence helps establish the program’s initial existence. My investigations continue to turn up evidence that suggests current activity. For example, having spent years sifting through military budgets, tracking untraceable dollars and code names, I learned how to sort out where money was going. This year, when I looked at the Air Force operations budget in detail, I found a $9-billion black hole that seems a perfect fit for a project like Aurora.

Over the years, I’ve learned that few people investigate budget holes seriously. Analysts such as Steven Kosiak of the Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments, a Washington, D.C.–based think tank that pushes innovation in defense, doubt that Congress even knows what’s going on. “A fair amount of classified spending goes through in supplemental requests,” he told me. “It’s seen as must-pass legislation, and people don’t look at it closely.” This $9-billion gap and the most recent booms felt in San Diego and elsewhere are the most compelling evidence for the program’s resurgence. (We can’t analyze the new booms because seismic sensors of the same type were not present.)

But if Aurora has been active for years, why would it be surging forward now? The main hold-up has probably been fuel. The way to make a hypersonic cruiser work is to use circulating fuel to soak up the engine’s heat, but conventional jet fuel can’t absorb enough heat to do the job. In the 1980s, Aurora would have been designed to use fuels such as hydrogen or methane, which are gaseous at normal temperatures and had to be supercooled and densified to fuel the aircraft. Although that strategy is possible, it’s not operationally easy, and complicated refueling would be counterproductive for a jet intended to provide prompt overflight when the military needed it. Better fuels and engine technologies exist now.

The question, finally, is does Aurora exist? Years of pursuit have led me to believe that, yes, Aurora is most likely in active development, spurred on by recent advances that have allowed technology to catch up with the ambition that launched the program a generation ago.

Bill Sweetman is a PopSci contributing editor and author of more than 30 books on aerospace technology.
http://xrl.us/rwh4

Who benefits from the Afghan Opium Trade?
by MC Smacker
Sunday September 24, 2006 at 01:49 PM

The United Nations has announced that opium poppy cultivation in Afghanistan has soared and is expected to increase by 59% in 2006. The production of opium is estimated to have increased by 49% in relation to 2005. Yet in a bitter irony, US military presence has served to restore rather than eradicate the drug trade.

Who benefits from the Afghan Opium Trade?

Michel Chossudovsky | 23.09.2006

The United Nations has announced that opium poppy cultivation in Afghanistan has soared and is expected to increase by 59% in 2006. The production of opium is estimated to have increased by 49% in relation to 2005.

The Western media in chorus blame the Taliban and the warlords. The Bush administration is said to be committed to curbing the Afghan drug trade: "The US is the main backer of a huge drive to rid Afghanistan of opium... "

Yet in a bitter irony, US military presence has served to restore rather than eradicate the drug trade.

What the reports fail to acknowledge is that the Taliban government was instrumental in implementing a successful drug eradication program, with the support and collaboration of the UN.

Implemented in 2000-2001, the Taliban's drug eradication program led to a 94 percent decline in opium cultivation. In 2001, according to UN figures, opium production had fallen to 185 tons. Immediately following the October 2001 US led invasion, production increased dramatically, regaining its historical levels.

The Vienna based UN Office on Drugs and Crime estimates that the 2006 harvest will be of the order of 6,100 tonnes, 33 times its production levels in 2001 under the Taliban government (3200 % increase in 5 years).

Cultivation in 2006 reached a record 165,000 hectares compared with 104,000 in 2005 and 7,606 in 2001 under the Taliban (See table below).

Multibillion dollar trade

According to the UN, Afghanistan supplies in 2006 some 92 percent of the world's supply of opium, which is used to make heroin.

The UN estimates that for 2006, the contribution of the drug trade to the Afghan economy is of the order of 2.7 billion. What it fails to mention is the fact that more than 95 percent of the revenues generated by this lucrative contraband accrues to business syndicates, organized crime and banking and financial institutions. A very small percentage accrues to farmers and traders in the producing country.

(See also UNODC, The Opium Economy in Afghanistan,
http://xrl.us/rwib , Vienna, 2003, p. 7-8)

"Afghan heroin sells on the international narcotics market for 100 times the price farmers get for their opium right out of the field".(US State Department quoted by the Voice of America (VOA), 27 February 2004).

Based on wholesale and retail prices in Western markets, the earnings generated by the Afghan drug trade are colossal. In July 2006, street prices in Britain for heroin were of the order of Pound Sterling 54, or $102 a gram.

Narcotics On the Streets of Western Europe

One kilo of opium produces approximately 100 grams of (pure) heroin. 6100 tons of opium allows the production of 1220 tons of heroin with a 50 percent purity ratio.

The average purity of retailed heroin can vary. It is on average 36%. In Britain, the purity is rarely in excess of 50 percent, while in the US it can be of the order of 50-60 percent.

Based on the structure of British retail prices for heroin, the total proceeds of the Afghan heroin trade would be of the order of 124.4 billion dollars, assuming a 50 percent purity ratio. Assuming an average purity ratio of 36 percent and the average British price, the cash value of Afghan heroin sales would be of the order of 194.4 billion dollars.

While these figures do not constitute precise estimates, they nonetheless convey the sheer magnitude of this multibillion dollar narcotics trade out of Afghanistan. Based on the first figure which provides a conservative estimate, the cash value of these sales, once they reach Western retail markets are in excess of 120 billion dollars a year.

(See also our detailed estimates for 2003 in The Spoils of War: Afghanistan's Multibillion Dollar Heroin Trade, by Michel Chossudovsky, The UNODC estimates the average retail price of heroin for 2004 to be of the order of $157 per gram, based on the average purity ratio).

Narcotics: Second to Oil and the Arms Trade

The foregoing estimates are consistent with the UN's assessment concerning the size and magnitude of the global drug trade.

The Afghan trade in opiates (92 percent of total World production of opiates) constitutes a large share of the worldwide annual turnover of narcotics, which was estimated by the United Nations to be of the order of $400-500 billion.

(Douglas Keh, Drug Money in a Changing World, Technical document No. 4, 1998, Vienna UNDCP, p. 4. See also United Nations Drug Control Program, Report of the International Narcotics Control Board for 1999, E/INCB/1999/1 United Nations, Vienna 1999, p. 49-51, and Richard Lapper, UN Fears Growth of Heroin Trade, Financial Times, 24 February 2000).

Based on 2003 figures, drug trafficking constitutes "the third biggest global commodity in cash terms after oil and the arms trade." (The Independent, 29 February 2004).

Afghanistan and Colombia are the largest drug producing economies in the world, which feed a flourishing criminal economy. These countries are heavily militarized. The drug trade is protected. Amply documented the CIA has played a central role in the development of both the Latin American and Asian drug triangles.

The IMF estimated global money laundering to be between 590 billion and 1.5 trillion dollars a year, representing 2-5 percent of global GDP. (Asian Banker, 15 August 2003). A large share of global money laundering as estimated by the IMF is linked to the trade in narcotics.

Legal Business and Illicit Trade are Intertwined

There are powerful business and financial interests behind narcotics. From this standpoint, geopolitical and military control over the drug routes is as strategic as oil and oil pipelines.

Moreover, the above figures including those on money laundering, confirm that the bulk of the revenues associated with the global trade in narcotics are not appropriated by terrorist groups and warlords, as suggested by the UNODC report. In the case of Afghanistan, the UN Office on Drugs and Crime estimates that a mere 2.7 billion accrues as revenue within Afghanistan. According to the US State department "Afghanistan drug profits support the Taliban and their terrorism efforts against the United States, its allies and the Afghan government." (statement, the House Appropriations foreign operations, export financing and related programs subcommittee. September 12, 2006)

However, what distinguishes narcotics from legal commodity trade is that narcotics constitutes a major source of wealth formation not only for organized crime but also for the US intelligence apparatus, which increasingly constitutes a powerful actor in the spheres of finance and banking. This relationship has been documented by several studies including the writings of Alfred McCoy. (Drug Fallout: the CIA's Forty Year Complicity in the Narcotics Trade. The Progressive, 1 August 1997).

In other words, intelligence agencies, powerful business, drug traders and organized crime are competing for the strategic control over the heroin routes. A large share of this multi-billion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of narco-dollars.

This trade can only prosper if the main actors involved in narcotics have "political friends in high places." Legal and illegal undertakings are increasingly intertwined, the dividing line between "businesspeople" and criminals is blurred. In turn, the relationship among criminals, politicians and members of the intelligence establishment has tainted the structures of the state and the role of its institutions including the Military.

Related Article: The Spoils of War: Afghanistan's Multibillion Dollar Heroin Trade, by Michel Chossudovsky, July 2005

Table 1

Opium Poppy Cultivation in Afghanistan

Year Cultivation in hectares Production (tons)

1994 71,470 3,400

1995 53,759 2,300

1996 56,824 2,200

1997 58,416 2,800

1998 63,674 2,700

1999 90,983 4,600

2000 82,172 3,300

2001 7,606 185

2002 74,000 3400

2003 80,000 3600

2004 131,000 4200

2005 104,000 3800

2006 165,000** 6100**

Source: United Nations: http://xrl.us/rwic

** estimates.

Michel Chossudovsky Homepage: http://xrl.us/rwie

afg_opium_economy_www.pdf is: http://xrl.us/rwib

http://xrl.us/rwh8

Venezuelas Präsident Hugo Chavez Rede vor der UN
24.09.06

Frau Präsidentin, Exzellenzen, Staatschefs, Regierungschefs und hochrangige Repräsentanten aus der ganzen Welt. Guten Morgen Ihnen allen.



Zuallererst möchte ich, mit allem Respekt, alle von Ihnen, die noch nicht die Gelegenheit hatten, einladen, dieses Buch zu lesen, das wir gelesen haben: Noam Chomsky, einer der angesehendsten Intellektuellen Amerikas und der Welt. Eines von Chomskys neusten Werken: Hegemony or Survival - America’s Quest for Global Dominance [Hegemonie oder Überleben - Amerikas Streben nach Globaler Vorherrschaft, deutscher Titel: Hybris].

Ein ausgezeichnetes Stück, um uns zu helfen zu verstehen, was in der Welt im 20. Jahrhundert geschehen ist, was jetzt geschieht und die größte Gefahr, die über unserem Planeten schwebt: der hegemoniale Anspruch des US-Imperialismus’, der das tatsächliche Überleben der menschlichen Rasse gefährdet. Wir warnen weiter vor dieser Gefahr und rufen die Menschen der USA und der Welt auf, diese Bedrohung, die wie das Damoklesschwert ist, aufzuhalten.

Ich hatte geplant, ein Kapitel vorzulesen, aber um der Zeit willen werde ich es bei der Empfehlung belassen. Es ist schnell zu lesen. Es ist wirklich gut. Frau Präsidentin, Sie kennen es sicherlich. Es wurde in Englisch, Deutsch, Russisch und Arabisch veröffentlicht. Sehen sie, ich glaube, daß unsere Brüder und Schwestern in den Vereinigten Staaten die ersten Bürger sein sollten, die diesen Buch lesen, da die Gefahr in ihrem eigenen Haus ist.

Der Teufel ist in ihrem Haus. Der Teufel, der Teufel selbst ist in ihrem Haus.

Der Teufel kam gestern hierher. Gestern war der Teufel hier, an genau diesem Ort. Der Tisch, von dem ich spreche, richt noch immer nach Schwefel. Gestern, Damen und Herren, kam in genau diesen Saal der Präsident der Vereinigten Staaten, den ich “Den Teufel” nenne und sprach, als gehöre ihm die Welt. Es erforderte einen Psychiater, die gestrige Rede des US-Präsidenten zu analysieren.

Als Sprecher des Imperialismus’ kam er, um uns seine Rezepte für den Erhalt des derzeitigen Systems der Dominanz, Ausbeutung und Plünderung der Menschen der Welt zu geben. Es würde einen guten Alfred Hitchcock-Film ergeben. Ich könnte sogar einen Titel vorschlagen: “Das Rezept des Teufels”. Das soll heißen, daß der US-Imperialismus - und hier spricht Chomsky mit kristallener Klarheit - verzweifelte Anstrengungen unternimmt, um sein hegemonisches System der Dominanz zu festigen. Wir können nicht gestatten, daß dies geschieht, wir können ihnen nicht gestatten, eine Weltdiktatur aufzubauen, eine Weltdiktatur zu festigen.

Die Rede des tyrannischen Präsidenten der Welt war voller Zynismus, voller Heuchelei. Es ist diese imperiale Heuchelei, mit der er versucht, alles zu kontrollieren. Sie wollen uns das von ihnen ersonnene demokratische Modell aufzwingen, die falsche Demokratie der Eliten. Mehr noch, ein sehr originelles demokratisches Modell, aufgezwungen mit Explosionen, Bombardements, Invasionen und Kanonenschüssen. Das ist mal eine Demokratie! Man müßte noch einmal die These von Aristoteles und den ersten Griechen, die von Demokratie sprachen, begutachten, um zu sehen, welches Modell der Demokratie durch Marineinfanteristen, Invasionen, Aggressionen und Bomben aufgezwungen wird.

Der US-Präsident sagte gestern folgendes in diesem Saal, ich zitiere: “wo immer Sie sich hinwenden hören Sie Extremisten, die Ihnen sagen, daß Sie Ihrem Elend entkommen und Ihre Würde wiedererlangen können durch Gewalt und Terror und Märtyrertum.” Wo immer er hinschaut, sieht er Extremisten. Ich bin sicher, er sieht Dich, Bruder, mit Deiner Hautfarbe, und denkt, Du seist ein Extremist. Mit seiner Farbe ist der ehrwürdige Präsident von Bolivien, Evo Morales, der gestern hier war, ein Extremist. Die Imperialisten sehen überall Extremisten. Nein, es ist nicht so, daß wir Extremisten wären. Was passiert ist, daß die Welt aufwacht und die Menschen sich überall erheben. Ich habe den Eindruck, Herr Imperialisten-Diktator, daß Sie für den Rest Ihrer Tage in einem Alptraum leben werden, weil wir uns, gleichgültig, wo Sie hinblicken, gegen den US-Imperialismus erheben werden.

Ja, sie nennen uns Extremisten, uns die wir vollständige Freiheit in der Welt, Gleichheit unter den Menschen und Respekt für staatliche Souveränität fordern.

Wir erheben uns gegen das Imperium, gegen das Modell der Dominanz.

Später sagte der Präsident: “Heute möchte ich direkt zu den Menschen im weiteren Mittleren Osten sprechen: Mein Land wünscht Frieden.”

Das ist gewiß. Wenn wir durch die Straßen der Bronx, wenn wir durch die Straßen von New York, Washington, San Diego, California, jeder Stadt, San Antonio, San Francisco gehen und wir die Menschen auf der Straße fragen: die Menschen der USA wollen Frieden. Der Unterschied ist, daß die Regierung dieses Landes, der USA, keinen Frieden will, sie will uns ihr Modell der Ausbeutung und Plünderung und ihre Hegemonie mit der Drohung des Krieges aufzwingen. Das ist der kleine Unterschied. Die Menschen wollen Frieden und was passiert im Irak? Und was passierte im Libanon und in Palästina? Und was ist in den letzten 100 Jahren in Lateinamerika und der Welt geschehen und nun die neuen Drohungen gegen Venezuela, neue Drohungen gegen den Iran? Er sprach zum Volk des Libanons: “Viele von Ihnen erlebten, wie Ihre Häuser und Gemeinschaften ins Kreuzfeuer gerieten.” Was für ein Zynismus! Was für eine Fähigkeit, himmelschreiend vor aller Welt zu lügen! Die Bomben in Beirut, abgefeuert mit millimetergenauer Präzision sind “Kreuzfeuer”? Ich glaube, der Präsident denkt an Western-Filme, wo so aus der Hüfte schießen und jemand ins Feuer gerät.

Imperialistisches Feuer! Faschistisches Feuer! Mörderisches Feuer! Völkermordendes Feuer gegen die unschuldigen Menschen von Palästina und Libanon durch das Imperium und Israel. Das ist die Wahrheit. Jetzt sagen sie, sie wären aufgeregt, die Zerstörung von Häusern zu sehen.

Schließlich kam der US-Präsident, um zu den Menschen zu sprechen und um zu sagen, “Ich habe einige Dokumente mitgebracht, Frau Präsidentin”. Diesen Morgen sah ich einige Reden, während ich meine überarbeitete. Er sprach zu den Menschen Afghanistans, den Menschen des Libanons, den Menschen des Irans. Man fragt sich, während man hört, wie der US-Präsident zu diesen Menschen spricht, was diese Menschen zu ihm sagen würden. Ich glaube ich habe eine Vorstellung, da ich die Seelen der Mehrheit dieser Menschen kenne, die Menschen des Südens, die geknechteten Völker würden sagen: “Yankee-Imperialist geh nach hause!“ Das wäre der Ruf, der um die Welt ginge, wenn diese Menschen mit nur einer Stimme zu dem US-Imperium sprechen könnten.

Daher, Frau Präsidentin, Kollegen und Freunde, letztes Jahr kamen wir in diesen selben Saal, wie in den vergangenen acht Jahren und wir sagten etwas, das sich nun vollständig bestätigt hat. Ich glaube, daß fast niemand in diesem Raum aufstehen würde, um das System der Vereinten Nationen zu verteidigen. Lassen sie es uns ehrlich zugeben, das UN-System, das nach dem 2. Weltkrieg entstand, ist zusammengebrochen, zerschmettert, es funktioniert nicht. Nun, ok. Hierherzukommen und Reden zu halten und sich einmal im Jahr zu besuchen, ja, dafür funktioniert es. Und lange Dokumente auszufertigen und gute Reden wie Evos gestern und Lulas zu hören und darüber nachzudenken, ja, dafür funktioniert es. Und viele Reden, wie jene, die wir gerade vom Präsidenten von Sri Lanka und dem Präsidenten von Chile hörten. Aber wir haben diese Versammlung in ein nur noch sich beratendes Organ verwandelt, ohne jegliche Macht, den geringsten Einfluß auf die schreckliche Realität, die die Welt erfährt, zu nehmen. Daher schlagen wir hier und heute, am 20. September, vor, die Vereinten Nationen neuzugründen. Im vergangenen Jahr, Frau Präsidentin, machten wir vier zurückhaltende Vorschläge, von denen wir glauben, daß sie dringend von den Staatschefs, Regierungschefs, Botschaftern und Abgesandten verabschiedet werden müssen.

Erstens: Expansion. Gestern sagte Lula das gleiche. Der Sicherheitsrat, seine ständigen als auch seine nichtständigen Sitze, müssen für neue Mitglieder aus entwickelten, unterentwickelten und Ländern der Dritten Welt geöffnet werden.

Das hat höchste Priorität.

Zweitens: Die Anwendung effektiver Methoden zur Behandlung und Lösung von weltweiten Konflikten. Transparente Methoden der Diskussion und der Entscheidungsfindung.

Drittens: Die unverzügliche Abschaffung des antidemokratischen Veto-Mechanismus’, der Veto-Macht über Entscheidungen des Sicherheitsrates, scheint uns grundlegend zu sein und wird von allen gefordert. Hier ist ein kürzliches Beispiel: das unmoralische Veto der US-Regierung, das es den israelsichen Streitkräften erlaubte, den Libanon zu zerstören, vor unser aller Augen, indem es eine Resolution des UN-Sicherheitsrates verhinderte.

Viertens: Wie wir immer sagen, ist es notwendig, die Rolle, die Macht des Generalsekretärs der Vereinten Nationen zu stärken. Gestern hörten wir die Rede des Generalsekretärs, der sich dem Ende seiner Amtszeit nähert. Er erinnerte sich, daß die Welt in diesen zehn Jahren komplizierter geworden ist und daß sich die ernsten Probleme in der Welt, der Hunger, die Armut, die Gewalt und Verletzung von Menschenrechten, verschärft haben. Dies ist eine schreckliche Folge des Zusammenbruchs des UN-Systems und der imperialen Ansprüche der USA.

Frau Präsidentin, unseren Status als Mitglied anerkennend entschloß sich Venezuela vor mehreren Jahren, diese Schlacht innerhalb der UN mit unserer Stimme, unseren bescheidenen Überlegungen zu führen. Wir sind eine unabhängige Stimme, Würde und die Suche nach Frieden, die Schaffung eines internationalen Systems um die Verfolgung und hegemonische Aggression gegen Menschen weltweit anzuprangern, repräsentierend. So hat Venezuela seinen Namen präsentiert. Das Heimatland von Bolívar hat seinen Namen als einen Kandidaten für einen nichtständigen Sitz im Sicherheitsrat präsentiert. Natürlich wissen Sie alle, daß die US-Regierung einen offenen Angriff, einen unmoralischen globalen Angriff begonnen hat, um zu verhindern, daß Venezuela frei dazu gewählt wird, den offenen Sitz im Sicherheitsrat zu übernehmen. Sie haben Angst vor der Wahrheit. Das Imperium hat Angst vor der Wahrheit und unabhängigen Stimmen. Sie beschuldigen uns, Extremisten zu sein. Sie sind die Extremisten.

Ich möchte allen Ländern danken, die ihre Unterstützung für Venezuela angekündigt haben, selbst wenn die Wahl geheim und es für niemanden nötig ist, ihre Wahl zu enthüllen. Aber ich glaube, daß die offene Aggression des US-Imperiums die Unterstützung vieler Länder verstärkt hat, was wiederum Venezuela, unser Volk, unsere Regierung, moralisch gestärkt hat. Unsere Brüder und Schwestern von MERCOSUR haben beispielsweise als Block ihre Unterstützung für Venezuela angekündigt. Wir sind jetzt ein vollständiges Mitglied von MERCOSUR, zusammen mit Brasilien, Argentinien, Uruguay, Paraguay - viele weitere Länder Lateinamerikas wie Bolivien und alle CARICOM-Staaten haben ihre Unterstützung für Venezuela zugesichert. Die ganze Arabische Liga hat ihre Unterstützung für Venezuela angekündigt. Ich danke der arabischen Welt, unseren Brüdern der arabischen Welt und der Karibik. Die Afrikanische Union, fast alle Länder der afrikanischen Union haben ihre Unterstützung für Venezuela zugesichert als auch andere Länder wie Rußland, China und viele weitere auf der ganzen Welt. Ich spreche Ihnen allen im Namen Venezuelas, im Namen unseres Volkes und im Namen der Wahrheit meinen tiefsten Dank aus, weil Venezuela nach der Übernahme eines Sitzes im Sicherheitsrat dort nicht nur die Stimme Venezuelas, sondern auch die Stimme der Dritten Welt, die Stimme der Völker des Planeten, einbringen wird. Dort werden wir Würde und Wahrheit verteidigen.

Trotz all diesem glaube ich, Frau Präsidentin, daß es Gründe gibt, optimistisch zu sein.

Hoffnungslos optimistisch, wie ein Poet sagen würde, weil man jenseits dieser Drohungen, Bomben, Kriege, Aggressionen, Präventivkriegen und der Zerstörung ganzer Völker das Heraufziehen eines neuen Zeitalters beobachten kann.

Wie Silvio Rodríguez singt: “La era está pariendo un corazón” [”Das Zeitalter gebiert ein Herz”].

Alternative Tendenz